#i should start chronicling these or something-

[katerina-marie]

The Beach Episode (Romantic Sunday)

Sukuna x Reader

You and Satoru are supposed to be filming a short ad on the beach, but your blue-eyed costar has a habit of never showing up on time. What happens when a certain tattooed, pink-haired band member surprises you with a visit? You frolic in the ocean of course!

Notes: A celebrity!au that popped into my head while listening to Romantic Sunday by Car, the Garden and would not leave. While this is a Sukuna x Reader fic, other characters do play minor roles and may have brief POVs. This fic is pending in my head as a chapter in a larger work that chronicles reader's and Sukuna's developing relationship and is inspired by other scenarios that come to be while listening to music, but nothing is concrete. Since that's so, Sukuna and reader's relationship isn't explicitly defined but is certainly past friendship.

Word Count: 5.3k

Content: bandmember Sukuna x actor female Reader (referred to as such, but left descriptively vague), no y/n, manager Nanami, bodyguard Toji, actor Gojo (he's picked on, but I love him so please don't take offense), other favorites who have small supporting rolls, all fluff, crack, and humor, includes an innuendo or two, but other wise PG/PG-13, out of character Sukuna (he's so fluffy).

P.S. I've used a line from a favorite TV show back in my teen years. Let me know if you recognize it!

——————————————————————————————————

“Well…you did say you wanted to go to the beach, Kento. Look where we are!”

Your teasing tone and amused grin did nothing to budge the frustrated scowl off the face of your manager. If anything, it drove the furrow between his eyebrows that much further, and you swore a vein in his forehead started to throb. 

“A vacation, actually,” Nanami began, sending you a pointed look that said he knew exactly what you were playing at, “in Malaysia…on a beach…by myself.” 

You tutted at him before giving him a dainty smile and settling further into your makeup chair, “I was only trying to make you laugh, Kento.” 

In your opinion, laughing and smiling was something Nanami Kento seldom did but often should. Whether it was a personal standard he held himself to or some other form of ritual torture, your manager stuck to a strict dress code no matter where he went. Case in point, on a beach in the middle of the summer, Nanami was clothed in his usual suit, tie and dutifully styled hair in tow. The only indication that he planned for the environment you all would spend the day in was the thick white stripes of sunscreen pasted on the sharp angle of his nose and over the apples of his cheeks. Whether he intentionally matched the color of his tan suit to the sand under your feet was anyone’s best guess. You hesitated to ask, a mercy for Kento if you did say so yourself, if only because he looked one wrong word away from throwing himself in the ocean, and not in a way that indicated any fun would be had. 

As if privy to your thoughts, he released a drawn out sigh and crossed his legs in his own chair across from you. He took a quick glimpse at the time on his phone and shook his head. 

Poor Kento. He really did deserve that vacation. And honestly, you did appreciate and acknowledge his dedication to his craft—and you, by extension. 

“I’m sorry,” Nanami murmured, an apologetic softening of his eyes making his whole expression smooth out, “my frustrations are not towards you, I assure you. I’m confident you could guess at whom my ire is directed at currently.” 

You snorted. “Well, of course I c—,” 

“That blue-eyed bastard is late again!” 

The flap of your makeup tent was thrown back with enough force that you were surprised it hadn’t ripped clean down its seam. Your overgrown tree of a bodyguard had a habit of “forgetting” the strength and stature that made him so adept at his job and simply enjoyed his ability to throw any object—or person—around as he pleased. 

You scowled at Toji for interrupting you and watched as he stomped over to stand next to you and Nanami with a pout that pulled at the, frankly, appealing scar at the corner of his mouth. Between that, his eyes that looked as if they knew every secret you ever had and shaggy black hair that probably needed a cut, Toji posed both an intimidating and handsome figure. That was besides the point though and not that it mattered much to you. He had a son that was a friend of your friend and only a couple years younger than you. Not that Toji looked it one bit. 

“Satoru hasn’t been heard from, I presume?” 

Toji and Nanami both leveled you with a deadpan look and answered you at the same time with the same disgruntled voice, “no.”

You threw your head back in exasperation and instantly regretted it when you were reminded of the dozens of pins holding your styled hair in place as they all poked you quite viciously in the back of the head. You winced and raised your hand to rub at the sore spot, only to have it slapped away by a member of the hair and makeup team to prevent you from mussing it further. You crossed your arms with a huff and slouched further into your chair. 

“You look like you’re having fun,” Toji remarked, his smirk full of sarcasm and twisted amusement. “I think they missed a spot with your makeup though.” 

You found no humor in the waving of his hand as one of his fingers circled the entirety of your face in the air in front of it, nor were you concerned with the false insinuation that you looked anything other than well put together. Now, the chance of said makeup sliding right off your face as soon as you stepped into the late afternoon sun? Plausible, but best left to the worries of the experts. 

“Toji,” you crooned, voice cloyingly sweet but eyeing him with a sharp glare he was surely well acquainted with, “we’re at the beach. Why don’t you, oh I don’t know, go play in the ocean and swim with the fish? Or, do you want to build a sandcastle?” 

The smug grin he was wearing fell clean off his face and was replaced with an ugly pinch of his nose.

“Hell no, I hate sand! The damned stuff always gets everywhere no matter what I do. In my socks, my sandwich, the crack of my a—,” 

“Enough!” 

Nanami’s exclamation was loud and angry enough that it caused you and Toji both to jump and effectively ended whatever crude tale he was about to subject the crowd in the tent to. 

“I’m going to go call Geto and see where the hell his client is.” 

Nanami stood and brushed any bits of sand from his suit. Not that anyone could tell if there had been any in the first place. 

“You,” he added, pointing in your direction, “will get dressed so that once I finish ripping Gojo’s manager a new one, we can talk with the director of this damned affair and see if we can get any film done with just you while we wait.” 

Without leaving any room for protest or discussion, Nanami was gone with a flutter of a tent flap and you were left making wide eyes at your equally stunned bodyguard. There was silence and stillness for a beat of time before Toji shrugged and movement about the tent resumed again. 

“Well,” he drawled, “that’s my cue to leave. I’m off to go guard some bodies and what not.” His eyebrows danced and his eyes flashed, not in the least deterred by your annoyed stare. 

“We’re on a closed off, private beach, Toji. There’s no one here for you to throw out.” 

He was unbothered and took a few sauntering steps back towards the entrance of the tent. 

“Still, I wouldn’t want you to think I was slacking on the job and quit paying me. Have fun getting dressed, Princess.” 

Toji ignored the baring of your teeth and left just as quickly as Nanami did. You blew out a resigned sigh as you took a peek at the mountain of lace, fabric, and strings that hung from a corner of the tent and decided at that moment that you wished it was Toji being stuffed into a dress and primped within an inch of his life. 

“He’s going to charm his way back into the refreshment tent and pass out,” you grumbled, and oh yes, that was seething jealousy you held for your bodyguard. Someone chuckled behind you, but was quick to prompt you to stand and disrobe. 

Really, it couldn’t be that bad…right? 

——————————————————————————————————

Some suspiciously placed tape, three assistants, and nearly forty five minutes later would prove you to be exceptionally wrong. Lace sleeves had been tugged up against sweaty arms, the strings at the back of your dress that held it together had been pulled and tied so tightly that you were hesitant to move too suddenly for fear of busting it, and the pins in your hair had been removed to let it lay as styled. You were one moment of heat induced lightheadedness away from falling over into the sand, and there would be no getting up after that. There was fabric clinging and swishing against your legs and you thought you had seen a train at the back of the dress, though that made no sense to you at all given what was planned to happen in front of a camera. 

“Please,” you begged to anyone in the room that would listen. “Can I be done now? If I don’t get a breath of fresh air, I’m going to pass out.” 

Your wish was acquiesced, and with the promise to not mess anything up, you made your great escape out of the tent and towards the edge of the ocean before anyone could change their mind. There was no need for any more hair to be pinned, makeup to be touched up, or fabric draped. 

The water that went on endlessly for miles in front of you was a light blue and mostly calm in its movement for the day. Sandy beach on either side of you stretched out until you could just barely see it transition into rocky cliffs that helped form its crescent shape. If one could ignore the highway and paved parking lot a couple minutes walk behind you, it was almost like you were on a secluded island paradise. 

Though the sun was still hot, the fresh air was successful in clearing your mind, and the salted mist of the water was enough to help balm the warmth under your dress. The multiple tents strewn across the sand each served their own niche purpose with people popping in and out of them all day. There was chatter about, people hustling from one side of the camped setup to the other and cameras placed strategically to capture whatever commercial or short that you and Satoru were supposed to film.  However, no one paid you much mind at the moment, and you sidled up to where the water met the sand, dress held above your ankles so the waves could tickle your feet. 

“Don’t you look pretty.” 

Elated surprise made your heart leap at the sound of a familiar voice, and you whipped around with excitement written all over your face to meet the eyes of the handsome man behind you. 

“Sukuna! What are you doing here?” 

The man in question grinned, his expression half mischievous and maybe the slightest bit bashful, though no one would dare point it out. His pink hair was pushed back into its normal style, but due to the humidity, random pieces drooped down his forehead and into his eyes slightly. His tattoos were on full display in the tank top and swim trunks he was wearing. Every bit of him was a sight for your sore eyes. Sukuna opened his arms for you and it took only a moment of hesitancy before you stepped into them for a quick hug. 

“Yuji and Choso wanted to go for a drive since the day was nice, and naturally Fushiguro tagged along. Coincidentally though, Yuji had us drive along the highway behind the setup you all got going on and ‘poof,’ here we are.”  

You pulled back from Sukuna as he finished his sentence and gave him a small, happy wiggle of your shoulders. You made a note to remember how you felt his fingers dancing down languidly over the lace covering your arm and swirling gently around the edge of the sleeve that came to a point on the back of your hand before letting his arm fall back against his side. 

“Well, I’m glad the four of you made it, coincidence or not,” you quipped at him. Your eyes still hadn’t left his and you knew it was going to be a struggle to wipe what had to be a lovestruck grin off your lips. 

“You sure about that?” 

Sukuna laughed and threw a hand back over his shoulder, gesturing towards what your eyes followed and found to be the refreshment tent. What you saw had you doubling over in laughter, or at least as far as you could in your dress. 

Yuji and Choso, Sukuna’s brothers and bandmates, were struggling to stifle giggles as they hovered over a hulking figure laid out in a chaise underneath a misting fan. As you predicted, Toji was dead asleep, mouth agape and a half eaten cheeseburger dangling from a hand resting on his chest. What really set the whole thing apart was the way Yuji and Choso were surreptitiously trying to see how many french fries they could place in Toji’s mouth before he either woke up or started to choke when one inevitably fell back down his throat. In the corner, Megumi stood watching with barely concealed glee and a phone in his hand capturing the whole ordeal. You assumed that no matter what way this went, Megumi was bound to come out of it on top with either the joy of having comedic blackmail to hold over his father’s head or the pleasure of getting to watch him beat his friend’s asses. In the best case scenario, it was both. 

You recovered from your laughter with a shake of your head and a measly deep breath before turning back to Sukuna. It was sucked right back out of you when you found his eyes trailing up from the tips of your toes, lingering at where the dress cinched your waist and then at the lace scalloping your chest before finally coming up to meet your eyes. His gaze was half lidded and heavier than usual, and it set your cheeks aflame in a way that you could never pass off as from the sun. He smirked when you stuttered over some inarticulate noise that had escaped your mouth, and you were about to take a giant step back to compose yourself when his face eventually softened. Sukuna offered you a quick wink, not so devious and more contrite than anything else, though it didn’t seem to affect your racing pulse any less, and then continued his tirade as he hooked his pinky finger around a lock of hair framing your eyes. 

Somewhere in the back of your head choirs were singing and clouds were parting, but all you could think about was the hint of black polish on his nails that you spotted out of your peripheral and the growing number of people you could see beginning to take interest in the way Sukuna towered over you and how you didn’t seem to mind. You finally made space between the two of you by pressing your knuckles against his chest with just enough pressure to send the message. He obeyed and returned the small smile you sent his way to soften the gesture. 

“So,” he started, his hands set deep in his pockets and a rock to his heels that would make anyone else look nervous, “what are you all waiting around for?”  

Thankful for conversation to focus on, you threw your hands up to convey that you were just as confused as he was and followed it up with what you made to sound like the most logical and obvious explanation in the world;

“Sa-to-ru is late. Again.” 

At the first enunciated syllable of Satoru’s name to leave your mouth, a corner of Sukuna’s nose quivered in disdain and he rolled his eyes in a way that was clearly disparaging, yet you found weakened your knees. 

“Tell me about it. He most likely forgot or got caught up w—,” 

The most ungracious snort left Sukuna’s nose, and you were so taken aback by the fact that it happened, and let alone found it attractive, that you missed whatever he had hissed under his breath. 

“Tied up is probably more like it.” 

“What was that?” 

“Oh, nothing. Nothing important.” 

His voice was too intentionally innocent and his face suspiciously cleared of any ill will for you to believe an ounce of what he said, but there was no chance in getting Sukuna to admit anything he didn’t want to, and you were more preoccupied with getting that look from earlier back in his eyes. So with that, you meandered back a few steps into the water and waited. 

“So, tell me, what brilliant songwriting have you been up to, oh esteemed ‘King of Curses’, or is that strictly confidential, band member-only info?” 

You knew asking Sukuna, or even Yuji or Choso, about their wildly popular band ‘The Curses’ was a sure fire way to get them talking about their shared passion, and it always brought a smile to your face to see them so excited. You expected the same now, but were caught off guard when Sukuna stumbled over the step he took to follow you and the brief way his face shuttered blank before he recovered. That act alone would have been enough to put an end to your flirty intentions—because you just knew that nickname of his got him riled up whenever it came out of your mouth—but the sensation of fabric being pulled tight against the back of your legs had you stopped. A quick glance down into the water confirmed that he had stepped on your dress and the extra fabric was beginning to swirl around his calves. 

So that’s what the train was for! A devious, delicious idea began to form in your head and you knew you had only one chance to make it happen. 

You glanced up at Sukuna through your eyelashes (he struggled to recall in that moment if they had always been that long or if it was the makeup making his mind fuzzy) and cocked your head gently to one side before beginning a slow prowl around him.

“What, no love songs or epic tales of star crossed romance have emerged from that practice studio of yours lately? Don’t tell me a cat has got your tongue?” 

Ever focused on the way your lips curled into a sultry smile and the feather-light drag of your finger along the top of his shorts at his hip, Sukuna was unusually quiet as he followed you with his eyes. You began to pass behind his back and your circle was nearly halfway complete. 

“Su-ku-na,” you called when you received no answer, watching as he gave a shake of his head as if to clear a haze from it. 

“Quit being a brat and distracting me!”  

There was no malice in his tone, but you could tell that he was being truthful. You had completed your circle and came to stand in front of him once again. 

“I’m just waiting for you to answer my question,” you sing-songed. 

Sukuna’s mouth stuttered open for a second and nothing came out before he finally seemed to collect himself, “No! No love songs, no sappy lyrics, and no star crossed romance. Who do you take me for?” 

Your peals of laughter that followed his blurted response floated about the beach and seemed to soothe whatever had come over him in the last couple of minutes. In a haste, you cast a glance down at his legs to check that everything was in place. 

“I’m just playing with you, Sukuna,” you cooed at him, “there’s no need to get defensive.” 

His eyes narrowed and you watched with glee as he pulled himself up to his full height, leaned down into your face, and let a haughty smirk tug the corners of his mouth. 

“You don’t want to play with me, Sweetheart. I. Play. Rough.” 

“Hmm, you think so?” 

You let a delicate, breathy sigh brush up against his mouth from yours while you arched your back slightly to press your chest against his. Sensing you had Sukuna’s full attention, you smoothed your leg between his to let the side of your foot trace oh so gently over the bone in his ankle. His breath hitched, and in the same moment you tipped your head back to close a fraction of distance between your lips, you also tightened your fingers in the furls of your dress. 

“Really,” you whispered, “somehow I think that I play rougher.” 

Yank. 

Since he was already off balance when you ripped the fabric of your dress out and around from under his feet, it only took a quick sweep of your foot against Sukuna’s leg to keep the momentum going and to dump him and his gobsmacked expression into the knee-deep water of the ocean. You jumped back to avoid as much of the splash as you could, and in the same heartbeat, you lifted your dress and took off in the direction of the tents set back on the shore. Your plan was a success.

There were two oversights on your part, however, that became all too clear in the couple seconds after this monumental event took place. 

One, the amount of water your dress accumulated and how much it now slowed you down due to its weight and tangle in your legs. 

Two, which you really should have anticipated if you thought back on it, was the unbelievable amount of speed and agility with which Sukuna pushed himself out of the water, set a borderline maniacal look upon you that promised glorious retribution (you would have to question yourself later as to why this sent shivers down your back and warmth to places you would rather not think about), and thus began an inhumanly quick sprint towards you. 

So, naturally, you did what any independent, perfectly capable woman would do; you screamed at the top of your lungs bloody murder for your bodyguard and high tailed it out of the ocean. 

——————————————————————————————————

The first thing Toji wondered upon being awoken by the screams of a dying woman was why his mouth was full of french fries. He sputtered on the cold and soggy pieces in his mouth as he leapt from the chaise he had barely remembered falling asleep on and frantically looked out towards the water to see what fate he had let come upon you. Toji was certain there were only two possibilities. 

One: he had fallen asleep on the job and you were now being eaten by a shark.

Two: he had fallen asleep on the job and you were now drowning in the ocean. 

To his sleep addled brain, which was currently working through the onslaught of you shrieking his name, either option had an equally probable likelihood of occurring. The outcome, however? In both scenarios, there was only one logical conclusion. He was getting fired. 

With that thought in mind, he started the process of becoming your own personal search and rescue. All in a flurry of forward movement, he kicked off his shoes, dropped the crumpled half eaten cheeseburger from his grasp, and flailed his hand around in his pocket to locate his wallet. He was not about to let his most important possession be lost to the tides—especially with the encroaching threat of unemployment looming over his head—and was about to seriously consider dropping his shorts to the ground altogether when he heard your screams reach a sudden pitch and then descend into hysterical laughter. 

Toji took that as a sign to further scope out the situation in front of him and after rubbing sleep and sand from his eyes, he could now better understand that you weren’t actually in mortal danger. You were just flirting. 

With the adrenaline that was previously coursing through his body now taking a sudden nosedive, Toji staggered back into the tent to plop onto his previously occupied chaise. While he was obviously relieved to see you weren’t dying, he was even more glad that he wasn’t going to have to call Shiu tomorrow and admit that his asset was dead and he was in need of a new job. Surely offers would be next to none, and he didn’t think he could handle guarding any more feisty starlets or listen to them vent about their secret love affairs with pink-haired band members…at least not without the blood pressure medication his doctor had threatened him with at his last check-up.

At the sound of muffled laughter to his left, Toji swung his gaze over to his son, a grin on Megumi’s face and phone in hand, and his son’s two idiot friends, both of whom were having to help hold the other up. 

“Not you three now too,” he grumbled, standing up from his chaise and making his way over to where they stood. “What’s got you idiots making so much n—,”

Toji came to a sudden halt as Megumi’s hand lifted up to shove his cell phone in his face. His eyes squinted at the screen, the laughter from Yuji and Choso increasing in volume, and he needed only a second to process the video he was watching before snapping his head towards the two brothers. 

“You bastards!”

Megumi watched as his father and two friends stared wide eyed at each other for a couple of seconds before they all took off running out of the tent and beyond. The thought of catching the pummeling that was coming the brother’s way once his father caught them was plenty enticing, but years of living with Toji Fushiguro taught him that he too was to be considered guilty as an accomplice, and thus making himself scarce was the wiser decision. Besides, there were plenty of cameras already rolling anyway. 

——————————————————————————————————

You had taken only a couple of steps onto dry land before a set of well muscled arms locked around your midsection, lifted you clear off your feet, and jerked you back against a solid chest. Sukuna’s breathing was loud and heavy in your ear and you could feel water leaching through the back of your dress from where he pressed forward against you with the entirety of his body. 

“That was naughty,” he taunted, and the low scratch of his voice made your feigned attempt to wrestle out of his hold falter. 

Before you could say anything in response, in an impressive feat of strength, Sukuna once more swept you off your feet and planted you stomach down over his shoulder. He turned and began to wade back into the water, and it wasn’t until your view from beside his hips started to be filled entirely by water that you struggled—in earnest this time. 

“Sukuna!” You gasped, trying to come up with some kind of plea that would keep you from your fate of being dropped into the ocean. “Suk-Sukuna, I can’t swim, I can’t swim!”

This wasn’t true in the slightest, but you hoped his concern for your safety would outweigh his need for vengeance. Just as the ends of your hair became engulfed by water, Sukuna dragged you back up from over his shoulder and slid you down his front until he could grasp at your thighs and pull them open around his hips. You threw your arms around his neck and prayed that the pleading look in your eyes would work.

“That sounds like a ‘you’ problem,” was all the warning Sukuna gave before cocking an eyebrow at you and promptly falling flat backwards into the ocean with you secured against his chest. The two of you crashed into the water just in time for a wave to surge over you both. It was a cold shock to your system, but you had no more than a hiccup to process the feeling before Sukuna was up on his feet and trudging back to shore with you in his arms. You sputtered the whole way back and pawed at your face to pry a curtain of soaking wet hair from your eyes. 

It was at the line where ocean became more sand than water that Sukuna stumbled, presumably from wet fabric caught in his legs again, and rotated mid-fall just quickly enough to save you from being squashed under him. 

It took a minute for your combined unabashed laughter to subside, and when you finally caught your breath from where your head rested against the curve of his shoulder, you flew upwards. You swatted Sukuna’s chest when the glimpse of sparkling eyes and a full smile snagged your attention, and you hoped that the swaths of fabric pooling around the two of you was enough to disguise how you straddled his hips and that his fingers were tracing absentminded figures at their place right on the small of your back. Unable to control the flush of heat through your limbs, you exclaimed the first thing that popped into your head and then immediately regretted it. 

“Sukuna, I’m completely soaked!” 

The quickness of the wicked grin that spread across his face astounded you, and when you noticed his lips begin to part, to no doubt retort something highly inappropriate for the given situation, you slapped a hand over his mouth. His smile was still present under your palm, his eyes soft and adoring, and you swore you felt him place a small kiss at the meat of your thumb. 

“AND CUT!” 

The director’s shout was enough to shatter the intimate quiet that had gone unnoticed by you two, and the both of you lurched just far enough apart to separate your bodies but remain near enough for the bump of a knee or shoulder. Before you could even gather your bearings enough to understand what was going on, a tall shadow appeared over you, and you leaned your head back to squint up at whoever it was. 

“That was certainly entertaining.” 

You recognized the voice of Satoru’s manager just as he held out a hand to help you to your feet, and you shot him a look of dismay once you steadied yourself. 

“It’s nice of you and your client to finally grace us with your presence, Geto,” you replied dryly. 

Geto shrugged, not a single care evident on that pretty face of his, and brought your attention to the crowd gathered behind him with a flourish of his hand. You took a tentative glance at what he was referring to and nearly cringed when you caught sight of the numerous cameras pointed at you and Sukuna. Not to mention Nanami, who stood next to the director with a hand pressed up against his temple like he was in great pain. Though from the small smile you could just barely make out and the animated chatter from the director into Nanami’s ear, you assumed that what had just transpired wasn’t such a bad thing. Even Toji, who was a couple feet behind them with Yuji and Choso in head locks under each of his arms, looked like he had gotten quite the chuckle out of the whole thing.

“It seems like the film was still able to get captured well enough without us,” Geto remarked. “I don’t believe there’s any reason to re-do anything with Satoru just for the sake of appearances.” 

You were about to open your mouth to make known your agreement to the idea when Sukuna suddenly threw an arm around your shoulder and popped back at Geto with a brusque “hell no.” You weren’t sure if you felt offended or disappointed by his objection, but before you could start to fret over it, Sukuna was stroking his thumb gently across the back of your neck, and you proceeded to melt into his side. Perhaps his initial disagreement had less to do with his reluctance to be seen as part of the project and instead had everything to do with him making sure you had the full ability to determine how much of him at your side you were ready to share with the world. The thought had you giddy. 

“I have zero objections to using the film with Sukuna.” 

There was a jubilant cheer from all the staff once they heard your words, and you couldn’t tear your eyes from the satisfied look on Sukuna’s face that followed them. 

“Ah, question,” he called out suddenly, making pointed eye contact with the director, and even Nanami too. “By agreeing to this, that means she doesn’t have to frolic around here with the white-hair idiot, right?” 

Over the immediate roar of laughter from everyone around, an indignant “hey!” could be heard from the nearby makeup tent, and for just once, you were grateful for Satoru’s inability to ever be on time.

——————————————————————————————————

Part 2

Notes: If you made it this far, thank you for reading! If you didn't catch it, the line "Somehow I think that I [you] play rougher" is taken from a scene in the Vampire Diaries (I was obsessed). Did I also get inspiration from that scene in the horse movie Spirit for Sukuna and Reader's moment in the water? Yes, yes I did.

Also, in my decade and a half of reading fan fiction, I have not once written or posted any of my own. So if I miss something important, please kindly let me know.

Always feel free to share comments, thoughts, or questions <3

#jjk #jujutsu kaisen #ryomen sukuna #sukuna x reader #ryomen sukuna x reader #sukuna x you #ryomen sukuna x you #jjk x reader #toji fushiguro #nanami kento #gojo satoru

[aroacehanzawa]

sick and tired of reading ongoing manga that i keep having to drop because they stop being good

#seraph of the end and moriarty the patriot and now jujutsu kaisen #bsd is on thin ice too but i can't drop it because it's bsd and it lives in my head #only good ongoing shounen series i've been reading is vnc and now that one's on hiatus because we can't have good things in this world #oh wait noragami too i forget that one's also technically shounen. but it's ending soon :( #when i'm done with exams i plan to finally read some of the critically acclaimed completed manga #like monster and pandora hearts and xxxholic/tsubasa reservoir chronicle #OH i might pick up witch hat atelier i heard that one's good and it's still ongoing #might also start snow white with the read hair at some point #something something maybe you should read some shoujo manga and discover emotions

[bubblegum-blackwood]

Rereading IWTV and vampires really are just cats huh

#there are several passages of louis and lestat or louis and claudia sitting impossibly still and unblinkingly starting at each other #until something startles one of them and they look away #and that is the most cat behaviour i have ever seen #i should know i live with two cats #vampires #vampire #the vampire chronicles #vampire chronicles #tvc #vc #iwtv #interview with the vampire

[pinkierre]

Gahhhhh

#crush chronicles #we walked a big part home together after my birthday dinner #and he kept thanking me for inviting him??? #and i was like #no thank YOU for coming?!? #idk its so nice walking home with him and i felt so safe #but there wasn’t anything else and now i’m wondering if i should have… done something #but like- there wasn’t a moment for it #he started off the night by just doing the usual dutch greeting -3 cheek kisses- which threw me off massively #anyway i just like him a lot

[void-kissed]

questions 5, 7, and 9 for any of ur inserts for the self insert development asks!

Hello, Hope!! Thank you very much for sending these - and I'm really sorry about how long it took me to be able to answer them!!

(question source: "Self-insert Development Meme" by blushpanda)

I think I will be answering these for Citri, if that's alright! For context, she's one of my Xenoblade Chronicles self-inserts, specifically for the first game in that series. I use her to romantically selfship with Vanea.

5. Does your self-insert have any magical talents or otherwise special abilities? Are they passive, like the ability to befriend animals, or dangerous powers that the villains want? Or if she's evil - any powers the heroes want to stop? - I touched upon this somewhat when answering the same question before, but Citri's not technially one for much magic. However, her main special ability (or, at least, characteristic) is that she contains the soul of Lady Meyneth within her! This was probably supposed to have overwritten her own soul, but she was able to persist as herself and co-exist with the goddess instead, which was advantageous for not only meaning she could continue to exist but also meaning she could begin to interact with Lady Meyneth (as well as Vanea, who was responsible for the soul transfer). As a very quick summary of the dynamic between the two (i.e. Citri and Meyneth), please see this silly message I wrote in Discord once:

Hopefully that helps =P

Incidentally, most of Citri's other special abilities stem from the fact that she is half-Machina by virtue of being a Face Unit pilot, giving her the type of durability, resilience, and fast reaction times that may be expected from having a body that is entirely robotic (except for her head and her hands). She's not evil, but the antagonist is very much opposed to the goddess residing within her.

..okay this ask answer is getting long already, let's put the rest under a readmore if that's alright

7. What kind of clothing style does she like? What would she never be caught dead wearing? What’s likely in her wardrobe right now? - Citri.. can't really wear clothes anymore, in all honesty, due to having that aforementioned robotic body as part of being made into a Face Unit pilot! However, when she still lived with Shulk and the others back in Colony 9, she favoured cute outfits that were nevertheless not too over-the-top, as well as any clothes that she found comfortable and not restrictive. Even now, I imagine that she would be happy to wear accessories like different bows for her hair. She hates wearing anything that's too tight or made of an unfavourable texture - for example, she couldn't wear a waterproof coat unless she had long sleeves on underneath it. Here are her two appearances and therefore outfits so far - the first one is her initial appearance as a Homs (i.e. human), while the second one is her current appearance as the pilot of Face Nemesis!

9. Her favourite foods? Colours? Activities? What does she enjoy in life? How does she express her joy for things she likes? - Citri's favourite colour is green, while her favourite food is.. if going by in-game collectables (although this one is technically only found in Future Connected), then Morrow Cob, as it's basically the Bionis' equivalent to sweetcorn! However, she doesn't actually need to eat after becoming a Face Unit, only requiring water and some amount of ether for survival. When it comes to favourite activities, Citri very much enjoys learning, whether in the traditional academic sense or just simply getting to hear others' knowledge and expertise. After being captured and taken to the Mechonis, she is fond of travelling around the titan where possible in order to experience more of what it and its people are like. Other than that, she also enjoys reading and working with computers! She's quite expressive in her joy despite not being overly overzealous naturally, as it doesn't take that much for her to get excited about things she likes, and she also doesn't shy away from giving compliments frequently about the things that she likes or thinks are neat.

I hope that all of these answers are alright!! Thank you very much again for sending in the questions~

#a call from the void #heart of the void #self-inserts #self‑insert: vessel of nemesis (citri) #selfshipping #since I did also mention #love: a wish for peace (vanea) #and then also #mother: soul of the mechonis (lady meyneth) #familial F/Os #of gods and titans (xenoblade chronicles) #out of the inbox #selfship asks #sort of #hope tag! #something amuses me about how this took me so so long to actually make a start on answering #since it's been in here since.. I think some time in january haha #but then now i feel like writing out these answers was a very smooth process even if I did have to look up all the XC1 fruits & vegetables #this probably doesn't make a ton of sense to anyone who doesn't actually know the game but.. still #please let me know if this should be tagged with anything

[quemirabobo]

Interaction I had the other with my little brother the second I came home

Him: One of my friends likes you

Me, tired putting my bag down: they have good taste

Him: is a girl

Me: she has good taste

Him: she's bisexual

Me: cool, so am i

Him: is *name*! Look *shows me a picture I don't even see*

Me: I'm not a pedophile dude, I don't care

Him: but age is just a number

Me, turning my head as if I was on the exorcist: WHAT??

#and that's how i ended up talking to him about that no adult should date a teenager #and he was like why did i said that? 😮‍💨 #anyways friendly reminder if you're a teen and some adult starts flirting with you or something get the fuck out of there #chronicles of Yu's life

[drakenco]

Something I'm noticing with the trailers is that they seem to be putting a lot of work into body language. Like neither Lestat or Louis seem to move or express themselves physically in a very human way.

There seems to be a marked difference in movement between Louie when he was human, when he is still fighting his vampiric nature , and during his interview.

And Lestat doesn't move like a normal human at all.

I'm Really looking forward to how this is going to translate for Claudia

#the vampire chronicles #lestat de lioncourt #interview with the vampire #louis pointe du lac #claudia #amc interview with the vampire #i should start tagging these with something #beachie speculation

[obsessedwithceleste]

The Cat Chronicles

(Or five times Theodore Nott *accidentally* stole your cat)

Theodore Nott x reader

word count: 5.9k

©️ obsessedwithceleste. all works posted here belong to me and should not be reposted or copied in any way or form.

1

The first time your cat went missing, you didn’t think entirely too much of it. You knew many of the Hogwarts cats liked to gather behind the herbology greenhouse where a particularly plentiful patch of catnip grew. However, Gladys was never one to miss meal time, and when the time came to 30 minutes after her usual feeding time, you knew something was amiss. With a sigh, you made your way out to your common room where you saw Cho sitting by the fireplace with several other of your class mates.

“Has anyone seen Gladys wandering about? She missed feeding time and I haven’t seen her much today,” you say as you approach the group.

“I haven’t, sorry y/n. We’ll keep a look out for her though,” Cho tells you.

You let out a small sigh of disappointment.

“Thanks Cho,” you say before heading out to wander the halls of the castle, hoping to find your elusive, black cat.

You start out by the greenhouse where you see a whole gaggle of cats, but none with the sleek black coat that identified your furry friend. You then walked around the grounds a bit more with no luck, before moving on to the kitchens where several of the house elves promised to keep an eye out for the small black cat. You even checked several empty class rooms before coming to a stop outside the library. It wouldn’t hurt to check. Twenty minutes later, you were still completely out of luck. Tired and frustrated, you were about to call it a night when a loud chorus of voices turn down the hall. You look to see who it was and find a hoard of Slytherin boys making their way towards you. You recognized them of course, but didn’t exactly know them. What you did know however, was the mop of black fur one of the taller boys in the back of the group was holding.

“Gladys!” You exclaim, rushing towards the group of boys.

Their eyes all turn towards you and at the sound of her name, the fiesty black cat springs from the arms of the boy and runs towards you.

With a large grin of relief, you scoop the cat up into your arms, feeling her light purr as you scratch behind her ears. Feeling several pairs of eyes on you, you look up to see the group of boys still staring at you and your cat.

“Um, thanks, for finding my cat,” you say awkwardly, squeezing the cat to your chest lightly. The tall, brunette boy who had just been holding your cat only nods silently before turning and walking off, the rest of the group following, except one.

“Hey, sorry about Theo. He means well, really. Man really likes cats, but doesn’t have one of his own, so he sometimes makes friends with cats wandering the halls. We’ve all told him that he should probably stop, ah, borrowing, people’s cats, but he can’t seem to resist. Names Enzo by the way,” the boy says with a friendly smile, extending his hand out.

You take his hand, shaking it cautiously before a smile creeps it’s way onto your face.

“Thank you, Enzo.” You say, hesitating a moment before adding, “You know, Gladys is a picky bitch. Theo must be a pretty okay person if she let him carry her around.” You tell him before disappearing with your cat.

2

The second time your cat went missing, you honestly didn't realize she was missing at all. Theo had found his way down to the kitchens about a week after the original cat incident. That's how he thought of it anyway. The kitchens were one of his favorite places to lurk as not many students knew of the secret entrance behind one particular painting of a fruit bowl. The real attraction that often drew the brunette boy to the hidden sanctuary however, was the constant stream of cats that often visited the house elves who happily offered up dishes of cream and other treats. Plopping himself down on the floor next to a particularly populated bowl of milk, Theo's eyes were immediately drawn to a familiar set of glowing yellow orbs.

"Hello there, Gladys," he said hesitantly, decently sure that was the name called out by the pretty Ravenclaw girl who had stolen the cat from him a few nights ago.

Well, stolen in this case was rather relative, as the cat was technically hers, he supposed. Hearing her name however, the little black cat pranced over, nuzzling her head affectionately against his leg with a soft purr. Picking the sweet creature up into his arms, Theo stroked her soft fur, thinking back to his encounter with her owner, a grimace reaching his face.

He had been a downright bloody idiot. That was for certain. Theo was not usually one to be rendered incompetent by the mere presence of a pretty girl. No. That was meant more for Enzo. Or even Draco sometimes. But never Theodore. In fact, Theo had quite the reputation for his tendency to sleep around which made the idea of his mind completely blanking at the sight of this cat's owner all the more embarrassing. Matteo had made fun of him ruthlessly later that night. What had he said again? Right. Absolutely nothing. Just nodded like a right dunce.

The only solace Theo had gotten from that night was when Enzo pulled him aside quietly and told him what the pretty girl from earlier had said about him. "He must be pretty okay." It was hardly a compliment, but after the fool he'd made of himself, it really was the best Theo could hope for. Shaking the thoughts from his mind, Theo once again focused on the little beast snuggling contentedly in his arms, carefully scratching behind the ears, a spot he'd found the cat quite liked.

The sound of the entrance painting swinging open startled Theo; and he honestly wasn't sure if he was elated, or absolutely mortified that the very girl who had been previously plaguing his thoughts was stepping through into the kitchens.

You honestly weren't entirely surprised to see the boy from a few nights ago sitting on the floor, cradling your cat, when you entered the kitchens. After Enzo had admitted to you that the handsome brunette had a soft spot for the castle's feline population, you figured it was only a matter of time until you bumped into him here considering it was a hot spot for the four legged beasts.

"Hello. See you've managed to find my cat again," you say, offering a small smile to the boy in front of you. After your encounter with that particular group of Slytherins, you did a bit of asking around, finding that Theodore Nott, while a bit known for his escapades with the female population, was actually one of the more talented wizards of your year. And one of the more level headed. (But in comparison to Draco and Matteo, you weren't exactly sure how much credit to give him there.)

The boy blinks up at you once before seeming to find his voice.

"She's a sweet little thing," he says finally, clearing his throat and looking anywhere but you.

You cautiously move forward, more worried about spooking the boy in front of you than the cats. Sitting down, you allow a pretty little Siamese kitten to wander into your lap. Gladys hisses with jealousy, but remains snuggled in the arms of the boy.

"She really seems to like you. Bit surprising. She's really not much of a people person," you tell him.

Theo nods at you, an action you found yourself growing familiar with.

"Enzo told me." He replies curtly.

You open your mouth to respond, but don't quite know how, so you let an awkward silence roll over the two of you.

"Well, I find that Gladys is a very good judge of character," you say finally.

Theo lets out a small smile at this, continuing to stroke your cat's soft fur. After that, the two of you fall into a comfortable silence with Theodore continuing to shower your cat with affection while you distract the many other felines, crowding the kitchen floor.

"Theo?" you wonder finally, the question burning away at you. The boy looks up, and you find yourself getting lost in the surprisingly soft brown eyes staring back at you. Breaking from the trance with a small shiver, you ask, "If you like cats so much, why don't you have one of your own?"

Theo's eyes immediately fall, and his hand freezes mid pet, much to Gladys' dismay. A pang of guilt washes through you.

"My father isn't much of an animal person," He replies stiffly.

You give him a small nod in response before rising from the floor.

"It's getting pretty late, I should get going," you say softly. "Gladys can find her way back to the tower on her own just fine," you add when you see Theo make no move to release the cat.

Without another word, you move to open the portrait door. You enter the hall with a small smile gracing your lips as you hear his voice quietly as the door closes.

"Thank you, y/n."

He knew your name.

3

The next time Theo met Gladys was much sooner than he expected. He had left the kitchens several hours ago and was now laying in bed. The clock sitting on his bed side now read 1am. The deafening silence was about to finally lull him to sleep when an insistent scratching at the door caused his eyes to fly open. Sitting up, Theo glanced at the door warily before finally deciding to cross the room to find out what was causing the noise.

As soon as the door opened, a black shadow darted through, making a beeline for his bed. How it seemed to know exactly where it was going, Theo had no clue. Making his way silently back to his bed, careful not to wake either of his roommates, Theo was finally able to make out the dark shape of an ever familiar black cat.

"Hi there, principessa," he whispered, gently stroking the cat's ears before crawling into the bed next to it. Gladys seemed to take this as an invitation to curl up in the nook of his arm, and Theo wasn't about to object. The last thought he remembered before drifting off was how nice it would be if Gladys' pretty owner was there too.

"Theo, what the fuck."

Theo woke with a start, to the loud voice of Lorenzo Berkshire ringing out above him. His eyes opened to see the other boy hovering over his bed, a look of shocked confusion apparent on his face.

"Is that y/n's cat?" he asks, leaning down as if to get a closer look at the fluff ball still snuggled in Theo's arms.

"No way," Matteo laughs from the other side of the room. "You stole her cat again? What, is this some sick and twisted new way for you to lure girls into your bed?"

Theo launches a pillow at Matteo's head. He doesn't miss.

"You better go return that thing before y/n starts to worry," Enzo advises, going back to his own side of the room. "And maybe just ask her out while you're at it hmm?" He adds, quickly ducking behind his fourposter before Theo has the chance to send another pillow flying his way.

With a heavy sigh, Theo comes to a stop outside of what he's pretty sure is the Ravenclaw common room. He's about to raise his hand to knock, when the golden eagle head mounted to the door springs to life.

"What gets broken, without being held?" The eagle asks, blinking at him slowly.

Right. Theo knew about this. The most annoying of the common room doors because instead of a password, the bloody door required you to answer a riddle. Theo was about to turn on his heel to leave when he felt a light presence behind him.

"Hello Theo. Hello Gladys." The platinum blonde haired girl said, giving the two of them an airy nod, before turning her attention to the door. "Would it perhaps be, a promise?" she asks.

The door swings open and Theo quickly hurries after the girl, making his way up the staircase. He'd never actually been inside the Ravenclaw common room, and his breath hitched when they reached the top of the stairs. The main room really was magnificent, nothing like the dark, eerie dungeons of the Slytherin common room. Theo eyed the shelves of books lining the wall longingly.

"Her room is just there, up and to the left," the blonde girl he'd followed in says, breaking him from his thoughts.

"Huh?"

"Y/n? Her room is just there," the girl repeats, gesturing to a door at the top of another small flight of stairs.

"Oh. thanks," Theo makes out, giving the girl a nod of gratitude.

"Name's Luna by the way. Luna Lovegood." She says whimsically before floating off.

With a deep inhale to calm his nerves, Theo makes his way up the stairs and knocks gently on the door. Gladys lets out a meow of protest. Absolutely nothing could have prepared Theo for what was on the other side of the door. He felt his throat go completely dry as the door swung open and you stood in front of him in what was probably the shortest, skimpiest set of clothing that could possibly be considered pajamas. Theo tried not to stare, he really did, but he was only a man. A very weak and smitten man.

"Oh! There you are Gladys. I wondered where you wandered off to last night!" you say looking at your cat and then back up at Theo, and then again at your cat before looking back up at Theo expectantly. "Um. May I have my cat back?"

Theo jolts back to life, realizing he'd been staring and looks at you sheepishly.

"Sorry, don't know how this little one found me. Snuck her way into the Slytherin common room and then into my dorm. Didn't want to leave her in the halls alone, so I let her stay the night," he tells you.

You stare at the boy in shock, realizing that was the longest string of words you'd ever heard out of him.

"Wow Theodore, I'm impressed. I think that's the most I've ever heard you talk. And here I was thinking you were secretly illiterate," you say with a playful grin.

"Please," the boy scoffs. "I'm the picture of eloquence."

Interested in where this sudden burst of confidence that you didn't normally see from him had come from, you take a step back, inviting him into your room. He hesitantly accepts your invitation, bringing Gladys along with him.

"No roommates?" he asks, perching on the edge of your bed as Gladys purrs softly on his lap. At the moment, you found nothing more attractive than this man absolutely pampering your beloved pet.

"Not many Ravenclaw girls in our year, we had the option to share, but most of us opted for solo rooms. Wanted the extra privacy, I suppose," you tell him, leaning on one of the posts at the end of your bed.

Theo nods his head at this.

"I have two roommates," he shares.

"One of them happen to be Enzo Berkshire?"

Theo nods again. "And Matteo. Riddle" he adds.

You cock your head at that with a grin.

"Interesting pairing," you comment, imagining the chaos those two must bring with them.

"It never gets boring," Theo responds.

A moment of silence passes.

"I was wondering if you wanted to study together sometime. I hear you're exceptionally talented at potions. And Charms. And everything really." Theo lets out finally.

You raise an eyebrow at the boy, internally screaming.

Trying to keep your cool, you tilt your head, "I hear you are too."

It's like a switch flips inside Theo.

"Well, we're obviously perfect for each other than," He replies easily, a cocky grin beginning to spread across his face. "Meet you in the library tomorrow at 7? And bring the cat."

You let out a laugh as Theo rises from the bed, gently placing Gladys down on the pillow, before going to make his way out of your dorm.

"You only like me for my cat," you joke, shifting to watch as he crosses the room to the door.

"Not just for your cat," he assures you, "I love the outfit, wear it for me more often, hmm?" he says slyly before the door thuds shut behind him.

You look down at your outfit, jaw dropping open and heat rushing to your cheeks.

4

Theo's head was pounding. Music pumped through the Slytherin common room and Theo could barely see through the crowds of people around him as he pushed his way to the circle of sofas occupied by his friends. Collapsing into a spot next to Matteo, the boy offered him another shot of who-knew-what which he quickly knocked back.

"When's that pretty little thing that's been occupying all your time gonna join us at one of our little gathering?" Matteo slurs out, gesturing to the large crowd around them.

Over the past several weeks, you and Theo had grown significantly closer; your first study date quickly becoming a daily occurrence as you found that you each were able to easily keep up with one another. Something about having a partner who was actually able to challenge you was exhilarating. From there, you found yourselves often seeking each other out simply for the sake of good company, Gladys largely increasing the number of these meetings.

"Don't know that Gladys would like it. Cat's aren't supposed to ingest alcohol," Theo responded, not quite drunk enough to fall for his friend's taunting.

Enzo places another shot in his hand, and Theo raises a brow at him, before knocking that one back as well.

"Did you ever ask y/n why in Salazar's name, she choose to name her cat Gladys?" Matteo asks. "If my name were Gladys, I'd being running off constantly too."

Theo thumps Matteo on the back of the head.

"You leave our cat out of this, she ain't do nothin wrong," he says, glaring at his friend.

"So now she's our cat is she?" Enzo asks, a smirk growing on his face. "Didn't know you and y/n were so serious."

"It's our cat damnit! If marrying y/n is what it takes to finally have a cat of my own, so be it," Theo says decidedly.

Enzo snorts at his clearly, very drunk friend. "Careful, or one might think you're only into her for her cat. And not the cunty kind."

Theo scowls at this. "Y/n says that all the time, but have you seen that ass? And the way she mopped the floor with Draco in potions the other day? She's perfect."

"Yeah? Why don't you go tell her that then?" Matteo says, wanting nothing more than to see a drunk Theo try to make his way to Ravenclaw Tower.

"You know what? I will. And I'll pet Gladys too." Theo states. A look of pure, intoxicated determination set on his face.

Lorenzo eyes his friend warily. While not exactly sober himself, he didn’t particularly like the look his friend was giving them.

“Aw c’mon Enz, don’t you try and be the voice of reason now,” Matteo drawls, sensing the hesitation coming from his friend. “Don’t you want to meet the lil thing our beloved Theodore has been obsessing over for weeks now?”

“I’m not obsessing,” Theo snaps, taking a sip straight out of a random bottle he’d picked up from the table.

“Let’s go. I’m gonna steal her cat. For real this time.”

With a wide grin, Matteo jumps up, ready to follow his friend wherever the night took him. With a low groan, Enzo followed suit, knowing that his pair of roommates would need some sort of guidance to prevent them from walking themselves straight of the edge of the astronomy tower.

You didn’t have a lot of expectations for the quiet Friday night that you were spending curled up with a book and your cat. It was late, and after a long and stressful week, the time alone with Gladys was just what you needed to really recharge. You had spent most of your day lounging out on the lawn next to the Black Lake with Theodore, studying with and harassing the boy. A small smile crept onto your face, remembering the way his brown curls had floated about in the soft breeze.

You really hadn’t expected for the two of you to become so close, so quickly, but you weren’t complaining. You’d grown quite fond of the boy, especially once he started opening up a bit more. You’d initially thought that he was a man of very few words, but quickly learned he was in fact very sharp witted and even a bit snarky at times. Time spent with him had easily become your favorite part of the day and was something you were constantly looking forward to.

A sharp knock jolted you from your thoughts, causing you to jump a bit where you were sitting, Gladys letting out a yowl of protest.

You quickly cross the room and open the door to find a very miffed looking Cho, a frown imbedded on her face.

“Sorry to bother, but could you please come get your boy under control? He’s upsetting the portraits.” She says.

You blink once. Then again.

“Sorry?”

“Your Slytherin fellow? He’s out in the corridor with two of his friends harassing the door,” she explains, turning to lead you down the spiral staircase.

You’re not even halfway down when you begin to hear the voices.

“Who in the bloody hell would want to be in Ravenclaw with this blast-ended skewt ass looking-“

“Matteo you can’t curse out the door.”

“I’ll curse at the bloody door if I want to bloody curse at it.”

You grimace, looking at Cho who looks back with a similarly displeased facial expression.

“Sorry bout them. I’ll take it from here,” you tell her when you reach the bottom.

With a slight nod, she turns to retreat back up the stairs. With a sigh, you push the door open, almost taking out Matteo who had been leaning on it for support.

“Hi amore, fancy seeing you here,” Theo slurs, a grin taking over his face at the sight of you.

Enzo leans against a pillar, face in hands, looking like he wanted to disappear. You could smell the alcohol on all of them.

“Hi Theodore. Are you sober?” You ask, already knowing the answer.

“I’m moderately functional,” he replies with a lopsided smile.

“I’m taking that as a no,” you say, glancing worriedly at Matteo who was currently laying spread eagle on the floor. “Let’s get you boys back to your common room.”

“I wouldn’t. Party’s not gonna end any time soon. They’ll just get more hammered and start wandering off again,” Enzo advises, head still in hands. “Like herding hippogriffs with those two.”

“And Theo hasn’t proclaimed his undying love for y/n yet!” Matteo adds.

You feel heat rise to your cheeks and Theo glowers at his friend.

“It’s okay Theo, I know he’s drunk,” you say, not certain if you were saying it more to comfort him or yourself.

Theo ignores you however, turning his attention back to the door.

“Let us in, I just want to pet the cat,” he tells the door, swaying ever so slightly.

For Salazar’s sake. Man gets absolutely wasted and just wants to pet your cat. You go to grab onto Theo to steady him, but he has other plans. Immediately, he wraps his arms around you, nuzzling his face into your hair.

“Hi,” he mumbles, picking you up just enough that your toes barely touch the ground. “I missed you. Can we see the cat now?”

Not knowing what else to do, you glance helplessly at Enzo.

“Would you be able to get Matteo up the stairs?” You ask.

“I can try. He’s a stubborn bastard though.”

You turn back to the door, knocking once. The eagle once again moves to life, glaring at the scene in front of it.

“If the day before yesterday was the 23rd, what is the day after tomorrow?” It asks crankily.

“We’re too fucking wasted for this bloody bullshit,” Matteo moans from the floor.

You try to ignore Theo’s tight grasp on your waist and Enzo prodding at Matteo with his foot before answering. “The 27th.”

The door swings open and you try your best to haul Theo through, Enzo following closely behind with a very disgruntled Matteo. Dragging the boys up the staircase feels like the most difficult task of your life as you constantly tell Matteo to lower his voice and mind his mouth while also trying to ignore the very minimal distance between yourself and Theodore. When you finally make it to the top, you rush to herd the boys into your room before slamming the door shut behind you with relief. Theo immediately stumbles over to your bed, collapsing face first in the middle and snatching Gladys into his arms.

“No roommates?” Enzo asks, looking around the room and seeing the single empty bed that you had pushed into the corner at the beginning of the year.

“No, thank Rowena. I would not want to have to explain whatever this is.” You reply, motioning to Theo and Matteo who was now wandering about the room.

“Room’s a mess. Coulda at least cleaned up a bit,” he says, poking at the various books and blank scrolls lying about.

“Had I known I would be having guests at,” you glance at the clock, “almost 2 in the morning, I’m sure I would have.” You say dryly.

Retrieving your wand from your desk, you point it at the spare bed. “Engorgio.” The wooden frame creaks as it expands until it can comfortably fit 2 people. You look at Enzo.

“Good luck with that one,” you say, almost feeling sorry for the boy as Matteo flops onto the bed with a groan.

“Looks like you’re gonna need it more than me,” he replies, gesturing to Theo who was out cold, Gladys trapped and bug eyed in his grasp. With a sigh you and Enzo each resign yourselves to your respective charge.

“Theodore,” you whisper, giving the boy a light shove. No sign of life. You give him a slightly harder shove, allowing Gladys is wriggle out of her prison. Frowning, you sit down on the edge of the bed, using most of your body weight to shove Theo to one side of the bed before sliding under the covers. Now deeming it safe, Gladys hops back into the bed, nestling into your arms happily. You’re about to close your eyes when you feel arms snaking around your waste, pulling you into the very warm chest of Theodore Nott. You freeze, holding your breath, not sure if the boy is asleep or not.

“Goodnight mi amore,” he whispers into your neck, causing the hairs to prickle.

Definitely not asleep.

“Goodnight Theodore.”

You hadn’t had any expectations for the night really, but you definitely had not expected to have multiple overnight guests who were trying to steal your cat. And you most certainly did not expect to drift off in the arms of Theodore Nott.

5

The next morning you wake up missing the usual lump of fur weighing down on your chest. Immediately you bolt upright, eyes shooting around for any sign of your furry companion before the events of last night wash over you. Enzo and Matteo are both still out cold and when you look down, your jaw drops open. Theo is fast asleep, back facing you, Gladys snoozing contentedly while cradled in his arms. Even in his sleep this absolute tosser had managed to steal your damn cat.

Careful not to wake the boys, or Gladys, you silently sneak across the room and disappear out the door. Once you’re safely out of hearing distance, you make your way quickly down the kitchens. A little known fact about the Hogwarts house elves was that many had once served in the homes of different wizarding families at one time or another. This meant that many of the elves were all too familiar with the valuable hangover potion that you sought.

Ducking in through the portrait hole, it wasn’t difficult to persuade the elves into handing over 3 glistening blue vials. You had always been kind to them, often chatting with them during your visits with the cats.

Your task complete, you made your way back to Ravenclaw tower, taking your time as you didn’t expect the boys to be up any time soon. They really had been plastered. Not even Enzo had been completely sober you recalled.

You’re just passing the entrance to the dungeons when a voice calls out.

“Hey! You!”

You’re ready to continue on your way before noticing that there was no one else in the corridor they could be referring to. You turn to see two girls you recognized as the Greengrass sisters hurrying towards you.

“Sorry, didn’t mean to startle you,” the shorter blonde girl says when they get closer. You’re pretty sure that one is Astoria. “You’re the girl Theo has been seeing right?”

You nod your head cautiously. You knew Theo had a reputation for getting around, so if that’s what this was about, things were about to become quite awkward.

“You haven’t happened to see him or Matteo or Lorenzo, have you?” The other girl, Daphne, asks.

“Draco said he saw the three of them leave the party together last night, but no one saw them come back,” Astoria explains.

You feel yourself immediately relax. Good. At least this was something you could help with.

“You two are lucky you found me then I suppose,” you tell them, gesturing for them to follow. “The three of them tried breaking into Ravenclaw tower last night, so I let them crash in my dorm.”

“Oh Salazar. Were they trying to steal your cat? I’m so sorry. When Matteo gets drunk he has a tendency to try and egg Theo on,” Astoria frets.

You give the girls a strange look. “You know about my cat?” You ask, surprised.

“Oh sure,” Daphne replies. “Whole group does really. Boys came back one night going on about how Theo was just smitten with some Ravenclaw with a cute cat. And I can see why. You’re gorgeous by the way.”

You blush at her statement, diverting the subject away.

“The boys should probably still be asleep. I just ran down to the kitchens to get these,” you tell them, brandishing the potions you had gathered. “Once they’ve downed these, they’re all yours.”

Astoria eyes the potions with jealousy and you realize the two girls were probably decently hung over as well.

“Oh you can keep Theo, we were really just looking to collect Enzo and Matt,” Daphne laughs, giving you a sly look. You open your mouth to reply, but stop realizing you had reached your common room door.

After a few attempts, you’re finally able to solve the blasted riddle and the door swings open.

“I don’t think we’ve ever had this many Slytherins in our common room before,” you joke, leading the girls up to your room.

Pushing the door open, you’re unsurprised to see the boys still passed out.

“This must be the infamous Gladys,” Daphne whispers, quietly approaching Theo who was still clutching onto Gladys as if his life depended on it. Again you’re surprised that these girls apparently even knew the name of your cat.

The two coo at the sight of your cat, coming to the conclusion that she was indeed worthy of warranting cat theft before Astoria finally decided it was time for them to get the boys out of your hair. They migrated over to the other side of the room where Enzo and Matteo were sound asleep, leaving you to deal with Theo.

You decide the easiest route, may just be to lure Gladys away, so you fetch her food dish before accio-ing her kibble container. At the sound of her food, Gladys was up and running, darting over for her morning feast. At the sudden loss of fluffy heat, Theo groaned, rolling over, face down into the pillows. After giving Gladys her food, you move back to Theo, giving him a rough shake.

“Come back to bed principessa,” he grumbles, reaching out and flailing his arm in your general direction.

“It’s time to get up Theodore. Come on, I got you three hangover potions,” you say, waving one over his head.

“Did someone say hangover potion? Give,” Matteo demands from the other side of the room. You look over to see Daphne and Astoria sitting on the side of the bed while Matteo and Enzo were groggily waking up.

Pulling out her wand, Daphne gestured for you to toss her the potions which her magic catches easily, levitating the vials over to the other two boys. Matteo snatches one out of the air, quickly downing half before offering the other half to Astoria. Enzo does the same, giving the second half to Daphne who graciously accepts. After a moment, the four of them are looking much more awake.

“Thanks for making sure these three didn’t drown themselves in the lake,” Astoria says, once the potion had really kicked. “And sorry you’re not having more luck with that one. He’s always been a late riser.”

“You’ll be lucky to get him up in the next hour,” Enzo agrees, rising from the bed. “Thanks again y/n.”

The four of them shuffle out of your dorm, a chorus is thanks and apologies strung along until they reached the door. Even Matteo gave you a nod of gratitude. Once they were all gone, you collapse once more onto your bed.

“They finally gone?” You hear Theo ask, as he rolls over to look at you. You nod, faces so close that your noses are practically touching and you can feel small puffs of air as he exhales. “Thanks for last night. I’m sorry for trying to steal your cat.”

You let out a snort at that. “Did you know when I woke up this morning, you had turned away from me completely, and stolen my cat away from me in your sleep?” You ask with a laugh.

Theo at least has the decency to look embarrassed as Gladys joins the two of you once more.

“I should do this more often,” Theo says finally, reaching out to stroke Gladys’s fur.

“What? Get downright plastered and break into my room, or steal my cat?” You scoff.

“Sleep in your bed with you.”

You freeze, looking up to see if the boy was being serious. His eyes blink back at you unwavering.

“You can come back any time,” you tell him, snuggling your way into his chest, ready to fall back asleep in the boy’s arms.

“Will Gladys be here?”

“Oh my god, yes she will be here,” you say dramatically throwing your head back.

Theo grins down at you, leaning in and pressing his lips softly against yours.

“I’m only joking amore,” he says, pressing another kiss to the top of your nose.

“Of course Gladys would be here, she adores me.”

“Get out of my bed.”

A/N

My biggest regret in life, is being highly allergic to cats </3

#harry potter fanfiction #harry potter #slytherin boys #slytherin #slytherin boys fanfiction #draco malfoy #blaise zabini #lorenzo berkshire #enzo berkshire #matteo riddle #theo nott x y/n #theodore nott x y/n #harry potter universe #theo nott x reader #theodore nott x reader #theo nott #theodore nott #theo nott fanfiction #hogwarts houses #ravenclaw reader #Theo loves cats

[neochan]

FAULT LINE (M) - TEASER

PAIRING. ex!haechan x reader

GENRE. exes to lovers, toxic relationship, smut, plot of sorts, street racer au (barely)

WARNINGS. toxicity, smut mentions

WC. teaser is 1.1k

A. NOTE. so i needed a break from the pick me chronicles and stumbled across this type of hyuck characterization!

"where the fuck are you at?"

blearily blinking, you take a look around. when did you step outside? you think as hard as you can, but nothings coming too. you're drunk. very drunk.

people littered the front of the club - some waiting on ubers, others making out. but you - why were you out here? where were your friends?

"y/n. tell me where the fuck you are."

oh shit.

the phone pressed to your ear brings you back into a sort of semi-focus. you faintly remember crying to a random stranger in the bathroom about your recent break up. the poor girl had reassured you that everything would be okay, but you barely recall pushing her aside and mumbling something about calling your ex to make up.

that was until you had caught the attention of a guy at the bar and ended up doing green tea shots with him.

oh.

oh shit.

okay yeah, every memory was bombarding you now.

if the the still sticky cum dribbling down your thighs didn't serve as a reminder, than the memory of him pressing your hips against the porcelain sink while he fucked into you should have.

"y/n?"

and then you stepped outside to call your ex because. . . you felt bad? yeah you felt bad.

his voice was becoming more impatient with each passing silent second.

"hy-uck?" you hiccup.

he sighs, "god, i thought you passed out or something."

he didn't sound mad. had you already told him what you did? you can't remember.

"hyuck." the whimper trembles from your lips, "i need you."

"i know, that's why you called me." he seems to be fumbling around with something on his end, the muffled strain of his voice giving it away. "baby, where are you? i called you earlier but you didn't hit me back."

tears start to well in your eyes as you press against the brick wall of the club.

"i went out dancing and i did something bad. i-i'm sorry." your words are slurring together and it's becoming harder to breathe. "i didn't mean to, he- he just. . ." your voice trails off in a whisper.

"he? who the fuck are you with?" the jangle of keys sounds on the other line, a few seconds later accompanied by the slam of haechans front door. his temper is rising. he knows he should calm down. shit, he's probably scaring you bad right now, but the thought of you with another guy? you broke up two days ago. why the fuck would you be with another guy.

"i fucked up, hyuck."

"this isn't a game. send me your fucking address." the purr of his car engine rumbles through the phone.

shakily, you take the phone from your ear and send him your location.

"i'll be there in five." another sigh on his end... "if i see whoever this guy is, i'm not sure i'd be able to stop myself from killing him."

you hiccup, "yeah, i know."

four minutes and thirty eight seconds later a black ford shelby GT500 screeches to a halt against the curb.

through blurry eyes, you watch as grey sweatpants and a white t-shirt approach your slouched figure. his jaw is set, eyebrows drawn up - yet you feel nothing but relief.

"jesus, how much did you fucking drink?" he scoops you up in his arms to help you stand despite your wobbly frame. the earth is swimming in your frame with each step you take, but being pressed against his lean body grounds you. so does the cologne doting his chest - so familiar and warm, you press your nose into his t-shirt.

"you smell good." you hum.

"thanks." he peers down at you with a curiosity you don't notice. maybe the breakup affected you way more than he thought because he's never seen you this fucked up. "theres a curb right here, be careful."

deep in your muddled brain, you want to kiss him and thank him for coming to get you - for actually being worried about you for once.

but you don't.

instead, you climb into the rich leather interior of his car and settle back. it stings, being back in a place you once felt so comfortable in. tears pinprick the corner of your eyes for a quick second, but you blink them away. you just let hyuck reach across your chest and buckle you in.

"hyuck i'm sorry."

his gaze fall to yours, millions of emotions lurking deep in those luminous doe eyes. you look nearly innocent and he felt bad.

he swears underneath his breath, "your guilty conscious is gonna be the death of me."

a shaky hand reaches out to touch his cheek. a familiar gesture you can't yet get rid of - not when he's three inches away from you. "hyuck-"

"fuck this." he pulls back and cards a hand through his hair. "what were you doing with another guy?"

"we- we were doing shots and -"

"how many." he breathes.

"a couple? i don't know, maybe. . . maybe three?"

a forced huff leaves his chest, "three shots with a fucking stranger?"

"hyuck, i said i'm sorry-" your hands twist regrettably in your lap.

"yeah yeah, and then what?" he's leaning against the passenger doorframe, leg bouncing right next to you.

"and then he took me into the bathroom and we fucked."

a few seconds of silence. you try to face him. you can't. why did everything have to be so complicated.

"you fucked another guy but called me to come get you?" he sneers. he has to have lost all respect for you. there's no way he hasn't.

"i'm sorr-"

"i get it. you're sorry." he pushes off the doorframe and starts to pace. "what's his name?"

the lump in your throat grows when you realize you never caught his name. "i don't know."

"you don't know? so you fucked a complete stranger?" a laugh rips from his throat, "this is unbelievable."

"can we just go? please."

he ignores your question and presses you further, "what does he look like?"

"hyuck no. please, can we go."

each word is punctuated by the grit in his teeth. "what does he fucking look like."

it was futile to argue with hyuck when he got this way. he was gonna find out who this guy was either way.

"pink hair, silver button down, black pants, expensive watch. probably drinking green tea shots." the details of the night might have been distorted, but you could have picked out this handsome stranger in a line up.

"stay right here. i'll be back."

"no! hyu-" your cry is cut off by the slam of your door. anxiously, you watch his lithe figure move past the bouncer and into the club. a sinking feeling falls in the pit of your stomach.

what the fuck did you do.

ANOTHER NOTE. is this worth continuing? let me know if it is :)

#haechan smut #haechan x reader #nct dream smut #nct dream x reader #nct haechan smut #nct haechan x reader #hyuck x reader #hyuck smut #nct dream fic

[euphor1a]

Just the tip

* part of “boyfriend chronicles” — can be read as a stand-alone.

ꨄ pairing: mingyu x f!oc

ꨄ genres: non idol!au, established relationship, fluff, smut, slice of life.

ꨄ summary: he tried his best, he really did. but lord, for how long could he control himself when you looked like a pretty, little angel, all his to ruin?

ꨄ rating & word count: 18+ ; ~9.5K  

ꨄ warnings/tags: fluff (called me single in 100 languages typa way), plentiful pda, they’re so in love that it repulses me /j, profanity, explicit sexual content; dom/sub undertones (a bit of switch action as well), semi-public sex, breast play, biting/marking, size kink, praising, pet names, fingering, teasing, dacryphilia, begging, “just the tip”, unprotected, penetrative sex, big d*ck!gyu, multiple orgasms (f!receiving), creampie — this is a work of fiction and it doesn’t represent mingyu in any way.    

ꨄ a/n: this series is slowly starting to look like my villain origin story 😔... like wdym i can’t have kim mingyu 💔💔? *sigh* anyway, it’s been a while, enjoy <3!

His footsteps are light despite him being in a hurry. It’s almost as if he could start flying at any moment. Mingyu wishes that was an option. The sunlight filtering through his living room windows barely makes it to the kitchen, where he’s struggling miserably. 

Large, shaky hands grip onto the petite looking sliders he has just finished making, carefully placing them inside the various colorful lunch boxes splayed out on the kitchen island. Mingyu is heaving ever so slightly, a bit of perspiration starting to collect on his forehead. He’s nervous. And it’s silly, he knows. But he can’t help his rushing heart that is hammering against his chest. 

It’s been over ten minutes since you texted him that you’re on your way to the park you two are going to meet up for your date. And he’s still here, in his pj’s, trying to finish packing the picnic basket as quickly as possible without absolutely destroying it. Even though Mingyu woke up criminally early with the intentions to cook everything himself, he somehow managed to fall behind because of the stupid cupcake batter that refused to make anything edible out of itself. 

With what feels like the umpteenth sigh of the day, he manages to complete arranging the boxes inside the basket. However, he almost slips while hurrying to reach his bedroom. A string of curses leave Mingyu’s pouty lips, the muscles in his arms flexing to support his whole body against the wall. He still needs to get ready, leave his house, and buy some sort of dessert from the local bakery before finally meeting you.

Thanking himself for picking up and ironing the outfit yesterday night, he dresses up in a flash. Mingyu ponders if he should do something with his hair, but ends up keeping it the way it currently is. Sure, it is kind of messy, but it also gives him that ‘casually sexy’ look. A satisfied smirk and the bare minimum skincare along with sunscreen later, he regards himself in the mirror for one last time. Looking more than good to go.

That state of peace only lasts for a moment though. Not wanting to be even more late than he already is, Mingyu grabs his phone, wallet, keys and the basket. After another minute of scrambling, he puts on a random pair of loafers and heads out. Even though you haven’t contacted him since earlier, he feels anxious. Who knows for how long you’ve been waiting all alone? 

His long legs help him blaze past the bustling neighborhood, hands clutching on the basket’s handle in an attempt to stop it from swaying unsteadily. Mingyu is so wrapped up in his thoughts of you that he actually walks past the bakery — before realizing and taking a 180° turn. The elderly owner smiles at him brightly as he enters the cozy shop, somehow catching up on what exactly is happening with the usually calm and collected guy he has seen for so long. “Aah, Mingyu! Welcome, my boy! Long time no see, eh? What brought you here all of a sudden? Mayhaps a special day with a special someone?” 

“Hi, Mr. Owen! Hah, really though… I don’t remember the last time I found myself having a little dessert. Glad to be back here! Although, I’m just gonna pretend that I didn’t hear the last part…” Mingyu trails off, eyes taking in the pretty pastries and all sorts of baked goodness displayed in front of him. His heart jumps a little when he thinks about how your face contorts in pure joy whenever you ravish the sugar rush from something sweet. “Uh anyway! Please pack me a dozen of these pastel colored macarons! And maybe four of those glazed donuts? Oh my god… are those heart shaped pies?? Looks so cute! Please pack two of them too!” 

The man nearing his late 60s can’t help but laugh at Mingyu’s excited rambling as he points at the things he wants. “Calm down, calm down, I’ll get to everything one by one.” He folds up some new boxes before putting the delicate confectioneries into them. “You really don’t have to say anything though, the answers are written all over your face.” 

Mingyu, who was busy admiring the heart shaped pies, looks up, confused. “Huh?” 

“The question I asked earlier. Which you pretended to not hear. The answer to it is written all over your face.” Owen shakes his head with a smile on his face. 

“Oh–” Mingyu looks down at his feet. Is he really that obvious? But even if he is, should he care about it? Feeling happy and elevated to meet his girlfriend doesn’t always need to be embarrassing. 

“Don’t mind my little teasing now, will you? Do you want me to put these in your basket?” He’s brought back to reality by Owen’s voice. Mingyu nods and brings the picnic basket up on the counter. 

While the old man adds up the prices to write a bill after carefully putting all the desserts in the almost full basket, Mingyu finds himself zoning out. Would you like all the things he’s bringing? What if you have some secret allergy he doesn’t know yet, and you’re unable to eat? A pout forms on his lips. But then he remembers — he’s been pretty late by now, and you’re waiting for him in a place you’re not familiar with at all.

He hurriedly pays and grabs his basket, apologizing to Owen for not being able to hang around longer and leaving immediately. Once he’s outside again, he quickly takes his phone and calls your number. Mingyu almost feels jittery, scenarios going through his head that aren’t exactly nice. Thankfully for him, you pick up after a few rings, greeting him cheerily.

“Mingyu! Hello baby! I’m here already, are you on your way?”  

That alone is enough for the six feet tall, grown ass man to wish he could disintegrate into thin air right now. Not in a negative way, though. He just finds it extremely devastating that you called him “baby” like that. But Mingyu is quick to recover from that feeling. “Hi angel, I’m on my way!! I’m sorry you have to wait there all alone… I’m like a three minute walk away from the park. Do you, maybe, wanna keep talking over the phone?”

“Aw sure! And don’t worry about it please, I’m just standing beneath a large tree and enjoying the scenery! It’s so pretty here!” 

Three minutes feel like thirty seconds with you, as he already gets through the park’s elegant looking entrance. His eyes immediately start searching for you. “Baby, I just got through the main gate! Where are you?” 

“Oh! That was quick, Gyu; should I come over to the entrance?” 

“Nono princess! Stay where you are, I’ll be there. Just give me some directions!” Mingyu insists. To his surprise, you don’t give up for your cause.

“Why?” Your voice is nearly a whine, “It’ll be way easier if I just go where you are!” 

With his heart doubling in his chest from fondness, he sighs, “Fine… I guess. Come over quickly then, will you?” 

“Yep yep, already on my way! I can’t wait to see you!” You giggle excitedly, keeping your eyes on the path as you wander back towards the main gate. Mingyu waits by the side of a decorative statue for you. His gaze is searching, hoping to catch a glimpse of the person he’s grown to adore endlessly. 

It’s only a matter of seconds for you to spot each-other, two pairs of eyes lighting up with joy. You run to him giddily, colliding into his firm chest that you’ve fallen asleep on several times now. His large arms wrap around your small frame to pull you closer, as if on instinct.

You inhale his scent deeply, a mix of his cologne and the smell of fresh laundry from his black polo shirt. However, you do avoid getting your face smushed up against him— for the sake of your skincare and makeup. Both of you stay locked in each other’s embrace for a while, before eventually pulling away.

“You look so unbelievably pretty, my love.” Mingyu leans down to place a kiss on your head. “And smelling like a dream, as well.” Heat rushes to your cheeks, and you fiddle with the belt loops of his beige trouser.

Only now, you’ve become aware of exactly how fucking good he looks today. This black polo fits him like a glove, paired with trousers that accentuate his long legs. Oh and, he also has a pair of eyeglasses that adorns his handsome face. The whole imagery is pretty devastating to your brain as it fails to process everything your eyes have registered. Why is it even legal to look like this?

You suddenly feel majorly weak in the knees, but Mingyu supports you with his unoccupied hand, flashing you a cocky grin. “What happened, baby?” He teases, clearly aware of the effect he has on you. You hold onto his arms and regain composure, clearing your throat from embarrassment. 

“Uhm, you look… really really great as well.” His eyes twinkle as he smiles upon your compliment, the hand around your waist pressing you into him. Your heart flutters in your chest from the close exposure. Mingyu seems a bit more touchy-touchy than usual, considering that you guys are in public.

“All for you, my angel,” your boyfriend mutters right against your ear, causing a shiver to run down your spine. As if that wasn’t satisfactory enough, he lets his lips brush over the shell of your ear, catching you even more off-guard. What the hell is in the air today? 

“Uhm– let’s go find a spot for our date? Or are we gonna just stand here?” You look up at Mingyu questioningly, doe eyes causing his heart to skip a beat. He sighs, just slightly annoyed with how his mind goes to unspeakable places with just that.

“Of course, baby, let’s find a place to sit down.” He smiles brightly, watching you wrap your smaller arm around his. To his dismay, his hungry eyes once again take in how pretty and irresistible you look in this flowy, white sundress. 

The soft material caresses your thighs with each stride; Mingyu wishes it was his hand instead. It’s absurd, but the way this dress has pretty flowers and hearts printed across it makes him wanna mark you up. The poofy sleeves, the sweetheart neckline that shows just enough to drive him crazy — God. Even the way your hair is loosely braided with stray locks tucked behind your ear? He genuinely wants to cancel all plans and take you to his home and do you all day.

It’s crazy, really. How can you just look like that and expect anyone to act like a normal functioning human? Mingyu shakes his head a little and inhales shakily. You deserve to get pampered on a picnic date as much as you deserve to get mind-blowing orgasms. 

“You’re not paying attention to me at all…” The sound of your dejected voice breaks him out of his reverie. Shit.

“No, no! Baby, please, I’m sorry… Uh, to be painfully honest with you, I’m distracted because you look so exceptionally pretty, like an angel who’s descended on Earth. But still, I’m really sorry for not listening to what you have to say. I promise I’ll focus from now on!!” He laces your fingers together and gives your hand a reassuring squeeze. 

“You’re such a flatterer, Kim Mingyu.” You try to hide your smile, sounding a bit angry to tease him. Your beloved boyfriend hates it when you call him by his full birth name; and this time is no different. However, to your surprise, instead of throwing a tantrum like he usually does, Mingyu leads you to the side of the path. 

“Wha—” you start, but close your mouth out of shock when he covers your frame entirely and leans down to press a sweet kiss on your lips. Your hands press against his toned stomach for support, your head emptying entirely. His lips are so soft against yours, the heat radiating from his body warming you up a bit too much. 

You pull away first, your whole face heated from his sudden action. As you take deep breaths to compensate for the air you lost during the kiss, Mingyu finally speaks up. “Don’t be mad at me today, my love. Please. I’m gonna be so, so sad. I promise I’ll do better but god, please don’t be upset.” His lips have formed his signature pout, your heart melting at the spot. 

You let your thumb caress over his pout, tip-toeing to peck him. Mingyu’s lips stretch into a smile, his unoccupied hand curling around your waist. “You’re so cute, how can I be mad at you?” You giggle, absolutely adored by this soft giant begging you to not be upset. 

“If I am cute, then what are you, princess?” Mingyu grins, nuzzling your hand before you move it away. You shake your head, not willing to debate on who’s the cutest. 

“Anyway, we should really find a place to sit down and get our picnic started. I was just saying that there aren’t a lot of people in the park right now, but we should still find a place with enough privacy.” 

The way Mingyu nods is like a puppy tilting its head. God, the way you’d commit arson for this guy. With a soft sigh, you continue. “And, I also have my own basket, which I left at an empty space I found by where I was standing. Let’s go there first, then we can move further into the park where not a lot of people will potentially find or bother us.” 

It takes you guys a few minutes to go and fetch your own basket, and probably another ten to fifteen minutes to find a spot for your picnic date. Mingyu is extremely happy with the grassy little patch surrounded by tall bushes and large trees, a big smile on his face as he takes out the picnic blanket he brought along. He can’t wait to show you all the food he made. 

Once he’s done setting the blanket, you take off your pastel pink mary janes and settle down on the blanket with your picnic basket nearby. Mingyu looks at you, a bit surprised. “You’re taking off your shoes?” The question makes you narrow your eyes. 

“And why wouldn’t I be taking off my shoes? To make this brand new blanket dirty?” His mouth forms an ‘O’ shape, before he nods. You can’t help but raise an eyebrow at him. “You can keep your shoes on, if you want. There’s no need to stink up this place.”

“HEY! I’m not that unhygienic, that last time I just forgot about laundry for some reason. I already told you… And I’m not wearing any socks today…” Mingyu trails off, discarding his loafers with a ‘hmph’. 

“Okay, okay, I’m sorry. Stop sulking, Gyu.” You watch him as he sits down as well, adjusting his trousers a bit to be more comfortable in this position. He overlooks you for now, reaching for his basket and carefully taking out the desserts first. Then, he produces a bunch of different tupperwares out of it, placing all the food in the center of the mat, between you two. 

You reach for your own basket as well, cautiously eyeing your boyfriend who seems to be extremely invested in unpacking all the food. The only things you’ve brought along today for the picnic date are flowers, a flower vase, a small canvas and some tubes of watercolor, besides your necessary belongings. Although it’s kinda embarrassing, it can’t be helped because Mingyu insisted on bringing everything for the date. 

“Gyu,” you murmur, hands anxiously gathering the loosely made bouquet inside your basket. It’s oddly nerve-wracking. You’ve never really received or given flowers in a relationship before. 

“Hm?” He doesn’t look up, eyes furrowed as he rummages through his basket. With a sharp inhale, you slowly retrieve the flowers, extending them towards him. Mingyu immediately turns to look at your shaky hands holding a bouquet of Jasmine and Lilacs, his face heating up as he realizes what’s going on.

“____, my baby,” he coos, bringing his hands to wrap around your trembling ones. “It looks so pretty, did you bring them for me?” You avoid eye-contact, but nod to give him confirmation. The wave of weird emotions that hits Mingyu is hard for him to explain. Usually, he’s been the one giving flowers to his partners in relationships. But, being on the receiving end for the first time, he feels as if he’s on top of the world. 

“C’mere.” He leans in to grab your waist, bringing you closer to him, before hoisting you up a little to place you on his lap. Mingyu fixes your dress, then  pulls you closer to rest against his chest. His left hand remains wrapped up around your midsection. “Thank you so much, love. I’m over the moon that you got me flowers. I’m so lucky to be dating you, angel.” He presses a kiss on your cheek, your heart almost bursting inside your chest. 

“Do you know Victorian floriography?” you look at him, slightly embarrassed. When he shakes his head as ‘no’, you go on, “It’s the language of flowers. Back then, gifted flowers used to have hidden meanings… But it’s kinda coming back in trend, I guess.” 

“Oh,” Mingyu ponders, “Then, does this bouquet of Jasmine and Lilacs have a secret message as well?” You nod, looking up at him with a shy smile. 

“Find it out later, okay? For now, please explain what you’ve brought along in so many boxes…?” Trying to change the topic, you take away the flowers to put them inside the vase you brought along, settling it in an empty space between all the packed boxes of desserts.

He chuckles nervously, suddenly remembering all the food he brought. “Uh… right. I might’ve gone a bit overboard with it, but I promise, sixty percent of everything you see is made by me, with so much love.” 

“Whoa!” you exclaim. “That’s a lot of things you made with your own hands… I’m honored.” Mingyu presses a kiss on the side of your neck, nuzzling it affectionately. Goosebumps spread across your skin, and you stop yourself from making any noises. It’s… weird that he’s being so intimate while you are pretty much in public. But god, does it do things to you… 

“You haven’t tasted anything yet, though. Heck, let me show you what’s inside first.” He reaches for the closest tupperware, and to your surprise, you see various, colorful fruits, all cut up in small heart shapes and laid out in rows. 

“Omg, so cute!!” you squeal, clapping your hands together in excitement. Mingyu beams at you, clearly happy with your reaction. 

“Hehe, there’s a lot more to see!” He stretches to grab two more boxes, each revealing tteok-bokki, your mouth inevitably watering from the sight. You’ve had these delicious rice cakes made by him a few times prior, and you loved it to bits. 

He leans down to rest his chin on your shoulder. “Should I take out the chopsticks?” Mingyu closes the box with fruits in it, moving it to the side. “Let’s go from spicy to sweet, hm? I also made tiny sliders because you seem to like miniature food a lot! After these, we can have the desserts!” 

You nod in agreement, snuggling up to him more. Receiving treatment like this makes you feel like a princess. Even though you’re not sure how much he has brought along, you internally make up your mind to at least taste everything and applaud the effort he put into it.  

Once you guys are done eating everything he had prepared himself, you urge Mingyu to take a break and save the desserts for the very end. He agrees, not willing for the date to end anytime soon. 

“I brought along something else as well… if you let me go for a bit, I can take my basket and you can hold me again.” You say after a while of chatting about this and that. Your boyfriend eyes you curiously, loosening his arms around your waist momentarily. That is enough for you to grab your basket and settle down on his lap again. 

“What did you bring? I’m so curious! Wait— tubes of paint?!” To add more to his surprise, you take out the small canvas, a literal gasp escaping Mingyu. “What can we possibly do with these? I don’t see any brushes…” 

“It’s so surprising to me that you’re always on Instagram, yet you have no clue about this.” You tease, placing the canvas in a position where both of you can access it very comfortably. He raises an eyebrow at your comment, feeling very attacked. But he refrains from saying anything.

“Let’s just start doing it, okay? It’ll make sense immediately because it’s nothing complicated.” You sigh, taking Mingyu’s palm in yours. He looks confused as you take the red watercolor tube first, getting rid of the cap and squeezing out a generous amount on the top of pinky finger. 

“Oh…” He lets you take his hand and bring it to the center of the tiny canvas, pressing the paint covered finger carefully against the paper. “But what’s that supposed to do? It just looks like a blob of paint…” Mingyu looks at you questioningly as you retreat his pinky from the canvas. 

“Oh hush, don’t be so impatient!” You scold him jokingly, pointing towards a bunch of tissues. “Clean up your finger now! You’ll find out soon enough.” He puffs out his lower lip, reaching for a tissue while grumbling.

You take the tube of blue watercolor and cover your whole thumb with a thick layer of paint. Mingyu watches you curiously while you press on your thumb in the opposite direction of his ‘blob of paint’, trying to get the sizes as close as possible. “That is so fucking adorable?!” Your boyfriend erupts in cute aggression when you lift up your thumb, revealing a heart made with your fingerprints. 

“It’s so cute, you’re so cute, fuck, I–” He stops himself before any inevitable words roll off his tongue. Mingyu is well aware that you prefer to take things slow, and he wants to make sure that you can process everything at your own pace. His thoughts are interrupted by your giggles. 

He tightens his hands right beneath your chest, pushing you close to nuzzle the crook of your neck. “Is it that funny? So fun to watch me lose my shit because of how fucking adorable you are, hm?”

“It’s not like that…” you murmur, goosebumps all over your body. “I just thought that it’s kinda amusing how you were all clueless and nagging about it earlier, then suddenly, you were screaming about how cute this is.” It’s hard for you to not make any sounds when he’s caressing your sensitive areas, but you attempt to keep your voice low and steady. 

Mingyu wishes he could explain how much that tiny heart shaped painting actually means to him. It’s almost like all your heart is into those two blobs of red and blue paint, looking back at him, telling him secrets you’ve never shared with him before. He feels all warm and fluffy inside, his senses all wrapped around your nuances. “Can I keep that for myself?” 

“Of course!” You smile brightly at him, extremely giddy that he wants to keep this small token of your feelings for him which will last way longer than the flowers. “Let the paint dry first, though.” 

“Sure, baby.” He squeezes you in his arms. “Can we have the desserts now? I know it doesn’t look like it, but there are plenty of them.” Mingyu whines, feeling sort of desperate to show you everything he bought earlier. Thankfully for him, you nod, perking up at the mention of many desserts. 

He reaches for the box with pies first, knowing very well you’ll absolutely adore them. And you do, blessing his ears with one of those cute squeals of yours, eyes sparkling at the sight in front of you. “OMG!! So pretty! And it looks delicious!” 

“Mhm, I had a feeling you’d love to have these. Let’s dig in!” Mingyu takes out a small bottle of hand sanitizer, squirting out some of it on both of your hands. These pies are very conveniently palm-sized. With its crust shaped like a heart, ruby red filling made out of cherries — it sure does make you feel hungry just by looking at it. 

“C’mon, take a bite,” your boyfriend muffles out, mouth already full of the big bite he has just taken. You nod gingerly, taking a shy bite of the pie as well. The buttery, flaky crust, paired up with a bit of the sweet cherries melt in your mouth, a satisfied sound rumbling in your throat. 

“Mm, it’s really good!” The smile on your face is like a whole trophy to Mingyu. You liked it. He’s so glad that he can’t really explain. 

“Yay!!! I got you donuts and macaroons as well!” He blurts out, all giddy looking at you savoring the sweet dessert. Once you’re done with the pie, he reaches for the boxes of both donuts and macarons, earning a small whine from you.

“I can’t eat that much… I’m almost full.” 

“Why? You only ate a little…” A frown forms on your boyfriend’s lips.

“Gyu. I had a ton of tteok-bokki. Then sliders. Then fruits. On the dessert side, I already had a pie. I’m really, really, sorry, but that looks like a lot of macarons and donuts. My stomach will either burst or I’ll just throw up at the end of this!” You try your best to make your point stand, pleading with your eyes for him to understand.

Mingyu heaves out a sigh. “Fineee. You’re gonna take the macarons back home with you, then. I bought these especially for you. And I’m not listening to any complaints about that.” 

“Gyu, that kinda makes me feel bad though… you basically did everything for this date.” 

“Baby, I did everything voluntarily because I wanted to treat you like this. Like you deserve to be treated. And c’mon now! You brought flowers for me, and came up with a fun little activity to do. What about all the dates we’ve had before that were totally planned by you? So pretty please, with a cherry on top, don’t turn me down?” 

You turn in his lap to face him, blinking back the silly tears that clouded your vision. He hums in approval as you wind your arms around his neck and pull him in for a sweet kiss. Although, you pull back soon enough, resting your foreheads together instead. “You mean so much to me,” you mutter, eyes locking with him. 

A strange warmth spreads throughout Mingyu, radiating inside-out and filling up his heart. He doesn’t really know what to say back — simply because he’s over aware of the fact that he is completely and utterly in love with you. But he doesn’t want to hurry, he wants to move with you, as you slowly open up your petals to him, like a flower does to a sun. 

“I wish there were words in my vocabulary capable of explaining how much you mean to me.” He smiles softly, pressing a butterfly kiss to the corner of your lips. Mingyu absolutely adores the sound of your giggle that drifts to his ears. 

“You’re so cheesy, I kinda like it.” 

“Just 'kinda'?” He can’t help his own chuckle. “And here I thought I was getting a lot of charm points for being cheesy.” 

“You can be cheesy all you want, baby. I think most of your charm points come from your physical features at a first glance.” You boop his nose, both of you bursting out in laughter. 

“Are you saying that I’m handsome?” 

“Mhm. Very handsome, in fact. Very tall as well. Very… very big too.” You can see the playful glint vanishing from his eyes. Mingyu inhales a shaky breath. 

“Let’s get to those donuts now. Please?” 

You nod, moving around to get back on your previous position. He bites back a groan as your hands feel around, squeeze and grab on his thighs before you settle down. “What donuts did you bring?” 

“Glazed donuts, cause you really liked them the last time!” He wraps an arm around your waist, adjusting you to be closer to him. Mingyu is well aware that he’s barely holding up. But, he’s trying to convince himself that being closer to you can get him through his… hard times.

“Whoa omg these look so good?!” His inner monologue is interrupted by your squeal. A small smile curls up his lips. 

“Right? Dig in, baby!” He encourages, leaning forward to take a donut for himself. You follow suit, excited to bite into the sugary heaven. 

The sweet dough crumbles in your mouth upon the first bite, the sugar glaze hitting your taste buds just right. As you savor the pleasant taste of it, a satisfied hum rumbles in your throat. “Gyu, this tastes heavenly. Way better than the last time we had it! And I loved the ones we got back then?!”

“I’m so glad, my angel. I’ll get you more the next time we meet up~” Your boyfriend nuzzles your hair affectionately, his heart doubling in his chest from adoration. It’s hard to explain how great he feels simply by seeing you happy, enjoying your food. Maybe, it’s because Mingyu himself loves to eat heartily and cook for his people; he hopes that he can see you like this forever. 

It would be so nice, he would cook for you everyday and help you out whenever you felt like cooking, and dine-out and order in as your heart desires. 

You’re almost done with your second donut by now, but Mingyu hasn’t said anything or even touched his portion after saying that he’d bring you more. Kind of worried, you turn your head to look at him, finding his eyes transfixed on you. 

“... Hello? Why’d you go silent? Is something in my hair or—” you stop halfway when you notice his gaze has shifted to your lips now. It makes you swallow nervously, anticipation building up in your system. You know that look all too well. 

“There’s something on your lips.” His voice is nonchalant, relaxing your senses a bit. You nod, attempting to wipe off the crumbs with your hand, but he catches your wrist, leaning in swiftly to wrap your lower lip between his. 

Goosebumps spread all over your body, hands automatically winding around his neck as he suckles on the delicate flesh of your lips. His free hand rests against the small of your back, urging you to turn towards him fully. 

You really don’t understand how he can kiss you this good when you are yet to open up to his tongue. Your body has already started to heat up, breathing uneven. With shaky hands, you clumsily take off his glasses, his lips curling up in a smile against yours. 

Soon enough, he coaxes your mouth open, his hand letting go of your wrist and cupping your jaw instead. You both moan simultaneously, crazed by the sweet aftertaste of the desserts. Mingyu is extremely eager, taking the lead as always, your body starting to quake from the mind numbing kiss.

Picking up on your struggle to breathe, he pulls away just enough to whisper against your lips. “You have to keep breathing through your nose, baby. You can’t just forget to breathe, even if I’m kissing you so good for so long that your mind goes blank.” 

You flush at the mention of your usual complaint against him whenever he has to give you space to breathe during a make-out. “I… I try, I swear, but it’s…” you trail off between huffs, hiding your face in the crook of his neck.

“Aw, am I giving my princess a hard time?” Mingyu pats your head, nudging you to get back up. You nod, a small chuckle escaping him. “Fuck, you’re so cute,” he leans in for a brief peck. “And so pretty, looking like a fairy today.” 

He returns to the kiss with full passion, tongue immediately entangling with yours, a low groan escaping him. You taste so maddeningly sweet, like an endless source of honey to his bee. He suckles on your tongue, his teeth nibbling on your lips, reducing you to an absolute mess. You are, quite literally, shaking, arousal dripping down your core and ruining the pretty lace thong you wore for today’s date. 

“Aah–” you gasp as he trails down to press wet, sloppy kisses down your neck, hands pulling at the sleeves of your dress. You don’t stop him, threading your fingers through the luscious locks of his wavy hair. Mingyu has nearly forgotten that you guys are technically in public, and has made you do the same. He drags your bra strap off your shoulder using his teeth, biting and sucking on the newly exposed skin.

One of his hands is wrapped around your waist to secure you, his other hand slipping beneath the skirt of your dress, stroking your thighs. Only now, you suddenly remember that you’re on a picnic date in a somewhat secluded part of a very public park. “Mm–mingyu– don’t—” you struggle with your words,  overwhelmed by his ministrations. He’s everywhere — touching, squeezing, licking, kissing and biting. “Stop, please.” You whimper, his actions halting immediately. 

“What’s wrong?” Mingyu lifts his head to assess your situation, looking dazed himself, his voice hoarse. You swallow nervously, your own eyes glazed with tears that had appeared because he made you feel a bit too good.

“We… we’re in public,” You state firmly. “We can get caught in a very indecent state if we keep going.” 

Mingyu takes a look around the surroundings. Tall bushes and plenty of large trees cover this small patch of area entirely. He knew exactly what he was doing when he chose this spot. One would have to wander off very far into the park and physically push off bushes to get in here like you guys did. Which, to him, seems extremely unlikely. 

“I wouldn’t call this public, my love.” He takes both of your hands to entwine your fingers. “And I highly doubt someone would come this far and specifically peek around the bushes to catch us. You do remember how long it took us to get here, no?” 

“Yeah… but, what if—” 

“There are no ‘what if’s, my angel. Even if someone did come this far into the park, they’d still have to manhandle the bushes to be able to see what’s on the other side. Please, trust me…” 

His broken look stirs something in you, and you lean in to touch your foreheads together. “I do trust you. And I want you as much as you want me,” you whisper shyly, your thong uncomfortably damp and sticking to your skin. “But, wouldn’t it be better if we go home quickly, and um, finish what we started…?” 

Mingyu sighs, wrapping you in his arms and pulling you as close as possible. “I don’t think I can hang on for that long, baby. I need you so fucking bad. I’ve been struggling to keep myself together for an embarrassingly long time now. You– You just look so goddamn pretty. Like a tiny little fairy who is all mine to ruin. Fuck, just… just see what you’ve done to me.” He takes one of your hands and guides it to his crotch, blood rushing to your face. 

“If you want me just as much as I do, you must be soaking wet, right?” His whisper is hot against your neck, right hand holding your own to his growing bulge while his left hand slips between your thighs. You gasp when he rubs his fingers against your ruined underwear, a satisfied grunt reverberating in his throat. “Fuck.” Mingyu curses under his breath, his hips bucking up to your joined hands.

“You really want us to go home in this state? Hm?” His voice is a whine, only adding more to your devastation. To be really honest, all logical reasoning left your system the moment he made you feel his hard-on. And then he had to feel your drenched thong in return as well, arousing you to the extent where you don’t really give a fuck about being in the open anymore.

“Hngh, fine— do it quickly.” You whimper, every inch of you begging for his touch, to be relieved. Mingyu smiles, ecstatic upon your words, hungry lips finding yours for a kiss. You moan at the contact, pussy clenching around nothing. 

“As my princess wishes.” He hums, pulling down your dress to reveal your bra. His pupils dilate at the sight in front of him. Even when he dragged down the straps of your bra with his teeth, he didn’t think you’d be wearing a rather provocative lacey piece today. “Fuck,” Mingyu bunches up your dress around your waist, a groan escaping him.

Is this another fantasy of his? Cause no, fuck, you sure do look like it. 

The delicate lace work barely covers anything, his cock throbbing inside the confines of his boxer-briefs. He feels like he’s high. “Baby,” your boyfriend rasps, “do you even understand what you do to me? Hm?” 

“You like it?” your voice is a whisper, fingers digging into his shoulder from nervousness. A part of you knows the answer already, but still, hearing it out loud from him always makes you feel butterflies. 

“You’re really asking me that? Fuck, I love it, you’re so fucking pretty, I can’t believe that you’re real, and mine.” Mingyu groans, one of his hands reaching for your bra and pulling at its cups. His mouth immediately attaches to your left breast as soon as it is released. You gasp, body quivering at the touch. He bites and suckles on the soft flesh teasingly before reaching for your hardened nipple. 

You whimper out his name, fingers gripping on his hair. The way his tongue swirls around and suckles on the sensitive bundle of nerves makes you dizzy. More arousal leaks out of your core, desperation cresting higher and higher. You need him in you, right now.

But Mingyu is lost in your breasts, reaching for your right one after a while, teeth dragging over the nipple before his tongue slurps at it. You quiver and whine in his arms from all the sensations you’re feeling. He knows exactly what to do to make you feel good, and he never slacks off at that. 

“You’re so perfect, my little angel.” Mingyu hums, his right hand groping your left boob. “Fits so perfectly in my hand, so cute,” he murmurs before looking up at you. As he meets your tearful eyes, he loses a bit more of his sanity. 

“Damn it, you look so—” he stops short, breathing heavily. Will he ever get used to the way you look during intimacy? Probably not. The flushed face, teary eyes and parted lips always gets him.

“Gyu,” you whine, hugging him tightly. “It hurts, please do something,” your whisper is hot against the shell of his ear. Mingyu can’t help but smirk, wondering if he should tease you. “Need you in me.” your sweet plea stirs him, more blood rushing towards the south.

“Fuck it.” He reaches between your thighs, cupping your pussy. The soaked, warm fabric makes him growl. Your hips immediately start rocking, generating friction — something you’ve been craving for so long now. You sigh in relief, using his hand to stimulate yourself.

“What if someone sees you like this right now? So needy, humping my hand?” Mingyu asks, amused. Goosebumps spread over your skin, and you hide your face in the crook of his neck. However, you don’t stop moving your hips, inner walls clenching in desperation. 

“Do–don’t say that,” you whimper, “so embarrassing.” 

“Is that so? But you’re still rubbing into my hand, though.” 

“It’s because you won’t help me…” 

Mingyu can’t help but chuckle, his thumb finding your clit and pressing on it firmly. You scream out, a strong pulse of pleasure spreading through your nerves. He shushes you, alarmed. “Shh, you can’t be so loud today, baby… what if someone hears you and decides to check what’s going on?” 

You bite your tongue, absorbing his words. The thought paralyzes you from embarrassment, but for some reason, your pussy has a mind of its own. “It’s all your fault,” you croon, “it’s all because you can’t control yourself.” 

“I already said this like a hundred times, but, you look so fucking pretty in this cute little dress, baby. So fucking pretty. How am I supposed to control myself? When all I can think about is ruining my sweet angel?” Mingyu rasps, his calloused fingers rubbing your clit in tight circles. You’re certain that your legs will give up at this rate, your whole body teetering from the stimulation. 

“Bu–but—” you lower your voice to a whisper, “people will catch us like this, what then?” He presses a fleeting kiss on the corner of your lips, pushing the soaked lace of your thong to the side and sliding his middle finger between your labia against your slit. You swallow back a moan, biting the inside of your cheek.

“Guess you’re gonna have to keep it quiet in that case.” Mingyu pushes the digit into your sopping hole, making a ‘shlick’ sound that surprises both of you. “Fuck, did you hear that? Did you hear how wet you are for me?” You squeeze him in response, nerve endings on fire. It feels so incredibly good to finally have something fill your aching core. 

“Move, please,” you whimper, getting impatient. As if to test you, he slowly starts dragging his finger down, before pushing it back inside in a rough manner. You muffle your squeal against his shoulder, overwhelmed yet wanting more of him.

Soon enough, Mingyu loses the patience to tease you, his own urges kicking in. His ring finger slides into the depths of your molten warmth as well, your walls clenching around him from excitement. “You drive me fucking crazy,” he hisses under his breath. Slow, languid movements let him feel the way your arousal coats his skin in a silky veil, making him feel kind of suffocated around his crotch.

“Baby,” you whine, “wan’ more, please.” The burning ache for a release fires through your system, every single one of your cells begging for more. A breathy laugh rings in your ears, to your dismay.

“Want what exactly, love?” Mingyu’s eyes are twinkling with mischief, knowing very well that he’s pushing your boundaries right now. 

“Harder,” your choked whisper is hot against the shell of his ear. He clenches his teeth, thumb pressing down onto the swollen nub before anything. A gasp escapes you, face falling to rest in the crook of his neck, breathing uneven. His fingers pick up speed eventually, your lower stomach in knots, a shiver running down your spine. If your mouth wasn’t pressed up against his skin, you probably would’ve blabbered about how good he’s making you feel. 

It doesn’t take long for you to crest up towards the pinnacle, whole body convulsing, preparing itself for the rushing relief it’s about to experience. Mingyu, knowing very well that you’re about to finish, adds a third digit into your slippery warmth, seemingly triggering your orgasm. You muffle your cries in his neck, falling onto him as your legs give up entirely. He holds you securely with his free arm, feeling kinda dizzy himself. His neck is all slobbered up, covered with messy bites you left while trying to silence yourself. 

It takes you longer than usual to recover, finding the strength to stand on your knees. Blood rushes to your face when you regard the state of your boyfriend’s neck, even the collar of his black polo a victim to your actions. Mingyu, on the other hand, barely holding on, finally starts to pull out his fingers from your pussy, your juices leaking out on his hand profusely from the movement. A breathy whimper escapes you, nerves alight for pleasure once again. 

“Fuck, take a look at this,” He holds up his hand between you two, the slightly viscous liquid catching the sunlight and glowing, making you flush. “You treat me s’well, baby, servin’ me liquid gold.” His words only make you even more embarrassed, eyes avoiding him at all costs. The lewd sound of his slurping sends a tingle through your core, droopy eyes shyly catching him lick his fingers clean. You shudder a little when he moans satisfactorily, eyes trained on you the whole time.

In a sudden surge of boldness, you reach out to caress his jawline, bringing him closer for a kiss. Mingyu hums, a smile forming on his lips before attacking your mouth with full force. You gasp and moan while he finds his way to your tongue, the growingly familiar taste of yourself on his saliva causing a new surge of arousal to your core. Quite desperate to feel him now, you fumble with the button on his trousers blindly, undoing it quickly before reaching for the zipper. 

“Fuck,” Mingyu pulls away with a hiss, his stomach tightening from the feeling of your hand lightly pressing onto his clothed cock. Your eyes greedily devour the outline of his boner, almost poking at the material of his boxer briefs. Pussy clenching at the thought of him filling you up, you pull at the waistband of his underwear. 

“My god, Mingyu,” you swallow nervously, unsure how to react as his heavy cock springs out of its confines, slapping against his tummy. You’ve never seen it this angry and twitching, head covered with a light sheen of his pre-cum. Heart almost beating out of your chest, you reach for him, hands delicately wrapping around his length and giving it a few, slow pumps. 

“Baby, fuck—” His eyes shut close, teeth digging into his plump lower lip to restrict any noises. With your thumb, you spread the gathering pre-cum all over his tip, making him whimper in the process. If you don’t get fucked right now, you might just lose your mind. 

“Need you,” you whisper, pressing a fleeting kiss on his nose. Mingyu looks as if he’s pained, a defeated sigh escaping him. 

“My love, I– I need you too. So, so bad, can’t explain.” His eyes tear up suddenly, “B-but—” 

“What happened…?” You ask, alarmed by his expression.

“I— I don’t have a condom.” He frowns, wrapping his arms around your back and burying his face in the comfort of your chest. “I’m so sorry, baby.” Your heart drops to your stomach because of how devastating his tone is. 

“Nooo! It’s okay… um, we didn’t know this would happen, y’know? So, um, don’t apologize, please. And don’t talk like that.” You nudge him to look at you. 

“Yeah but… what are we gonna do now? We agreed to be safe from the beginning, so–”

“Well, I’m on birth control for my periods either way, so it’s okay.” You cut him off, desperate for him at this point. 

Mingyu looks up at you, hesitant. “Angel, are you really sure about that?”

A sigh escapes you. You know why he is feeling uncertain, you know that you are the reason. “Gyu, I don’t know anything, but I might just go crazy if you don’t fuck me right now.”

He inhales a shaky breath, your words toying with the few last strings of self-control left in him. “Okay, what about this — I’ll only put the tip inside, make you feel super good so you come quickly for me, and then I’ll pull out before I make a mess.” 

Your body shakes from anticipation. “Just the tip?” 

“Just the tip, baby.” 

Even though it’s not exactly what you had in your mind, you agree quickly. Anything to have him inside you. Also, you’re not too sure how that will possibly work out. You’re almost certain that you’ll end up getting more than just the tip.

Mingyu grabs your waist to position you right on top of him, the urgency in his actions painfully obvious. You gladly comply, too needy to say anything. As you feel his bulbous tip lining up against your entrance, you lean in to touch your foreheads together. “Gyu, I can’t wait anymore, need you right now.” 

With a groan, he slowly guides you down his length, only letting his tip and the following inch inside. You whimper, struggling a little as you get used to the stretch. It’s kind of astonishing how even just that fills you up satisfactorily. But still, you crave all of him, your body knowing the euphoria of having him up in the furthest nooks of your pussy very well. “You’re so big,” you murmur, inner walls clenching around him greedily, eager for more. Mingyu huffs out deep breaths, his ears turning red. How cute.

He collects himself in a moment, firm hands around your hips to make sure you don’t slide down further than he intends to give you today. “You feel s’good, so wet and hot, I feel like I’ll melt.” Mingyu sighs, helping you ride him, his thumb rolling your clit in lazy circles. 

You muffle your cries as he moves your hips in a slow and steady pace, inevitably sliding down his cock, little by little. However, he doesn’t really notice it, lost in the feeling of your pussy squeezing him so deliciously. “Gyu, harder,” you plead, a bit tired of this torturously slow pace. 

Mingyu complies almost immediately, pulling you even closer, his own hips bucking up to meet you halfway, while he continues to guide your movements. You moan out happily, arms winding around his neck. His thrusts are shallow, but the frenzied movements trigger more pleasure in you.

Eventually, he loses control over your movements, momentarily giving up against the fiery impulses running through his nerves. With all the lubrication between you two, you slide down as much as possible with nothing to restrict you. A string of incoherent words leave you, your body extremely giddy to get what you’ve wanted for so long. 

“Fuck, no, this isn’t working,” Mingyu finally regains his senses, groaning as the untouched parts of his cock are engulfed by your warmth. He swiftly pins you down on an empty side of the picnic blanket. “Bad, bad girl.” 

You squirm under him, whining while he pulls out of you, until only the tip is inside. “Now tell me, what should I do, now that you’ve broken our little deal.”

“Fuck me.” you whimper, your eyes teary by now. Mingyu tuts, shaking his head. You try your best to channel your pitiful, puppy dog eyes, ready to beg if that��s necessary.

“Such crude words from my sweet, little angel.” He sighs, “You’re really into testing my patience, aren’t you? Does it make you happy? Watching me lose my senses over your words?” 

“Don’t hold yourself back, please. I want to make you feel good too. Please, Gyu. Fuck me, make me yours, I don’t even care if people see or hear us anymore. Please.” Your voice is broken, tears threatening to spill out of your eyes. Mingyu swallows nervously.

“Fucking hell.” The growled expletive marks the end of whatever self-control shit he was on. With one hard thrust, he smoothly fills up your touch-starved pussy entirely, coaxing out a loud moan of relief from you. His right hand immediately covers your mouth. “You might not care about some rando catching us like this anymore but I’ll be damned if someone sees you like this.” 

Mingyu lets go of your wrists, putting his left hand on the small of your back to support your body. “Don’t you dare complain about how you can’t walk later. You brought this upon yourself, remember.” He nibbles on your earlobe teasingly before starting to move against you. His thrusts are on the rougher side, your stomach tightening as the pleasure starts to build-up. 

With your free hands, you reposition his palm covering your mouth, suckling on his fingers instead. In response, you feel his cock twitch so vividly in your pussy, a groan reverberating in his throat. “You’re a fucking menace, you know that?” 

Mingyu pounds into you in a frenzy, quite obsessed with the raw feeling of your spongy flesh gushing around his cock. You moan and cry around his fingers, clenching happily as you feel your release right around the corner. He also picks up his pace, grinding down onto your clit in the process. Your brain has lost all the critical thinking power, salty streaks running down your cheeks as you’re overwhelmed by the sensations.

You remove his fingers from your mouth, desperate to be heard. “‘m gonna come–” 

“Fuck, come for me, love, I’m gonna pull out,” Mingyu grunts, his pace faltering as his movements lose rhythm, inching closer to his own release.

“No, no— come in me, baby. Please. Don’t ruin my dress.” He has no idea what you are on about, but he’d be lying if he said that it doesn’t sound tempting.

“Princess, do you even know what you’re saying?” He still asks, praying that you come back to your senses, for both of your good.

“I want you to come in me.” You manage to blurt out before your body convulses as the orgasm hits, gummy walls squeezing his cock to a halt. Mingyu curses under his breath, putting his fingers back in your mouth before you can scream your lungs out. Soon enough, he also reaches his peak, the thick, milky white liquid filling up your pussy to the brim. 

“_____, fuck…” he whimpers, reveling in the newfound intimacy between you. You urge him to lay on top of you, arms wrapping around his neck to pull him in for a kiss.

“Gyu,” you whisper, “you mean so much to me.” Mingyu nuzzles your face adoringly, pressing butterfly kisses over your bare skin, wherever he can reach.

“And to me, you’re like the sun.” His silly words make you laugh.

“Why’s that?” 

“Because I’m like the earth orbiting around you, thriving because of your warmth and light?”

You flush at his words, beyond touched that he’d think of you in such a beautiful way. “You make me sound so insincere, Gyu.” Mingyu laughs at your pout, starting to get back up. 

“Yeah well, I still have to figure out what your flowers mean, remember?” He reaches for the packet of napkins lying nearby, sighing at the sight in front of his eyes.

“Yeah…” you trail off, “Do that once you’re home, okay?” He nods, seemingly distracted.

“I’m sorry love, I made such a mess.” 

“We.” 

“Hm?” 

“We made a mess. So don’t be sorry. I’ll help you clean up.” You offer him a smile, which he matches happily. 

Mingyu scrutinizes you one last time, making sure that you look presentable from head to toe. “Yeah, everything looks okay… except that your dress is all wrinkled…”

“I told you it’s fine, I’ll fix it up after a wash, don’t worry!” You reassure him, redoing your braid. “And please wash this outfit as soon as you get home, okay? I know it all dried up now, but still…” 

“I could say the same about your panties.” He chuckles, raising his eyebrows at you. 

“Yeah, but I doubt it’ll be wearable after today.” You sigh, checking yourself on your selfie camera. “C’mon, let’s go now. It’s afternoon already!” 

Mingyu hands you your basket, holding your free hand as you slowly take a few steps. “Are you sure you can walk?” 

“Yes, positive! I have to get home somehow.” You smile through a wince, making him shake his head. 

“Let’s go to my place. You can go back tomorrow morning after you’ve recovered from the pain. I’ll cook us dinner, help you take a bath, give you meds and cuddle you to sleep.” Mingyu offers, pushing off the bushes so that you guys can finally leave your little sanctuary. 

You both step out on the nearby trail, intertwining your fingers together back again. “Why do you always make it so hard to decline, Gyu?” He gives your hand a firm squeeze, winking at you playfully. 

“It’s a part of the package, baby.” His cocky chuckle infuriates you, but lord, is he right about that. 

This man might just be the end of you. But would you really mind it?

end of act one ♡ next

˗ˏˋ꒰ 💌 end notes ꒱

wahhh you made it to the end!! thank you so much for reading 🥹🫶🏼; i apologize if there are any mistakes in there, this is very roughly edited jdjfhfjhjff!! BUT i really hope that this was enjoyable and i was able to portray the lovebirds well 🤭! do let me know what you thought of this, please! reblogs and comments are extremely appreciated <333! you can also send feedback through asks if you’d prefer that! 💖

until next time!

p.s: i’m pretty new to caratblr and i’d be grateful if you guys could recommend me some blogs to follow 🥺... (you can recommend your own blog as well)!

#🪄; things i’ve written #series: boyfriend chronicles 🔖 #seventeen smut #mingyu smut #mingyu x reader #kpop smut #seventeen x reader #mingyu imagines #seventeen imagines #kpop imagines #kpop scenarios #svt smut #seventeen scenarios #seventeen fanfic #this took me... a whole literal year to write #feels like i've birthed a child #i started writing this last october. not even 1k words in; i decided that this needed a prologue #in which they'd have their first night. #numerous plot changes and suffering later: WE'RE HERE!!!! #my god i want to cry

[formulafics]

❀ MASTERLIST

requests: closed temporarily

please let me know if any links do not work <3

note one sorted by alphabetical order

note two if a name is not listed, it means there are no works for that driver yet!

ALEX ALBON ²³

MAKE YOU MINE | in which working as a williams reserve driver brings you closer to your best friend, and not just platonically.

MRS. ALL AMERICAN | logan sargeants sister and alex albon are met with backlash when they start dating.

CHARLES LECLERC ¹⁶

IF YOU CANT BEAT ‘EM, JOIN ‘EM | after years of your flag being mixed up with your boyfriends, you decide to ‘take’ more than just his flag.

GEORGE RUSSEL ⁶³

SHES KINDA HOT | george russel has a crush on his pr manager. what does he do to show that? drive her absolutely insane! and what do fans do when a video of him grinning while she scolds him comes out? ship the two of course!

JENSON BUTTON ²²

DO I WANNA KNOW? | in which an unexpected series of events, starting with a leaked picture of yn and jenson sharing a hotel room (and bed), leads them from rivals to lovers.

LANDO NORRIS ⁴

MINI…ER LANDO | a two part series in which lando and his wife reveal her pregnancy to the world and are met with (mostly) open arms. (part two) (part three)

BROTHERS BEST FRIEND | max fewtrell’s sister takes quite the liking to his best mate, and it makes for an entertaining series of events.

LOOKING OUT FOR YOU | lando starts to realize that his girlfriend’s bad races aren’t just jet lag.

THE WINNER TAKES ALL | in which lando norris is tired of fans thinking he and yn are just friends, and decides to do something about it.

JUST MY TYPE | you and lando aren’t the rivals everyone makes you out to be, and it shows when you move to mclaren. (male!reader)

LOGAN SARGEANT ²

THIS YOUR MAN? | in which the whole grid, but especially a particular duo, loves to tease you and your boyfriend.

LONG WAY HOME | while visiting his girlfriend, logan soft launches their relationship, catching everyone off guard.

MR. ALL AMERICAN | in which verstappen!reader isn’t as sneaky with logan as she thinks she is.

MAX VERSTAPPEN ¹

BEST OF BOTH WORLDS | the sweet chaos of dating max verstappen while your brother is daniel ricciardo - the best of both worlds, right?

NEW DESIRE | you and max are childhood friends. despite claiming a platonic relationship, or rather not claiming a romantic relationship, fans are convinced there’s more to what you have.

OSCAR PIASTRI ⁸¹

ADORE YOU | in which the grids sweetheart and mercedes rookie adores oscar, even when he’s awkward.

OSCAROO AND BABY CHRONICLES | it’s race weekend in qatar, and baby piastri is attending her first race!

SO CLOSE, YET SO FAR | your best friend is arthur leclerc, and his best friend is oscar piastri. you’d think that’s grounds for being close with oscar, but here you are, age 22, and you aren’t even sure you could call him a friend. what you do know, though, is that you have a ridiculous crush on him, one that you’re struggling to hide.

THE OTHER WOMAN | lando norris is in love with his best friend, but she has her eyes set on a particular aussie.

YUKI TSUNODA ²²

THE JPG CHRONICLES | a series in which mclaren’s reserve driver, a grid and fan favorite, opens a jpg account and somehow her posts are a surprise, but should have been expected considering her fun persona. that being said, a slip up in her comment section about a supposed “boyfriend” makes the fandom wonder who that “boyfriend” is. (link will be added shortly)

#f1 drabble #f1 x you #f1 imagine #f1 x reader #formula one fic #f1 fandom #f1 fanfic #f1 smau #formula one #formula one fanfiction #f1 x female reader #f1 x y/n #formula one social media au #formula one smau #formula one x you #f1 fic #formula one fluff #formula one x reader #formula 1

[seraphinitegames]

The Wayhaven Chronicles - Update 22/March/2024

So, I decided where Chapter One is going to end! It should leave people very excited for what’s to come in the rest of the book (and later demo releases), hehe! ;D

I think it does give a very good clue at what might be the source of the problem for the love interests and the MC throughout Book Four, too…

It’s gonna get exciting, guys! :D

Knowing where the demo is going to leave off, I also started looking back at the character creator. After actually playing through what I had a while back, I realized I really wasn’t so keen on what I do normally, and it really needs streamlining.

And I think (hopefully!) I have a plan for how to do that now.

I will try to see if I can get some screenshots or a video of it and post it up so you can get a hint of what it looks like after my redo so far, if my internet ever wants to play ball again!

With only one option per page being possible, I need to make sure people can get through the character creator as fast as possible so they can get playing! And I think putting in big descriptions of what each choice is or means is where some of the flow is coming from. Definitely need to scrap those.

Also realised what I was doing wrong in the previous ‘character creator’ screens for the personality/skill stats and why they weren’t high enough when you picked that they were, in fact, the highest! So, I’ve fixed that for this one, and I will do it for the other books when I can get the time to go back to my spruce up of the previous books too.

Obviously when Book Four releases people will be able to import their character—and I also had a thought on that as well!

With the villain romance being an option, I figure as a player I might already have a character I’ve played through past books with that would work, but I might already be on a romance path (the villain romance only being available on the non-romance ‘friend’ route) so can’t pursue the villain’s storyline.

So I’m thinking of adding in an option where you can modify an imported character with a few choices (such as romance choice). The game will play out as though the character has always had the new options though, so I need to make sure that’s clear. But it’s definitely something I think could work as an option for those that wanted it.

It was definitely a more code-focused week this week, which makes my brain a bit mushy, lol! So I’m very excited to dive back into writing, as well as get the first demo section ready to be sent to the editor and readers…the first time people apart from me will actually see the start of Book Four, hehe!

Hope you all have an incredible weekend! We'll be offline as usual, so I'll update you all again next week! <3

#the wayhaven chronicles #interactive fiction #romance #vampires #personal #update #hosted games #choice of games #choicescript #creative writing

[yoonieper]

Chronicles of My Witchy GF | JJK

We made our own magic.

✵ Pairing: Jungkook x witch!Reader 

✵ Genre: fluff, smut, crack

✵ Rated: W for Which Witch?

✵ Warnings: little bit of weed smoking, lots of cheesy lines (babies in love), Jungkook accidentally eats something he shouldn’t (twice), lots of crying (in the good way), this shit gets nasty, mentions of food play, masturbation (m), dry humping, thigh fucking(?), pillow fucking, tiny bit of breed kink (it’ll make sense later lol), accidental facial, oral (m + f recieving), throat fucking, face sitting, lots of cum (a lot!), unprotected sex (be smart y’all <3)

✵ Word Count: 31.8k (get snacks :’D)

✵ Summary: Just Jungkook and a few cute tales about his witchy girlfriend~

✵ Now Playing…: Freaky Deaky by Tyga & Doja Cat, Lay it Down by Steelix, Under the Influence by Chris Brown 

✵ Betas: Thank you so much to the amazing @jessikahathaway and @xxxanimangxxx for looking over this monster fic so quickly <3!

✵ Author’s Note: This fic is so unserious yall, I don’t know how I ended up writing this 😭 I had plans for a Jimin fic, but I started this hoping to get it done quickly, but this turned out a lot longer than I thought it would be :’) Anyway, I thought I would experiment a little with this type of formatting for this fic~ Hope y’all enjoy, and Happy Halloween! This couple is so cute and has so much drabble potential (I got ideas~)! P.S. Made the banner myself and I’m tryna get better, hope y’all like 😅

No reposting, modifying. Translating is not allowed unless given explicit permission. Thank you so much :D

Hello to the random person who decided to click on this post! I know the title of this might sound a little strange and no one reading this will believe anything I say, but I was just hoping to rant to the void with the high probable fact that this message will most likely be buried under many other users’ posts. I can’t talk to anyone in my life about this. My friends and family have not even heard these stories to their true entirety, as they include secrets that aren’t mine to tell. For once I wanted someone to hear the tales that have somehow become my life. 

I’m Jungkook (pronounced Jeong-guk) and a few years ago I found myself dating a witch (yep, you read that right). We had recently gone out shopping together and I had made up the excuse that I was going to check out another store. In actuality, I was really interested in going to this jewelry place. 

A couple weeks ago on a late night I ended up on their website looking through the array of their jewelry for a birthday present, but I found myself up all night scrolling through the engagement rings page. I had wanted to see a few of them in person. 

We haven’t been dating too long (6 years isn’t that long right?) and we’re both still young with dreams and aspirations that have yet to be achieved in their entirety. That step has always been something I thought should be saved at a later point when things have gotten less hectic, but I found myself looking at this one ring in particular that I couldn’t stop imagining on her finger. All this has just made me reminisce and think about our future. 

My emotions are a mess right now, but for some reason I found myself here wanting to share with a faceless crowd how weird my girlfriend is and how much I love her. 

*All stories were shared with her permission, she’s helping me write this :3*

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

**Bold words are in Korean**

The way he had come to know you had been purely coincidental. Jungkook had always been the type to try his best in his classes. His grades were pretty good considering the notoriously hard courses he was required to take and his gpa managed to show for his efforts. In high school he never cared too much about that type of thing, but after managing to graduate with a 4.1, he was determined to keep it up. 

It had been the fall semester in his 3rd year that he found himself stupidly enrolled in an Ancient History class after his friend Namjoon talked him into it. He was a numbers guy and the class focused on reading a lot of text that he could hardly understand. He tried to pay attention in class but the only reason he was able to absorb any of the course material was listening to Namjoon happily rant about how interesting the story of Gilgamesh was. 

The first few quizzes and even the exam he had a few weeks after, Jungkook found himself stunned at how terribly he was doing. The assessments were hard on their own, but no matter how much he tried to talk with Namjoon about the meaning behind Gilgamesh’s third dream in the story he still found a 65% popping up once he submitted his exam. 

His heart sank, because he knew if he didn’t do well on the next upcoming unit he was sure to fail the class and he could kiss that 4.0+ goodbye. 

With even more help from Namjoon plus a few of his history loving friends Jungkook managed to float at a 70% for all his quizzes but once the midterm was approaching he knew he had to pass this in order to have any chance at getting above a C. 

But as he submitted his very last quiz before the midterm and that 69% popped up he found himself a little desperate for a solution. Somehow his frustrations ended up being received by Taehyung, his roommate and a good friend of both him and Namjoon. He was an Art Major who always seemed to have a little too much time on his hands and enough weed stashed away to make Jungkook momentarily forget about his problems. 

“I can already see it now, all A’s then that one fucking D…” Jungkook sighed, leaning back in his bean bag chair. After that last quiz his overall grade had now reached a spectacular… drumroll please… 68%. It was bad, really, really bad. 

“Hehe D…” Taehyung quietly giggled to himself.

“I haven't had a D on my transcript since elementary school…” Jungkook thought back. “It’ll be so obvious, my parents will see it immediately.” He feared what they might say, the look of disappointment on their faces… the thought alone made Jungkook want to implode.

“Like BAM… right there, just a big fucking D—” 

Jungkook was hardly able to finish before Taehyung burst out laughing. It took way too much time for him to figure out what was so funny. He just rolled his eyes at his friend’s childish sense of humor when he was trying to have a serious talk. 

Taehyung picked up on the vibes and stared at him. 

“Jungkook, I have no idea why you’re thinking about that class right now. Is this weed not good or something?” He genuinely wondered, despite how out of it he felt. 

“I feel like it’s made it worse.” Jungkook groaned, the only thing his mind could focus on was that one D that was probably going to ruin his perfect transcript and– Hehe, it was actually pretty fun– No! No it wasn’t, he was seriously about to fail this class! 

Jungkook sighed and took another hit from his blunt, hoping that would somehow make all his problems disappear. 

“Ok ok ok… how desperate are you to pass this test?” Taehyung eventually asked.

“Hyung, if this is some weird way for you to say I should sleep with the TA again because I swear—“ Jungkook sighed, knowing where this was going.

“No! No… but you really should consider it— I’ve heard she’s pretty hot and maybe that can be your way to pass the class!” Tae tried to reason.

“Hyung, what did I say?!”

“Plus, when was the last time you got laid?” Taehyung suddenly questioned.

“What do you mean? I slept well last night.” Jungkook said seriously, but he just got a hard slap on the back from his hyung at his joke.

“Jungkook, be serious! You don’t come to any of the parties Jimin invites us to, you’re always crammed up in your room. I don’t know, that TA might be a good option for you…”

“Oh my god.” Jungkook suddenly didn’t know the man beside him,

“You both can like read each other lines from the Iliad as dirty talk.” Taehyung laughed but he was actually being serious. Jungkook’s face flushed, both annoyed that this was still a conversation they were having, but he was also embarrassed his hyung wasn’t even exaggerating. 

It had been since freshman year that he had last gotten down and dirty. The only reason he had done in the first place was to check off that stupid virginity box that didn’t really exist in the first place and his sad attempt to fit in with the rest of his peers. He quickly figured out though he wasn’t cut out for the quick party sex. Handjobs in a pantry, blowjobs in a car, fucking in a bush behind the person’s house was not at all his style. Some may call him sappy but he wanted the rose petals on the bed, the picnic blanket under the stars, the shit that makes you cry in movies— all of that was something he knew would probably happen only in a relationship. 

The realization made him basically avoid every party his friends tried to bring him to and Jungkook couldn’t flirt to save his life in the “real world” so as sad as it may sound… everything Taehyung was saying was pretty much true. 

Jungkook took a long hit from his blunt, somehow this whole conversation just made him feel even worse. 

“Anyway though, that’s not really what I was going to mention.” Taehyung circled back.

“What… are you gonna say I should sleep with the professor next?” Jungkook was joking, but he was truly worried about what bizarre thing Taehyung might say next.

“You said it, not me.” 

“Alright then… What could possibly save me from failing this class?” Jungkook stared up at the ceiling, his eyes trained on the spinning fan above. 

“I know this girl who runs this shop downtown, she actually goes here at our school. I’ve been over there before I had big tests and didn’t really get to study, every time I’ve somehow managed to pass using this stuff she gave me.” 

For a while Jungkook didn’t say anything, too focused on the way the fan seemed to slow down if he paid attention to one of the blades. Then it hit him suddenly at what his hyung was saying and sat up to face him. 

“That’s your solution?” He was in disbelief that he was even suggesting this bullshit. 

“I know it sounds crazy, I thought it was too but I promise every time I’ve been over there I’ve somehow managed to pass my test against all odds. Her stuff is pretty expensive so I can’t go over there all the time, but I guarantee everything she sells works.” Taehyung sounded like a spokesperson for the shop. 

“Hyung…” 

“It’s perfect for desperate situations like the one you’re in now.” Taehyung smiled, satisfied with his marketing. 

“I don’t know how to tell you this, but I think you got scammed.” Jungkook put it plainly, going back to staring at the fan. 

“I’m telling you it works! It was worth every penny.” 

“It’s a scam.” 

“All you need to do is go over and tell her what you need help with, she’ll probably give you the same stuff she gave me. You take it home and you can either eat it or smoke it. I usually prefer the latter—“

“Hyung…” 

“Come on Jungkook, think of it as a last resort. I promise to pay you back on whatever you end up spending if you end up doing badly on your midterm!” The suggestion was serious and Jungkook was confused on how this scam had his hyung confident enough to pay him back.

In the end Jungkook promised he’d think about it before he went to get goldfish to snack on. 

As the days passed, what he never thought he would find himself even considering, started to seem like his only hope. Jungkook still didn’t understand a single line of the Iliad and his other classes were taking up all his time so he couldn’t try and ask Namjoon or any of his friends for help. 

When the exam was two days away and after a couple of breakdowns Jungkook found himself in his room, tears staining his textbooks, absolutely mentally drained from taking a test earlier that day. The only thing he could think about was that midterm that was coming up in a few days and the offer his hyung had suggested. 

It was probably a scam, it was 100% a scam, but he had nothing to lose at this point. Even if it was merely a coincidence that Taehyung managed to pass his exams, or maybe it was just the placebo effect at play, he needed whatever luck he could get. 

That’s how he somehow ended up driving himself downtown to the address Taehyung had texted him the day after he told him about the place. 

Jungkook could hardly believe his eyes when he saw the sign so unironically displayed ‘The Magic Shop’ above the door. It just made him feel even more crazy when he got out of his car and pushed open the door, a pleasant bell greeting him. 

He didn’t know exactly what he was expecting going into a place called ‘The Magic Shop’ but he was immediately hit with the pleasant scents of cinnamon and a few other spices he couldn’t remember the name of. Displayed along the shelves were mainly jars with golden labels with words he couldn’t understand along with a couple of funny looking knick knacks in between.

The place was also appropriately decorated for Halloween, or rather much of it was just tasteful fall decor with a tiny skeleton and ghost sprinkled in between. Part of him wondered if this was because of the holiday or did this place look like this all the time. 

“Hello, I’m over here!” Jungkook suddenly heard a voice call out, making him nearly jump. He quickly tried to calm himself before making his way through the aisles over to where he heard the voice. 

“Over here!” He turned his attention over to the counter. 

On his ride over he wondered what kind of girl could possibly be the type to run such a place. A lot of the time he would picture this weird old lady who had way too many cats, colorful scarves, and who was always found hunched over a cauldron brewing up something evil. Any guesses he would have always flew out the window the minute he remembered Taehyung told him that she went to their school. 

Whatever he was thinking was nowhere near the reality. He didn’t expect to be nearly knocked breathless the minute you looked up at him through your big round glasses. You were absolutely adorable and Jungkook was literally rendered speechless as he watched you carefully weigh spices on your little, gold scale by the register. 

Suddenly Jungkook did not know how to be a human being. 

“Are you just going to stare?” You asked, examining the spices up close. 

Jungkook finally snapped out of his daze and made his way over to you. 

“I–I’m sorry…” Were the first ever words he said to you and immediately he regretted it. 

“You’re fine, no need to apologize. I’m sorry I couldn’t greet you at the door. I have a big order I need to finish so…” Jungkook found himself staring at your lips as you talked, all he could think about was what it would feel like to kiss them. 

“I’m sorry.” He apologized again “I didn’t realize you were so busy.” 

“It’s fine, this time of the year always brings more than my regulars and I’m a major procrastinator so I always end up pretty swapped with work. What brings you to The Magic Shop?” Jungkook wondered if he should bring up why he came here considering how busy you were, but knew it would be weird if he didn’t mention it.

“My friend Taehyung suggested I come here–”

“You’re friends with Taehyung?”

“You know him?”

“Yeah, he comes over here often begging me to give him discounts.”

Jungkook suddenly wanted to take it back, the embarrassment making him want to disown him.

“I have a midterm coming up in a class that I just don’t understand. He told me you might be able to help me somehow?” Jungkook felt his face heating up, a terrible sense of shame creeping up at the need to come to you for help. What if you thought he was dumb? 

You stopped what you were doing and stared at him. He couldn’t stop his palms starting to clam up at the weight of your gaze. You probably did think he was dumb.

“I–I’m normally not like this, but my friend made me take the class and the professor’s horrible and I’ve just been so stressed I–” Jungkook suddenly spilled his whole story hoping that would make you think differently but as soon as he started he regretted it.

“Hey woah woah, calm down. No judgment here.” You giggled and somehow Jungkook’s face got warmer as he played with the ends of his blue hoodie.

“Things happen, life gets in the way, people suck. It’s all good.” You reached under the counter and grabbed a sign reading ‘Payment can vary dramatically, all costs go to the ingredients in the remedy.’ in a very spooky font.

“People tend to get shocked when I tell them the price, so I just wanted to brace you.” You said now turning your attention to typing away on the register. 

Taehyung had warned him before coming here that it was expensive, but the ominous warning made him slightly nervous. 

“So when’s your test?”

“Huh?”

“Just some basic info I need to account for pricing and to make sure it works the most effectively. So when’s the test?”

“Ummm two days from now.”

“This thursday?”

“Yep.”

You typed away.

“Height and weight...” You gently smiled as you trailed off but never asked. 

“No major health concerns?”

“None that I know of.”

“Good.” 

It was silent for a while. Jungkook, as much as he tried not to stare, you made it hard not too at the way you cutely concentrated on the screen. What was wrong with him? Maybe his conversation with Taehyung made him finally realize how alone he felt, maybe he was right and he really did need to get laid again, but the way Jungkook’s heart was pounding in his chest made him know that wasn’t it.  

“Soooooooo, do you really own this place?” Jungkook asked in a desperate attempt to talk (flirt) to you. Immediately though he realized how weird that sounded. “Not that–”

“You’re fine. Yes this place is mine– well mostly mine, my grandma technically owns the building and does all the boring paperwork for it, but I’m The Magic Shop’s one and only employee.” 

“Do you just run it for fun?” Jungkook tried to rack his brain at how this arrangement could be possible. 

“Haha, not in that way. She used to work here and then my mom did then me. We used to all work together. This place has become more like a family heirloom of sorts. My grandma eventually got too tired to come here everyday and my mom got busy with her job so it’s just me now.” You didn’t seem affected at all by this.

“You never thought about hiring anyone else?” He asked as you turned to the shelves behind you and started grabbing a couple of the small jars.

“Most don’t qualify and if they do they probably have their own shop already. I don’t mind it just being me though, I’ve been managing just fine by myself over the years. Plus saves more money to buy more high quality products.” Jungkook felt his heart nearly rip in half seeing you struggle to reach up to grab one of the jars on the highest self. You were absolutely adorable. 

“Even with classes?” At this you turned around to face Jungkook, a shocked expression on your face. “Uh– Taehyung told me you go to the same school as us!” What if you thought he was some stalker?!

“Ahhh I see, of course he did… I mean it’s hard on some days but I love my job so I don’t mind the extra work.” You smiled at him before grabbing the last jar and bringing it back over to the register. You opened them all and he was immediately hit with surprisingly pleasant scents that had a smile enveloping his face. It also hit him suddenly that he had really no idea what he was buying.

“Soooo, what’s your major?” He decided to ask instead. 

“Alternative medicine is what they officially call it.” You reached under the counter and grabbed golden measuring spoons and carefully started weighing the ingredients on your scale. “It’s basically me learning about what I kind of do already.” Jungkook nodded, the detail honestly making so much sense. 

“What about you?” You asked eventually.

“Engineering…” While most would consider this something to boast about considering at their college the program was notoriously hard to get into, all he hoped in this moment was that his very logic based major was something you didn’t detest.  

“You really are a smartie then… Alright, I’m impressed.” You smiled pushing your round glasses further up the bridge of your nose. Jungkook’s received many compliments about getting into the engineering program, hell his parents even threw a whole party when he got his acceptance letter, but your words for some reason never made him feel so proud. 

You had managed to weigh all the ingredients and put them on a cloth that you gathered.

You started to type on the register. “Ok that’ll be $50.97.” You smiled at him and Jungkook couldn’t hide the look of shock on his face. Realistically he pictured expensive being at most $20 but even he thought that was unlikely. 

You seemed to pick up on this and pointed up at a sign on the wall that read ‘All products guaranteed to work!’ also in a very spooky font.

If this was any other situation he would have just left because he didn’t want to spend 50 bucks for a scam, but he was reminded that Taehyung was paying for all this if it fails. It didn’t take much to also remember this was a case he was in fact really desperate, and well…you were just hard to say no to.

That’s how, despite his brain telling him this was such a dumb idea, he still found himself pulling out his wallet and handing you his card. 

“Alright cutie, I’ll be right back, this usually takes only 15 minutes.” You said after handing him his receipt but Jungkook stopped listening the minute you called him cute. Either you seemingly didn’t notice your words or it was something you said to everyone.

At first he was about to chalk it up to the latter and this quick crush he formed for you was his reason for looking at it like that, but as you turned around he saw you stop in your tracks before hastily making your way to the back room. 

Maybe he wasn’t reaching?

As the door opened his quick glance into the room showed him a completely different vibe then the rest of the shop. Instead of the cute small town hallmark shop that he was greeted with when he walked in, he’s almost sure he saw a room that almost looked like a dungeon. Stones lined the wall, the lighting was almost non-existent, and right before the door shut behind you he’s almost sure he spotted an actual cauldron, but he just figured that to be a Halloween decoration you never put out in the shop. 

What has he gotten himself into?

While you worked in the backroom Jungkook let himself wander around the aisles of your shop, examining the jars closely and wondering what they possibly could be used for. 

As promised it wasn’t too long before you re-emerged from the backroom and came out with a little bag and handed it to him. 

“So you can either eat it with something or smoke it if you do that type of thing. They’re not any different from each other really and take the same amount of time to come into effect. Take it later tonight and you should do well on your exam— this doesn’t work though if you know absolutely nothing, make sure to look at the material once more and you should do well Jungkook.” You smiled at him and he wanted to say something. He completely missed the fact that he never told you his name. 

“We should hang out sometime?” The words were on the tip of his tongue but all he found himself saying was a simple thank you before he was making his way back to his car. 

As soon as he left he kept cursing himself for at least not asking for your number. Was he really that out of practice at flirting? 

He possibly even had the go ahead to make a move at the way you called him cute… As soon as he was alone in his car he could have squealed at the thought, but he was immediately just filled with embarrassment. 

What if that really was your go ahead? What if he just missed his chance? 

Jungkook’s lack in game was once again so obvious and all he wondered was how he was somehow able to successfully flirt with people at a party back when he was a freshman and managed to get them to sleep with him was a mystery to him as well. Maybe it was the alcohol? 

Slightly dejected Jungkook drove back to the apartment and immediately went to open the little bag you gave him. Inside was another tiny bag that had a ribbon wrapped around it along with a card attached:

‘Good luck with your exam cutie ;)’ 

Oh.

Oh.

Jungkook felt his face flush. So he really was an idiot then?

He untied the ribbon and was again met with the scents of cinnamon. In the bag itself was a black powdery substance and he couldn’t help but wonder how this was going to help him pass his exam. Despite his doubts he decided to make himself an early dinner and sprinkled some of the magical black stuff on his chicken alfredo microwave meal.

It didn’t taste like anything but he couldn’t deny that he felt tingles through his body, but he didn’t think that it meant anything. 

Right after he went straight to his copy of the Iliad hoping whatever you gave him wouldn’t kill him and somehow his test scores would improve. 

Two days later he sat staring at the submit button for longer than he wanted to double— triple… he checked over his answers seven times before he finally felt even the slightest bit comfortable clicking submit. He probably would have kept going if the one minute warning didn’t pop up and he closed his eyes as he finally clicked the button.

Jungkook waited a solid minute. His peers that were left in the classroom were already packing up their stuff and leaving the lecture hall, but he waited, praying to every possible deity he could before he finally opened his eyes. 

He could hardly believe his eyes. 

98%

Jungkook could have cried at that very moment, he almost did but he was already getting concerned glances from his peers. 

He left the hall to Namjoon standing outside the hall waiting for him and he couldn’t help boasting to his hyung about his unbelievable score. 

When he got back to the apartment he got a lot of “I told you so”s from Taehyung which he didn’t mind but it did make him wonder what your role might have been. He couldn’t lie, the minute after he ate whatever you gave him and went back to the Iliad, a lot of the lines made a lot more sense and he could remember the countless characters in the story. 

Maybe he just had a good study day or maybe… 

It was a few days later that Jungkook finally managed to muster up the courage and return to your little shop downtown. He was running solely off of adrenaline as he made his way inside to see you. You were behind the counter like you were the first time he met you and you barely got to say hello before he was saying the words he wanted to say since he left. 

“Doyouwanttohangoutsometime?” He said it too fast and as the silence hung in the air and your confused expression seemed to grow even more bewildered that adrenaline he had when coming in started to fade. 

Did he already mess this up? 

“You want to hang out with me?” You repeated back and Jungkook was honestly confused on how you understood him. He pulled himself together and pulled out the card you had given him and tried to put back on his confident face. 

“I think you’re cute too.” Jungkook cringed at his words, quickly realizing he sounded like some middle schooler. 

“I— I ummm I wanted to ask you out on a date… or it doesn’t have to be! We could always just hang out if that’s what you prefer.” Jungkook’s face was growing warm again, embarrassed to the point he feared he may explode. 

Jungkook didn’t really know what you might say but he started turning red when you started laughing. 

“Did your exam go well?” You asked. 

“98%… I could hardly believe it…” He tried to join in on whatever the joke was but he was confused and flustered, worried he fucked this up. 

“Mmmm I’m glad… it seems like it still hasn’t worn off, you were so nervous last time. Alright, where are you taking me?” You smiled at him. 

Jungkook had no way of knowing what that could have meant at the time but all he could focus on was that somehow you agreed to go out with him despite the shitstorm his attempt was at trying to ask you out. 

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

If you’re curious I finished the course with an 83%, a B, not an A like I was hoping for, but it was certainly better than what I was expecting. Y/n helped me a lot understanding our last two units and I did a lot better overall after the midterm :)

Our first date was at this cute cafe that was decorated with these beautiful plants growing everywhere we turned. Y/n said it was a bit cheesy but she ended up spending the whole time gushing about all the different plants around the cafe. We ended up spending an extra thirty minutes there going around to every catus, succulent, fern, and taking pictures so she could add them to her collection at home. It's still one of our favorite places to visit every now and again.

I’m a little embarrassed to admit we went on more “dates” than I can count. We were more like friends for a while despite being pretty obvious with our feelings. We hung out a lot after class, I helped her a lot with some of her homework, she met my friends and we would all hang out pretty often (I quickly learned she didn’t have very many, but Y/n would always make the excuse and say the people I hung with were just much cooler). 

She steadily started to work her way into my life and finally one day I mustered up the courage to make it official. 

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

Jungkook and you had been hanging out at the park that day. You always said it gave you inspiration so you both tended to frequent there after your last class. You both weren’t saying too much, just admiring the view.

“Would you leave me if you were a bird?” You asked him randomly as you both were looking at the lake, a flock of birds flying over catching your attention. 

Jungkook turned to you a little confused. One of the reasons he liked you so much was simply put… you were weird, sometimes even weirder than he was and many of his friends would agree that was a bar they never thought could have been passed. 

“Mmmm no, I would just be like one of those birds pirates have. I’d live on your shoulder.” He smiled at you but your attention was still on the water in front of you both. “Why’d you ask?” 

“I don’t know… you don’t think you would feel trapped being on my shoulder? I mean you could be out flying and seeing the world, but you’re stuck being my… pet.” This was a weird question, something not entirely out of the ordinary for you to ask, but he could immediately tell by your tone you seemed a little down which was more strange.

“I’m not your pet!” Jungkook giggled, hoping to make you smile, but was still concerned about your somber mood. “I’m just a bird on your shoulder. I could fly away at any time but I like being by your side. You’re fun.” He smiled. 

“You don’t think I’m weird?” 

“No— well, maybe a little…” 

“Jungkook! That was your cue to say something romantic like ‘No Y/n you’re perfect~’” You clasped your hands together and batted your eyelashes imagining how much your heart would have melted. Gone was the sadness from your voice, but this was again just one of those cues that Jungkook had a habit of missing.

“You asked!” He tried to defend, but a gentle slap on his arm was sent his way anyway. 

“I’m trying to help you out Jungkook, we’ve been just ‘hanging out’ for months…” You sighed kicking around the dirt underneath the bench. 

It took him a minute to realize what you were implying, but as soon as he did he felt his face light up again. Things really had been on a stand still since he asked you out last semester…

Deciding not to overthink things Jungkook rested his hand on top of yours and interlaced your fingers. “Is this romantic enough for you?” He chuckled, but he was blushing. 

“No.” You said so suddenly, making his attention turn back to you. “I want to skip all the in between. This slow burn has been going on for long enough, I want you to kiss me.” Jungkook was waiting for you to start laughing but he searched your eyes and you seemed genuine, so genuine it almost hurt. 

Jungkook was operating on autopilot at that point and he started to lean in but your finger came over his lips and stopped him. 

“What if I really am too weird? What if you get scared and run away?” It was a cry that almost seemed like he wasn’t supposed to hear, a thought that had been bouncing around in your head so much you finally had to ask. Of course at the time Jungkook had no idea what you were talking about, but no matter what this ‘dark secret’ was that you were keeping from him he really didn’t care. 

This excruciating slow burn that has been happening for the last few months have been some of the best he could have experienced. He finally had a reason to come out of his room, only in a matter of a few months you had become the first thing he thinks about when he wakes up, and the very thing he falls asleep to. He loved the way you’d text him at odd hours in the night and how you’d FaceTime him to fall asleep. He loved being near you and only wanted to pull you closer anytime you were together. 

In that moment nothing you could have said would have stopped him as he wrapped his arms around you pulling you into a hug. 

“You’re my weirdo. Let’s stop playing this game… I want you.” His eyes were trained on your lips and he slowly started to lean in again. 

“Where’d this confidence come from?” You smirked and he could have exploded the minute you glanced down at his lips, the tingles running through his body could have powered a whole city. 

“I told you, I want you.” His tone was low and all he wanted to do was kiss you. 

“Is this what I think it means?” 

Jungkook was going to tell you yes, yes he wanted you to be his girlfriend but he couldn’t stand it any longer and finally closed the distance between you two. 

It was like something you would see in a movie. The setting sun in front of you, as you kissed in front of the little pond. Your lips were so soft as they moved against his own. His heart was pounding but he felt so comforted in your arms, you were so sweet, so his. 

Jungkook had no idea how it happened but somehow you found yourselves bursting through your front door of your apartment, not allowing a moment of separation. Maybe it was his fault… it probably was his fault considering how long it’s been since he’d been with someone like that, or the fact he’s never felt like that before, but in the dark he ended up tripping over your couch. You both laughed and you seized the moment, taking a seat on his lap and rode his cock till he cried. 

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

Our relationship was “normal'' for about a month before I started to notice things. I had noticed things the minute we started hanging out but now that we were official, it started to become a little hard to hide them.

One of the first things I picked up was the fact she knew things I knew I had never told her before. Unlike what happened the first day we met, I would notice there would be times we were talking and she would bring up details of stories I hadn’t mentioned yet, or thoughts I had yet to tell her. At first I figured it was just me forgetting (it’s what I kept telling myself until she finally told me what was going on) but even I started to question myself when it kept happening. 

A specific incident was this one time Taehyung, Jimin, Namjoon, Y/n, and I went out to karaoke. We had played a drinking game and the loser was dared to sing at this bar we knew was hosting Karaoke night. 

Y/n was the one that had lost, we all were prepared to go up there and sing eventually but she was going to be first. None of us, but me especially, was not prepared at all when she got up to do her cover of Ariana Grande’s song Greedy, for her to sound so magical. She seemed so shy, even needing to start over because she ended up laughing, but the minute the song started a second time she blew everyone in the bar away with her voice. 

I was so consumed with trying to process the situation, figuring out a way to convince Jimin to go next because her performance made me a little too excited, and also trying to figure out the quickest way to get us out of there and back to her apartment, that I practically dismissed someone in the background telling everyone to look out the windows. I had looked and noticed that a bunch of pigeons, cats, dogs, rats, and for some reason a deer had seemingly gathered to watch her performance, but I paid it no mind when she made it back to the table because she looked so amazing up there and I enjoyed it way too much when I pulled her into my lap to let everyone in the bar know that this was my girlfriend. 

To be honest, the reason she was able to hide it for so long had a lot to do with my ignorance, a bunch of situations going over my head that might have seemed obvious to someone else.  

There was one time Y/n ended up sick. I decided to stay over at her apartment, despite her protest because I wanted to be a good boyfriend and take care of her.

Well it was weird, but everytime she sneezed this painting she kept on the wall would move completely off center. I had questioned it, but she would always say that it was the wind. It wasn’t a bad excuse because the window was open and it had been pretty windy that day. I’d move it back each time, but everytime she sneezed (I didn’t notice the pattern till later) it would move a good 70 degrees to the left. 

What was even stranger was when I went out to make her some soup I came back to find everything in complete disarray, that painting was upside down, the clothes in her drawer had flown out across the room, and the pile of stuffed animals that sat neatly on a chair in the corner had seemingly been thrown around everywhere. 

You would think I would question it but when she said it was the wind I simply closed the window and went to work trying to fix everything.

Y/n told me eventually that it got to a point where she started to feel guilty about this big secret she had yet to tell me. It was something she felt would be the deal breaker for our relationship that as time passed the harder it seemed to tell me. 

It was at the one and a half month mark of our relationship that the secret finally boiled over. 

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

You and Jungkook walked hand in hand back to your apartment after a night out in the town. You both decided to head out to celebrate the school year being over and made a little date out of it. 

Jungkook just wanted to take you out to a fancy restaurant but when you both were on your way back to your apartment you passed an arcade and ended up spending way too much time and money trying to beat each other at all the games. In the end he had won and in reconciliation he tried to win you this giant stuffed bear that he noticed you had been eyeing all night. 

In one hand was Jungkook’s and the other was the bear that he worked so hard to get you. He was beaming ear to ear remembering his cool boyfriend move, the way he handed you the bear and how your eyes lit up when you snuggled it in your arms. 

That night was just so romantic. You both had walked along the path that was right by the river, the water gently washed by and the moonlight was beautifully reflecting off the water, the moon had been full and bathed you both in its soft light. Jungkook had told you that he was taking you someplace nice so he had dressed up in a suit for the occasion and you had taken hours dolling yourself up, your plum-colored, sparkly dress was immaculate, the back hanging low and a glorious slit coming up all the way to your thigh. The dress tightly hugged your curves in a way that had Jungkook constantly fantasizing about what he might do to you once you got back to your place. 

As the both of you walked and got closer to your apartment Jungkook had still been riding on the high of the date, but he started to notice how quiet you had gotten and the way you started to drag behind him. While he was holding your hand still, it almost looked like he was pulling you along instead of walking with him as you started to get slower. 

At first he wondered if you were just tired from all the walking you ended up doing, already thinking about how you would react if he offered to carry you back, but one glance behind him was enough to see your dazed and almost pained expression on your features. 

Immediately Jungkook stopped and turned to face you, extremely concerned. 

“Are you ok?” He asked gently. 

Silence passed for a little while and each second he started to become more concerned.

“No.” You mumbled. Jungkook noticed the quivering in your voice and immediately he started to panic. At that point he had never seen you cry like this before. 

What could have possibly made you so upset on what he thought was one of the greatest nights you’ve shared? He tried to rack his brain on what he might have done to make you so upset but everything he thought of just resulted in a big ERROR which made him panic even more. 

“Baby, what’s wrong?” He tried to stay as calm as possible, but his words finally made the tears in your eyes spill over and he immediately felt his eyes welling up. 

You broke down right there, your sobs made him feel like he might as well have been cut in half seeing you like that. He hastily pulled you into his arms and gently caressed your hair, trying his best to soothe you but your sobs easily got to him and the tears were quick to start rolling down his cheeks as well. 

Your arms wrapped around him tightly almost as if you were pleading him not to leave you alone and hugged you tighter to hopefully let you know he would never. 

You both were standing there for a good few minutes, Jungkook trying his best to console you and you just poured out all the emotion that you had kept bottled up inside. 

Eventually you finally pulled away and looked up at him, your tear streaked face and sniffles had all new tears spilling from his eyes. 

“Ba— Y/n… please, what’s going on— what-what’s made you so upset?” He looked you in your eyes, pleading for you to tell him. Just the thought of it possibly being something he did… 

“Did—did I do something?” He finally asked.

You seemed to panic at this. “No! No Jungkook, it’s nothing that you did.” 

“What happened then?” There was a sense of relief knowing he didn’t miss up tonight, but he couldn’t hide the confusion in his voice knowing how that opened up a whole new can of worms.

“Nothing happened… or well— it’s me I guess, I happened.” You looked down at the ground, seemingly ashamed. 

“What do you mean you happened? Y/n you can tell me anything, you know that right?” He grabbed onto your hands and gently rubbed his thumb over your digits. 

“No I can’t…” You said softly, a tear occasionally running down your cheek. 

“Wha—“ 

“I have a secret that I’ve been keeping since we met… I’ve wanted to tell you for so long, but I just… I don’t think you’ll look at me the same way and—“ You hurried out, looking up at him with watery eyes. 

“Y/n what do you mean?” 

“Jungkook I really… really, really, really like you and I’ve never told someone this before and I’m just scared… scared you’ll be scared of me.” You sobbed and Jungkook was just puzzled. 

He grabbed onto your shoulders making you look up at him again. “Y/n is this the part where you tell me you’re a serial killer with twenty victims and are about to make me the twenty first?” 

He could have melted when he saw the way you cracked a smile at the joke. 

“No I’m not.” 

“No victims?”

“No.” You smiled slightly.

“Well then what you’re about to say can’t be that bad!” He reached up and caressed your cheek softly, wiping away your tears. 

“You don’t know that… I just… I don’t want you to leave me once you find out.” You gripped tightly onto his suit jacket, scared if you let go he might go running. 

“I promise I’m not leaving you because of this.”

“But you might—“ 

“Y/n please tell me so I can prove you wrong. I feel like you’re building this up too much. I’m not leaving okay? You can tell me.” He sent you a reassuring smile. 

You looked up at him, knowing you had to do this at this point. You couldn’t keep this from him any longer and you hated lying to him. 

With a deep breath you grabbed onto his hand and speedily led the both of you back to The Magic Shop. You didn’t live too far from where you both stopped so it was only a 10 minute speed walk until you were crossing the street to head into the shop.  

You hurriedly pulled out your keys and grabbed onto the golden, almost cartoonishly fancy one and pushed it into the keyhole unlocking the door and pulling you both in. 

Jungkook was confused on what this secret had to do with The Magic Shop but he still followed you as you led him to the door that went behind the counter and further back to the door that went to the back room.

At this he was honestly intrigued. Despite knowing each other for months he had never been into the back room before. Most of the time he would hang out with you in front of the counter, but occasionally especially when he came over to tutor you, you would let him sit behind the counter as you both worked through your calculus problems. 

The only inkling of what was back there was when he saw you go back there the day you both met and from what he remembers it was… interesting. 

You didn’t glance behind you as you pushed open the door to reveal the room. 

Just like he had seen that day, stone lined the walls with another door on each wall, the room was dimly lit, boxes stacked against the walls and right in the center of the room was that same golden cauldron he had sworn he had seen before the door closed behind you that day. 

“What’s this?” He asked as you brushed past it. 

“Oh, I got it for the shop for Halloween two years ago but it was too big for me to put it anywhere. I’ve been meaning to put it away but it’s heavy and I’m lazy.” You said turning around to face him and he awed realizing his first assumption was right. 

“What’s behind that door?” He pointed to the left. The door on his right clearly had a bathroom sign and you were standing by the door in front of him. 

“Oh, it’s just a storage closet, plus where I keep inventory for the shop.” He nodded. He was mainly asking questions wondering how any of this could be a hint at the big secret that made you break down like that, but he was just confused. 

He moved so he was standing with you in front of the door. 

“I’m assuming this is where the big secret is?” He asked and you nodded. You moved so you were facing him. Jungkook noticed your grip on the bear he won for you was extra tight. 

“Promise not to freak out?” You asked. 

“I promise, I’m not running away.” He smiled at you trying best to calm you down, sensing you were nervous. 

You took a deep breath before opening the door. Jungkook really didn’t know what he was expecting but a small closet with a couple of mops, brooms, and cleaning supplies was not what he was expecting was going to be the big reveal. 

He looked at you a little confused. “This is it?” He questioned. 

You shook your head.

You closed the door. “Open it again.” You commanded and moved so you were standing beside him again. 

Jungkook was confused by this but when he felt your hand snake into his and grab onto him tightly, he hurriedly did as you asked. 

Instead of the utility closet he saw before, was a room he couldn’t even recognize belonged to the same building. Jungkook slowly stepped in and tried to take in everything in the room. 

It seemed like something out of a fairytale. The room was huge, a second floor somehow fit along the side of the room, the entire wall being covered with books. A light pink cauldron with flowers covering it sat in the center of the room along with a pedestal and what seemed like a fancy book sitting on top of it. On the wall furthest to where he stood were shelves of vials filled with brightly colored liquids. 

The room was also covered in scarves, the fabrics draping along the walls, hanging from the ceiling and was wrapped around the banister on the second floor. Giant windows sat in the wall opposite to the bookshelves, the light outside so bright you couldn’t see out of them, but casted the entire room in this ethereal, heavenly glow. The room had an elegance he couldn’t quite comprehend, the regal furniture that decorated the room, the paintings as well seemed like something straight out of the renaissance. What really made this room stand out was the sparkles that shone in the sunlight and the countless amount of books and vials that were seemingly floating around the room. 

The room didn’t seem real and Jungkook’s logical brain tried to wrack how any of this was possible, how he even got here in the first place. A tad bit overwhelmed, he turned around to face you.

The sparkles that were in the air crowded around you and your soft gaze made his heart melt. You were absolutely stunning and why his brain was desperate for a why and how all he could focus on was you. This, all this, for some reason felt like he was seeing you truly for the first time. 

Jungkook walked back over to you. 

“Y/n…” His voice was soft, truly at a loss for words. 

“I’mawitch.” You hurried before you lost your confidence. 

He didn’t react the way you expected. Anytime you ever thought of bringing someone back here it always resulted in them running out here, ready to burn you on the stake, but he looked at you with so much adoration you didn’t really know what to say. 

He looked around the room, now that he was facing you, he could also see the countless amounts of brooms that lined the walls as well, but his attention quickly went back down to your eyes. 

“Are you scared?” You finally asked after he didn’t say anything. 

“This is all… it’s magic…” He asked, glancing around the room. 

You nodded slowly. “I know this might be a lot to take in right now and you probably have so many questions and I’m happy to answer any one you might—“ You didn’t get to finish before Jungkook pulled you close and kissed your lips. He was so soft and gentle and you could have screamed at how much he gave you butterflies. 

When Jungkook slowly pulled away he was shocked to find the sparkles in the room had formed together to create small butterflies flying across the room. 

“Did you…?” He looked at you. 

You nodded once again. “That kinda happens in this room… you give me butterflies.” You chuckled nervously and you felt his grip on your waist tighten. 

“Y/n I have no idea what’s going on right now and I probably will have a billion questions about this later but… this is so beautiful, seeing you like this is so beautiful.” You looked like a goddess to him with the sparkles around you and this dress shinning even more in the light. “You’re so beautiful, my mind is blanking and all I want to do is take you over there on your fancy fainting couch and—“ 

He finally stopped and let himself breathe for a second as he pulled you closer to him. “Y/n I need you so bad right now it hurts…” He could have cried, he felt the tears wanting to come up but he didn’t let them, instead he kissed you softly and peered into your eyes. 

“You’re not scared?” This was definitely not the response you were expecting. 

“Not at all, just confused and horny.” He moved down to your neck and started kissing it gently. 

Part of you wanted to cry, all your life you had expected the worst if you ever got to this stage with someone. Your mother and grandma would always tell you the only human that was allowed in your special room was the person you felt you were going to marry. Your whole life you feared people getting close and finding out this side of you, the first person outside of your family to see you truly and to see it had this type of effect on him… Jungkook, the man who gave you butterflies…

You hurriedly threw the bear you were holding onto a chair and wrapped your arms around him as he started sucking lightly on the soft skin. The room was suddenly shrouded in red and all the candles that sat around the room lit up. Jungkook noticed this and he nearly whined as he hurriedly picked you up and over to your dramatic fainting couch. He quickly got on top of you and started kissing you once more. 

“Oh my gosh you’re so fucking hot.” He couldn’t stop the whine this time as his hand felt the skin between the slit of your dress, his desperate hands squeezing your thigh. 

“I didn’t know magic would get to you like this…” You giggled as he started hiking up your dress. 

“Are you kidding? I had the biggest crush on Sailor Moon when I was younger…” Jungkook recounted as he pulled you to the edge of the couch and got off the couch and moved you so your thighs rested on his shoulders.

He wasn’t lying either, her posters were sprinkled in between all his comic book posters back in his parents house. 

He was a major fucking nerd and his nerdiest of nerd dreams was a superhero or one of the sailor moon characters swooping into his room and bringing him along on their journies as they fall in love. 

You were a dream he didn’t know was possible, come true. 

He wanted to ask so many questions, he probably was going the minute he could stop thinking with his dick for one second, but you were so cool and hot and—

He tugged down the soaked thong you were wearing, nearly tearing it off in the process. 

“I love you so much…” He confessed right then in there before he hurriedly dove in to ravage your soaking pussy.

This is the night you wholeheartedly admit to crying. You cried as he gave you more orgasms then you could remember, you cried when he came up and fucked you on your couch, you cried in his arms afterward as he was asking you about every possible detail of your life as a witch. 

It was all so… it was honestly the most magical night you ever had. 

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

I won’t tell you everything she told me but I learned a lot that night. All witches are women (this was also the time how she went on a tangent about how The Magic Shop won’t have another employee unless she had a daughter one day— making my love sick ass immediately start fantasizing about the possibility) who just have more abilities than the average human. She assured me that she wasn’t evil and only practices magic in order to help people around the world. She also explained the way she practices magic. 

Most of the time she only uses her abilities to ‘enchant’ people’s orders. It was through a combination of different ingredients and her magical touch was, as she put it, the “secret sauce” to bring it to life. But Y/n also has a lot of other fun abilities. She took this time to explain a lot of weird things that have been happening in our relationship. One time when I stayed the night at her place and she was showering, she didn’t notice me sneaking in and I ended up scaring her pretty badly— well right in that moment a pipe burst. I laughed at the horrid timing but apparently that had been magic at play and I was just horrible. 

After that day in her special room we became closer than ever. Our last year of college passed and we ended up moving in together. At that point I was hardly at the apartment anymore anyway. The only times I went over there was to hang and occasionally smoke with Taehyung (but she usually came with me during those times), or to get something to bring over to her apartment so the switch wasn’t all too dramatic. 

She had ended up surprising me with a key to her place at the graduation “party” we had with our friends. I had been mainly using the spare key she had, but it was my own fancy key that was similar to The Magic Shop’s. 

I moved all my stuff out over that summer and was pretty quick settling into everything. 

The whole situation was perfect timing as the apartment she lived in was in the space right above the shop. The downtown part of our town is pretty expensive to live in but since her family owned the whole building it worked out for the better. 

I got a job a few weeks later at a software engineering company that wasn’t too far, campus also wasn’t too far and I ended up going back to school to get my masters so it was great for my schedule. 

Y/n began opening the shop Monday-Friday and it became her full time job, she wanted to take some time to establish the shop a little more before she would go back to school to begin her long journey at getting her doctorate. 

The years we’ve been living together have all been amazing, but I just wanted to conclude this post with a couple of funny anecdotes because living with a witch has been an… interesting experience. 

(He’s loved it >:D)

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

Jungkook had come home a little earlier than usual. After getting off of work he checked his phone to see that his class had been canceled and headed straight home. He was excited because his weekend was finally starting after a long week and he had been missing you all day. 

You had woken him up with breakfast in bed because earlier he had called in about coming into work a little later after the fact he’d gone to bed with a bad fever. You came in there looking like an angel as you handed him pancakes and oj, saying it contained your special touch. You checked his fever and it had gone down a little in his sleep but the minute he started eating the breakfast he instantly felt a billion times better. 

He was tempted to just call in sick for work that day because after he finished you both cuddled (something he claimed was the last touch to make him feel better) and the last thing he wanted was to tear himself away from your warmth. He hated when the alarm went off to tell him to get ready but he had an important class to go to after work and he knew he wouldn’t go out later if he stayed. 

In the end he found himself at his desk for a few less hours than normal as he spent the day texting you occasionally to tell you how much he missed you. 

That important class that forced him out of bed earlier ended up canceled and as much as he would have enjoyed that free day he could have had, he was also happy to still have that sick day. 

So he went home after stopping to grab a little desert for you both at that plant cafe.

As Jungkook opened the door he was a tad bit disappointed to not find you anywhere, but he quickly figured you must be in your special room. 

He had learned soon after you told him about this secret side of yourself that there was actually a door you used to get to the room upstairs in your apartment. It had been a door you kept locked and beforehand always just told him it led to a storage room, but he was quick to learn that it was a way to get there without going downstairs to the shop. Ever since Jungkook moved in you always kept the door ‘unlocked’ so he could come in at any time. 

Jungkook knocked slightly before pushing open the door. Usually you would be there working on some type of order for your clients, who typically were other witches or firm believers in alternative medicine. 

Sometimes he was a little shocked at how many clients you would typically get considering if they weren’t a witch no one would know that your products really work the way they say they do. 

The Magic Shop had made a name for itself though, after your grandma founded the business and your mother ran the shop for a little while, the name had spread across town. There were apparently a lot more witches in the town than he originally thought and the shop had a loyal fan base of people who preferred alternative medicine and a bunch of curious people who would stop by to check out the place. Not to mention all of the witches who would stop by for ingredients or ready-made enchantments. As a result you sometimes seemed more swamped with work than he was. Considering he had a full time job and still went to school, Jungkook would often come home to find you busy preparing orders long after he was ready to turn in for the night. 

He was expecting to see you with your big round glasses looking into that fancy book with the cauldron glowing like he usually might, what he didn’t expect was a sight straight out of a horror movie.  

The typical bright room was dark and your cauldron was spilling this ominous red smoke that settled at the bottom of the room. If that wasn’t bad, right in front of him was a glowing symbol on the floor and right in the middle of it was you, hovering in the center of it. Your pupils were gone and you had this terrifying ghostly appearance that Jungkook had never seen before that had him instantly reacting. 

“Y/n!” He practically screamed, fully believing something went wrong and something bad was happening. 

At his voice you quite dramatically dropped to the floor, all the eerie ambience being sucked back into your cauldron. 

Jungkook quickly ran over to you, terrified at what might have happened. 

He picked you up and his panic only got worse when he saw your eyes were closed. 

“Y/n! Y/n wake up please!” He was so panicked and almost on the verge of tears but your eyes started to flutter open.

“Ow…” You groaned, your back sore from the fall. 

“Y/n, are you ok?” He asked, concerned. What he didn’t expect though was your annoyed glare at him. 

“Jungkook, why'd you need to scream? I was almost done with the ritual too…” you sighed. 

He looked at you confused and it was only then that you realized how surprised he probably was at the sight. You were still annoyed though, that took you nearly all day to do. 

“I was doing a ritual… I wasn’t possessed or anything. I was trying to increase our chances at winning tonight’s lottery, the prize reached 500 million dollars.” You could still taste the margarita you were gonna have on your private island if you and Jungkook won. 

Jungkook awed and almost looked like a kicked puppy when he realized he interrupted you doing something important. 

“I’m sorry…” He whispered and you hated seeing him so sad. 

“It’s alright… no need to panic though next time you walk in to see something like this. Rituals are a bit… strange but I’m fine, don’t worry baby.” You grabbed ahold of his hand and smiled at him. 

“Can I make it up to you?” He asked, and you could tell he still felt bad. “I don’t have 500 million to give you but—“

“Gimme a daughter, at least maybe with an extra set of hands I can retire to that private island quicker.” You were both joking and being completely serious. You expected him to laugh with you, but you noticed his face getting red. 

“For now though you can just give me a massage. I hurt my back when I fell.” He pepped up at your request and grabbed your hand to lead you both back to the bedroom. 

“Y/n…” Jungkook called you as you closed the door to your special room behind you.

“Yesss?” 

He suddenly turned around to face you. “I promise you won’t have to work as hard some day… I’ll make sure of it.” His words were sweet but there was a fire in his eyes that made a shiver run down your spine. 

You knew exactly what he meant by that.

◎══════ ❈ ══════◎

Jungkook was hanging out with you in your special room on a Saturday he had no work to do. Normally, he liked to give you your privacy whenever you worked here, but he was bored and you said it was fine to watch. 

Not too much had happened while he was there, you had mostly been reading in your fancy book— you explained earlier that most of the time you’re just researching and experimenting with different spells and enchantments. Your cauldron glowed slightly as you stirred the mysterious liquid inside, each time you tossed in a new ingredient small little fireworks would shoot out. 

The whole process you feared would bore him, telling Jungkook occasionally that he could leave whenever he got bored, but he continued to sit on one of your fancy bar stools by the cauldron, entranced and completely fascinated by your work. 

A while ago, soon after you showed him the room he finally asked you where all your fancy furniture came from, to which you explained that it had always been here. Apparently the room is tied with your abilities. 

You told him that witches undergo a special ceremony when they turn 13 that allows them to open their own room, which then unlocks a majority of their magical abilities, young witches only are able to do so much until they are ready to open their room. The room was created around you essentially and it’s looked like this ever since you opened it for the first time, besides a majority of the books you had bought over the years along with the brooms you’ve collected. 

Jungkook just stared at you as you worked, finding this whole thing still a bit unreal that he was dating you. He couldn’t help reminding you every few minutes on how cool you were whenever you would toss in a new ingredient or when you emptied a beaker you would toss it up and it would float back over to your shelf, and how sexy it was to watch you work. The sparkles that shined around the room flocked to you and made you shine so prettily and your look of concentration was incredibly endearing to watch. You made his heart melt without even doing much. 

The fact you liked him back was something he found a little hard to believe at times, seeing how extraordinary your world was and then looking at his own… extremely ordinary world. 

To make matters worse he knew that you were a hot topic in the community, a young witch as pretty as you were who ran a successful shop by herself was something all the witches would talk about, especially the families who had warlocks in their family. Yes, they exist, it is pretty rare to have a guy get passed down the spark that witches would have, but it happens very very occasionally under special conditions that no one has managed to figure out yet and two apparently lived in your little town. 

One Jungkook had never met before and you never really talked about too much, but the other, his twin, was someone Jungkook knew frequented the shop often. He’s seen it first hand, even when he was standing right beside you helping you out downstairs, Victor (ew >.<) would just walk in and hit on you. Jungkook even knew there were others outside the town who knew about you and would come by hoping to come by and win your heart. 

You had also told him that a lot of people would have jumped on the opportunity to date a warlock, they were rare, powerful, had a lot of influence, and your future kids together would be extremely powerful with both magical parents. Victor wasn’t a bad looking guy, he’s someone a lot of your witchy friends often swooned over. He was just a little older than you both, him and his brother graduating the same year as Taehyung did, the three of them somehow knowing each other (Taehyung not sensing drama, made sure to add when Jungkook was ranting to him that he “loved those guys” and “that they threw awesome parties”). His family was also pretty well off owning another successful magic shop. 

Victor wasn’t even a bad guy, he was just very adamant about dating you. You’ve told him he’s someone who's highly respected in the community. 

All of these details made him so confused on how, despite the opportunity, you still picked him. He tried not to think about it too much because he knew that mentality would make him incredibly insecure and jealous, that being a clear recipe for disaster in a relationship, but watching you here right now made him think about it sometimes. 

What if you were better off with Victor? (I want Jungkookie >:O)

Jungkook’s eyes widened when he suddenly felt your arms wrap around his shoulders. You lightly kissed his neck. 

“You okay? I’m sensing a whole lot of negative energy over here…” You chuckled lightly, but you seemed worried. 

Jungkook didn’t say anything and spun around in his barstool so he was facing you. He rested his hands on your waist and pulled you close so he could kiss you. You were a little surprised, but happily melted into it, enjoying the way his lips moved against yours. When he pulled away he pulled you close once more into a hug and rested his head on your shoulder. 

“Thinking things I don’t want to…” He sighed. 

“Wanna talk about it?” You asked, now really concerned.

“No— it's not that big of a deal, feel better already hugging you like this.” He really did, holding you like this made any of those silly thoughts go away. You picked him at the end of the day and he wanted you to keep picking him everyday. Just the thought of not being able to be with you like this was enough to fuel him into wanting to go over to Victor’s fancy ass mansion and punch him in the face the minute he opened the door and tell him to actually fuck off. 

You loved him, your family loved him, his family loved you, all the people whose opinions really matter approved of your relationship. Who fucking cares about stupid Victor?

“You sure?” You reaffirmed. 

“Yeah, sorry for disturbing you.” He apologized when he looked back over at the bubbling mixture in your cauldron. 

“It’s fine, things weren’t going well anyway.”

“Really?”

“Yeah, I can’t figure out how to make it not result in someone spontaneously combusting— I think I put too much Yvetris in it or—“ You rambled.

“Wait what?” 

“Don’t worry about it, I was just going to ask if you wanted to take a break?” You smiled at him, a little tired of working. 

Oh?

Jungkook eagerly nodded already a few ideas about what to do during this break, the main one involved you bent over one of these tables, naked and screaming his name, because fuck Victor. 

You smiled but then your attention turned behind him and he turned around to see you were looking at your wall full of brooms. Your eyes lit up at an idea. 

You ran past him and over to the wall. 

“Do you actually ride those?” He questioned, always a little unsure of what they were up there for. 

“What did you think I did with them?” You laughed, searching for the right one. 

“I don’t know, I thought they were all replacements for that broom.” He pointed over to the one that was sweeping beside him and it swiftly came up and hit him. 

“Ow!” He groaned, rubbing his head as the broom almost sassily went back to sweeping. 

“Now you offended him!” You sighed, turning around and looking at them both. You knew your broom did not forgive easily. 

“Sorry…” He looked back at the broom as it flew up to sweep on the second floor. 

“You didn’t know— but no, he’s a different kind of broom.” You chuckled, going back to looking through your collection. 

He honestly should have figured, the broom that would always sweep around your special room was a lot more plain compared to the brooms that lined your wall. The handle being made of a ridgid dark wood, and the gray bristles was something he always pictured a witch’s broom to look like. The ones on your walls came in all kinds of varieties, they all seemed to sparkle the same way you did in here, some were made of white wood, dark wood, some sparkled of gold, and the engravings into them were unreal. 

“Which one?” You turned back and asked. 

Jungkook pointed at the one that he deemed a classic, a beautiful dark wood with light strips running through it and golden bristles coming out the back. The engravings are what made him love it, the indicate swirls and patterns completed it so well, he always found himself staring at that one in particular whenever he was in here.  

You smiled at him and he watched as the broom flew down into your hand. 

“Where’d you get all of them?” Jungkook asked as you walked back over to him. 

“I pretty much bought most of them. I’m a big fan of collecting brooms as you can probably tell. I used to compete in tournaments when I was in high school and the prizes often were these really cool brooms and it kinda inspired me to start collecting them.” You giggled. 

“Wait… tournaments?” 

“Yeah there’s this team that we have here and we compete against other nearby towns, sometimes even on a national scale, and there was once we made it to the world league. I don’t mean to brag, but I’m pretty good and won a lot.” You pointed over to the corner where you kept all your trophies and medals, sitting on top of the case was your bear that he won you a few years ago. 

“Why does my girlfriend keep getting cooler and cooler?” Jungkook wanted to say something about Quidditch, but he couldn’t think about his joke anymore… 

“Stoopppp, now, cmon, let’s go for a late night ride~” You turned the broom to the side and Jungkook watched as handlebars and a long bench appeared on top. 

“Holy shit…” Jungkook awed as he got up from the bar stool. He felt like he was dreaming, high, or maybe even both. Then again, he’s felt this way ever since you showed him this part of your life. 

You hopped on top so you were straddling the bench and grabbed onto the handles. You ushered him over and told him to hold on tight. It was only when he sat down did he realize you were already floating. 

You smiled back at him before the broom started flying up to the circular, stained glass window that was at the top of the wall of windows. Jungkook held onto you tight like you advised, laughing and cheering as he watched you both rise higher off the ground. 

Jungkook then turned his attention to the circular window and how it disappeared before you both quickly flew through, sparkles coming flying out with you. Jungkook had no idea what he thought the outside of this room led to, but he was shocked to see you both flying high above in the sky, the clouds far down below and the moon, full, big, and beautiful shining over your little town. 

Jungkook just stared down and around at the amazing view, unable to believe what he was seeing. 

This had to be a dream. 

“No one can see us! I’ll fly us a little lower!” You yelled over the wind quickly rushing past. Jungkook hardly had any time to prepare before you both were soaring downward straight for the town down below, all he could do was hold on and watch as the ground got closer. 

He was screaming, was he terrified? A little, but he loved things like this and he was excited because he trusted you. 

The buildings steadily got closer till he could make out the cars and which buildings were which. Over there was the river you both walked along the day you told him you were a witch, he could also see downtown, and way in the distance the park he had finally asked you to be his. Jungkook was so into admiring everything he hardly realized that you were still heading straight for the ground. 

It was only when the buildings started getting a little too close did he start noticing the ground was right there. Jungkook felt his life flash before his eyes when you finally pulled up and started zooming past the cars rushing by. 

You turned around and chuckled at the look on his face and he was quick to join in, now too caught up at how cool this was. You flew them through traffic, through a tunnel, and you were beating the speeds of the train that was beside you. It was an unreal experience and even though he nearly had a couple of heart attacks, the whole experience was bewildering as you flew across the little town. 

After the initial excitement you both flew over places that took you down memory lane, you essentially gave Jungkook a glorified tour of the town since he didn’t grow up here and didn’t go to too many places when he was in college. You flew him over the spots you would frequent when you were younger and showed him some of the prettiest sights he had ever seen as you both went over the woods and the lake he didn’t even know existed. 

It was also then that Jungkook noticed a few other witches riding by on their brooms, soaring just a little over all of the buildings. 

It was amazing. 

You both were now back over the clouds, cruising along as Jungkook held onto you tightly. Not out of fear, or the fact that he was supposed to, but he just didn’t want to let you go. 

He really didn’t. He never would. 

“Y/n…” Jungkook mumbled into your shirt. 

“Mhmmm~” 

“I love you so much…” He confessed and he felt the tears welling up slightly in his eyes. “Don’t leave me okay?” He tried to laugh it off. 

In an instant your broom stopped. Jungkook looked around a little confused, until you flipped around so you were facing him. 

“I should be saying that to you idiot…” You looked at him a little concerned. “Like it’s you who’s the one walking around with that pretty face, and who looks a little too good in the suits you wear all the time for work. You have all these girls drooling over you every time we go out, or should I mention Vanessa from work who always calls you even on the weekends. What if you think one day I’m too weird or something and leave me. You have so many better options…” You pouted and Jungkook could hardly believe what he was hearing. 

“Weird? Y/n you’re the coolest person I know, no one could ever compare to you. Sometimes I think you’ll find me too boring and run away with Victor, or his brother, or one of the other warlocks who keep coming to the shop… How could I ever think you’re weird– like with who else could I do this with–” 

“Well–”

“Just you ok, and fuck Vanessa and fuck Victor and everyone else who made us think like this.” Jungkook smiled at you and you hurriedly pulled him into your arms. 

Yep, he was yours and you were his.

“Not to ruin the moment or anything, but I think I heard you call me pretty and say I look really nice in suits.” He cheesed, thinking back to it. You simply nodded as you buried your face in his shirt, already regretting confessing one of your deepest darkest secrets.

“You’re cute~” He laughed, feeling all fuzzy inside seeing you like this. All in the moment, once again, his insecurities were washed away. You really were his. 

“By the way, I think you’re prettier.” He smiled and immediately you lifted your head, taking offense to that. 

“Jungko–” Before you could finish, he pulled you close as he pressed his lips onto yours once more, not wanting this to turn into a long debate, because to him, there was none. He was right.

◎══════ ❈ ══════◎

Back in college, when people would first meet Jungkook there were only two ways first impressions went for him. One, he’s been told that they thought he was probably some arrogant frat boy jock (always soccer for some reason) because they would always see him at the gym. Two, the minute they talked to him they would quickly get that he’s just this quiet nerd who could talk about why Spider-Man was the best superhero for 5 hours straight (really longer if you didn’t stop him). 

For some reason that impression came with the image of being a goody two shoes and whenever he told people he lived with Taehyung they could hardly believe it. ‘You guys are just so different’ was something they would say that always confused him. Jungkook was strange, he knew that, but his hyung and him always got along so well. They were weird in their own ways, but their personalities contrasted each other perfectly. 

Jungkook was just someone who spent way too much time studying and reading comic books all day, basically locking himself in his room, and Taehyung was just… Taehyung was someone everyone seemed drawn to. 

Jungkook was the slightly awkward guy who hung out on the sidelines and made sure to keep his hyung in check and Taehyung would always be there to bring him out of his shell and give him advice when needed.

It was this same idea that whenever Taehyung brought people over to smoke at their apartment that when Jungkook asked to join them, he would always get quite a few shocked looks. You were also on the list of people who were surprised when he brought you over for the first time to find his bong covered with Marvel stickers, sitting on top of one of his shelves.

It wasn’t like he smoked often, he really only did it when he was stressed, but he was in college and an engineer major so that might seem a little contradictory. After he graduated though and moved out from the apartment he pretty much quit cold turkey. Taehyung didn’t live in the same town anymore and he was way too busy (and a little lazy) to try and go out and get it himself. That really wasn’t it though, he was literally dating someone who had a stash of it for the shop downstairs. He more so just considered that phase of his life pretty much over, adulting duties were more so a priority. 

But sometimes… on rare occasions when work and classes were just too much he found himself asking you for help and you’d let him take a bit from your stash downstairs. 

It was one of those occasions that day. Jungkook had been taking hits from his bong and was just laid out on the couch playing some music. It was the weekend and he had a pretty big assignment due on Monday. It was the first time in the past two weeks that he just relaxed and stopped thinking about the deadline. The assignment was done, he just needed to look it over a couple more times before submitting. 

Well, whenever Jungkook smoked he would always suffer from a horrible case of the munchies and so eventually he found the energy to roll himself off the couch and head to the fridge. 

You were downstairs busy running the shop and Jungkook was way too high to notice he grabbed something off the top shelf. You had told him when he started coming over often that you used the top shelf for in progress orders or ones that would require refrigerating. In this case it was neither, rather something you were trying out for the shop. 

Jungkook learned the hard way never to go in the fridge while he was high because after he heated up the tasty looking muffins and took a bite he experienced something he could only describe as the most embarrassing day of his life. 

You had come back upstairs later that evening and you were shocked to not find your boyfriend inside, and the lights were all off. You convinced yourself he just stepped out for a moment, seeing that his bong and lighter were still on the coffee table in the living room, but the minute you went behind the counter of your kitchen you knew immediately something had happened. You were quick to find out what. 

His clothes were strewn around the floor and an opened container with a top you recognized was for the shop was at the scene of the crime. Nearly scaring you to death was a voice coming from above you. You looked up and screamed, shocked… or rather not shocked at all to find your boyfriend on the ceiling staring down at you. 

“Y/n look!” Jungkook exclaimed as he started to climb around on the ceiling. 

Oh great…

“Jungkook what–”

“Y/n, look, I think– I think I’m spiderman!” He beamed as he crawled into the corner. You couldn’t stop the dumbfounded look on your face at his words. 

“Baby, you ate my–”

“I was but a humble guy living in a small college town when a radioactive spider came one night and bit me in my sleep. I woke up with–”

“Jungkook, get down from there!” You interrupted knowing he was about to give you a weird rendition of spider man's origin story. You know, you’ve heard it only a million times. 

“Y/n, I’m spiderman now I gotta go protect the world I can’t come down!” He tried to defend and you were tempted to laugh but decided against it. You would definitely bring this up in the future. 

“No you're not, you ate my enchanted muffins I didn’t perfect yet.” You called out as he started climbing across your walls. In truth the only thing your muffins did at that point was make him able to stick to the walls. You could tell from his eyes alone he was still very high.

High, naked, and on enchanted muffins was a horrible combination.

“I’m spiderman Y/n, look at my suit.” You had no idea what he was seeing, all you saw was a naked man with his dick hanging over your head three feet above you, climbing around on your walls. 

“Jungkook get down here!” You sighed.

“Y/n my suit–”

“If you’re talking about that birthday suit, then yeah I see that. Now come down here.” You crossed your arm.

“The Green Goblin is coming! I gotta save the world!” He was not at all listening to you. 

There was nothing you could do about this. He was just really high and because this was an intermediate stage on an enchantment you didn’t have the “cure” researched already. Besides, with work in progress spells they all wear off by midnight and it was 9:37. 

In the end you ended up spending two hours and twenty-three minutes running around your apartment, picking up all the shit he was knocking down and making sure he didn’t hurt himself. 

When midnight hit you luckily was able to guide him so he was over the couch when he fell down quite dramatically on the cushiony surface. Somehow you were able to guide him to the bed a little later. 

Let’s just say, when he woke up the next morning, he was confused, embarrassed, and you had enough pictures and videos to haunt him for a lifetime.

Safe to say Jungkook learned to be more cautious when picking things from the fridge.

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

I feel like as I wrote this, it turned more so into our love story essentially. I have so many other stories I could have told, but these were just a few that came to mind first. I hope you all enjoyed reading! You can make up your mind whether any of this is real or not. For all you know I could be a guy living in his parents basement with way too much of an imagination or by the end of this you might be fully convinced my girlfriend’s sitting beside me right now helping me write this post. 

Whatever you believe this was made for fun and for your entertainment. 

Anyway, that’s it from me! 

JK

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

You glanced over his shoulder as he typed the end of the post. “You’re not gonna do the other story?” You couldn’t help the giggle as you watched his face turn red.

“No, why would I write about that…” He said bashfully, already knowing what story you were referring to. It followed up the third little story, and all he could think back to was how embarrassing it was. It was definitely not appropriate for a post like this.

“Mmmm good idea… you were a mess but… even you yourself said that it was kinda hot.” You recounted back to his words.

“I mean…” It was hot, extremely. Jungkook was embarrassed about that day in particular because it was no exaggeration… he was a mess, but the event encouraged you to make a modified version and you both would bring it out on special occasions. 

It was the day you finally decided to get another fridge.

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

Jungkook never thought he’d be one of those guys who’d own one of those big comfy chairs. He’d always picture guys in their 40s with too many stains on their wife beaters who would just never get up from them. 

You both had been out shopping for a new couch when you passed by a little nursery model room and you stopped to admire how the pretty oak set was. Jungkook wanted to take a seat on the rocking chair that came with it just to imagine what it might feel like one day, but ended up nearly falling asleep right then and there as you went off and looked at the other model rooms. 

You had shaken him awake eventually and that’s pretty much the moment he fell in love with comfy chairs. You finally made it to where the couches were and as you both were trying to deliberate on which one you’d buy Jungkook took a seat on a cloud— or at least he thought it was one. The soft fabric made it perfect and it had that right amount of squishy to hard softness that made it so he never wanted to get up again. It was almost like finding the perfect mattress. It somehow got better when he found out there was a massage feature. 

Jungkook had gone on about the quality of the chair with no intention of buying it. You both came for a couch anyway, but it was only two months later on his birthday that Jungkook came home to find the same chair in your living room with a big bow on top. 

Every time he would come home and sit down in his little slice of heaven, suddenly his increasing age became even more obvious, at the ripe old age of 25 he felt ancient at this point. Maybe he was just having a quarter life crisis, but he felt like an old man anytime he would recline his feet up and fall asleep to a random channel on the tv. He was happy though. 

It was this coziness that had him falling asleep in the chair after he came back home from a long day of work. He remembered you vaguely trying to wake him up and get him to come to bed, but ultimately your attempts were in vain. He was just too tired and the chair was too cozy. Instead you gently draped a blanket on top of him and he was out for the rest of the night.  

Jungkook got up that morning, confused, and with sleep still weighing on him heavily. He should have learned the first time never to go in the fridge when he’s out of it, but the minute he woke up he found himself craving waffles like his life depended on it. 

Before he went to work yesterday you had been in the kitchen, humming along beautifully to your favorite song, as you were testing out your new waffle maker. If Jungkook wasn’t in a rush he would have stayed for breakfast, they smelled so good and he was hungry. He had been thinking about them ever since he left that morning, even dreaming about you… the waffles… and a lot of whipped cream. 

Jungkook just hoped and prayed there were leftovers still and low and behold, there were some. He was too sleepy and hellbent on eating the waffles that he once again ignored that they were on the top shelf. To be fair, waffles had never been something you did for the shop and the other shelves were crowded, so he just tried to convince himself that you had set them there because of the lack of room. 

In the moment before it all went… wrong… Jungkook fucked up them waffles. They were as delicious as he had been thinking, which wasn’t a surprise, everything you made was absolutely amazing. Maybe if he hadn't slathered them up with syrup, whipped cream, and an assortment of different fruits, he would have noticed the magical tingling that came with eating your enchanted foods. Maybe he did all along but just chose to ignore it because those waffles were so damn good. 

Jungkook even ended up making a few more for himself and for you when you woke up. As the sun started to rise, the better Jungkook started to feel. It was a glorious Saturday. 

You had come out right as he was taking out the last waffle, looking absolutely beautiful. Jungkook felt his heart swell as you walked over to him, taking a minute to appreciate how amazing his life was. 

“What’s all this?” You smiled at him as you wrapped your arms around his waist. 

“I really wanted waffles.” He giggled. “I made you some as well~” He pointed over to the plate. 

You squeezed him a little tighter.  “Someone’s in a good mood today~” You lightly pressed kisses on his neck and he shivered. Suddenly all he could think about was the way you were covered in whipped cream in his dream. 

Jungkook nearly whined when you pulled away, tempted to ruin this peaceful Saturday morning by licking whipped cream off your titties. 

You turned around and opened up the fridge to get the oj. He was really going to ask you but the reality came crashing down of what he had just done. 

“Hey, Y/n how do feel about whipped cream—“ 

“Jungkook… wait, where did the waffles go that were in here?” You asked concerned, distinctly remembering they were there last night, right on the top shelf. 

“Oh those? I ate the leftovers from yesterday first— I know mine won’t be as good as yours but I thought—“ 

“Jungkook…” You sighed, immediately knowing this was going to be bad. You looked at him and he seemed confused and you wondered how this could happen again, especially after what happened the last time he ate something from the top shelf.

“Jungkook, that was an order for a client. I thought we’ve been through this, the top shelf is for the shop.” You were both a little frustrated you would have to make the order again and a little concerned with the fact he ate all of them… 

You saw the weight of your words hit him in the face and any ill feelings you had disappeared for a moment because you knew he genuinely didn’t know. 

“I ate them about an hour ago…. nothing’s happened.” He looked at you with pleading eyes that this wasn’t going to turn out like what happened the last time. 

“You can relax, you won’t go all Spider-Man this time.” 

“Don’t tell me I’m going to turn into like a goldfish or something…” You couldn’t tell whether he was joking or not but you laughed anyway. 

“No, you won’t turn into anything— glad you didn’t eat the quesadilla beside it because we might be having a whole other conversation—“ 

“Y/n, what’s going to happen?” He exclaimed. You looked at him sensing the panic and took a deep breath because this was going to be a weird conversation. 

“It’s nothing too bad um… The order was for a guy and his wife who are trying to have a baby. They came to the shop hoping for some fertility help so um…” You stared at him knowing this was about to get awkward. 

“You might feel extra horny is the main thing it does, just don’t cum because it’s going to make it even worse. So if you can make it to midnight without any touching or anything it won’t be too bad.” You tried to smile at him, but you couldn’t because of one glaring detail. 

There were three waffles you made for the order. You had designed them so both the guy and his wife would take one each and possibly split the last one for another time. You hadn’t researched what might happen if one person ate all three.

“Then again Jungkook, things might not be as manageable since you ate all three of them. Just take it easy today, ok baby.” You ushered him over to his comfy chair and took up serving for the both of you. 

Jungkook tried to pay attention to his food, but as soon as you told him that the waffles he ate earlier were enchanted it was as if all the effects started hitting him all at once. 

When you came over to bring his plate he couldn’t tear his attention away from your legs. You were wearing a baggy shirt, something he knew was the only thing you were wearing. Maybe he was just thinking about it too much but he couldn’t stop staring at you, even when you went back over to the dining table. 

He tried to turn back around but even when he started eating all he could picture was your legs and covering your body with whipped cream. How nice would it to lick it off your body. He thought about the look on your face and all those pretty sounds you’d make, you’d be so sweet for him… so, so sweet. 

There was no denying he was hot… but as the minutes ticked away and you both ate, the more that normal level of need seemed to spiral. 

It got almost unbearable so quickly, he was sweating and had every urge to do the one thing that you said not to. He wanted to get up and take you right there on the dining table. As much as he wanted to play with the whipped cream that would have to wait for another time because he wanted you so badly. 

“Hey Jungkook, you ok?” He heard your voice cut through the fog. He wanted to hear what you would sound like with his cock inside you. 

“Erm— um, just getting a bit hot.” Jungkook tried to chuckle, but he was very much trying to downplay it. All he could think about was finally giving you the daughter you always wanted.

“I don’t know… are you sure? You seem a bit shaky over there…” You asked, a little concerned. He knew you’d feel so nice, you always feel so nice for him. So nice and all his.

It was starting to hurt.

“Y/n, can you put the whipped cream away…” Jungkook asked as calmly as he could.

“Whhyyy?” You questioned his odd request. 

“It’s making me think things—“ His voice was straining just even mentioning the white, fluffy substance. 

You got up and hurriedly put it away. “Jungkook you got this, ok? All you gotta do is make it to midnight tonight.” Your words were meant to be comforting but he could have burst into tears.

He had to manage this until tonight and it was— 10:38 in the morning?! It already hurt so much, how was he going to not do anything till then??!!!

It was probably only about 10 minutes later that it got to the point of being unbearable. He hurriedly slipped away and headed straight for the bathroom, a little ashamed for you to see him like this.

As soon as the door closed behind him he took a deep breath, knowing what he was about to do. Jungkook hardly managed to withstand an hour of the waffles effects. Usually he was so much better at restraining himself, but, but, but—

Before he could think about it anymore Jungkook slipped his thumbs underneath the waistband of his pajama pants and slowly pulled them down until his cock popped out, hissing at the way it slapped his stomach.

Immediately his mind thought back to all the times you were on your knees for him, the way you always knew how to make him a mess for you. Jungkook thought back to that time he was in this exact position, his back against the bathroom door and you on your knees pleasing him so well. 

The minute his hand wrapped around his aching length, a sigh of relief slipped passed his lips at the instant satisfaction he felt. Jungkook hadn’t touched himself like this since before you started dating, it’s been so long but it’s never felt this good before. 

The minute his hand started to move, the more the relief came and again he so desperately wished you were here in front of him. He got back to the routine that kept him sane throughout his sex drought in college. 

He thought about your legs again and how easy it would be to take off that shirt and have you bare and needy for him. 

“Fuck…” He sighed into the echoey bathroom. What he would do if you were here.

The thought alone had his hand speeding up and a feeling he knew he had to stay away from settling in the pit of his stomach. 

All he needed to do was not cum. That’s all he had to do.

He kept telling himself that but it just felt so good, he couldn’t stop despite the fact he was going to cum soon.

The way you look up at him when you’re on his knees, like you wanted him just as much of a mess as he is now.

“No, no, no…” Jungkook cried. It pained him, but he slowed his pace to something a little more comfortable so he wouldn’t explode. He shouldn’t give in that easily. 

Jungkook hurriedly scrambled to think of the most unsexy thing possible. Normally he would have a go-to thing for times he feared cumming too quickly, but maybe it was the enchantment, his mind was blank besides the most unholy thoughts on what he wanted to do with you.

The way you would do this…

He imagined your hands in place the way you would stroke him before focusing on the tip, something that would always have him crying out and closer than he wanted to admit. Jungkook matched your movements and he wasn’t surprised to notice the amount of pre-cum leaking from the tip. You were making him such a mess and you weren’t even here.  

“Ennggg— fuck, Y/n…” He moaned out softly as his thumb rubbed over the the slit, just like the way you would do it. Just like when you’re in front of him, Jungkook quickly felt himself heading straight for the edge. 

He was just so sensitive, this fucking enchantment, why did this have to happen today of all days? He already woke up eager to play with you today, and his fucking whipped cream plans had to be canceled. 

Jungkook already had a plan of convincing you. He would have grabbed the can after he told you he was interested and sprayed it in the spot on your neck he knew made you weak for him and licked it right off of you. In his dream earlier this morning you were intrigued and somehow he convinced you to let him lick it off of you… everywhere.

Just the fact that you were here made it hard to resist going out there and asking you to help him. He wanted you so bad. 

That was apparently the last straw because his hurried pace returned and he was so so fucking close. 

In his mind he quickly tried to go through the mental gymnastics to justify giving in and cumming now, but he knew you said it would only get worse if he did. As tempted as he was, and he was so close, he still found himself letting go, despite how much he wanted to. 

How was he going to make it through this day? 

After a little while the feeling dissipated and Jungkook felt considerably more hot and bothered than before and he couldn’t stop his hand wrapping around his length once more.

There wasn’t any way he could do this…

•─────✧─────•

It took a little while for you to realize that Jungkook was gone for so long. You had been still enjoying your waffles and got lost in thought thinking about some of the things you needed to do at the shop today. It really wasn’t much, just a few clients coming in to pick up their orders and you needed to check inventory. Well, that’s all you would have to do if Jungkook hadn’t eaten the waffles, you have to redo the order. Luckily the couple wouldn’t be coming till tomorrow, but this was something you wanted done and in the shop since they were picking up their stuff early in the morning.

You sighed getting up and going ahead and doing the dishes from your waffle feast. You also decided to try and be a little productive and go ahead and get a head start on working on the enchantment again so you can head to the shop downstairs. 

You headed over to your bedroom and that’s when it finally hit you that Jungkook had disappeared for a while. You wouldn’t think much of it, thinking he might have maybe been in the shower and he liked to take long showers for some reason, but all it took was a second of you standing still to hear the watering wasn’t running, but the sound of a soft moan from the other side. 

Your whole body lit ablaze at the thought, knowing the sight on the other side of the door would be absolutely otherworldly, but you reminded yourself of the situation. 

You went over and knocked on the door. “Jungkook…” You called out. 

“Ughhh—— yes…” His voice was soft but you could hear the strain. 

“Jungkook, what are you doing?” You asked, but you knew. 

“Y/n… it hurts… wanna cum so bad—“ He whined and once again you wished you were on the other side of this door.

“I told you that’s not gonna help. It’ll make things worse and it seems like it’s pretty bad already.” You tried to reassure, but you knew that wouldn’t help. Jungkook’s usually pretty good at not giving into temptation, the fact that the effects of the waffles has him a mess this much already made you a little concerned. This was bad. 

Silence passed for a while, but through the door you could hear his labored breaths on the other side. 

“Y/n, I want you so bad— fuck…” He moaned, almost like an invitation for you to open the door. “Please… please… I’m not gonna make it till midnight.” He begged and it took everything for you not to open the door. 

“You know we can’t do that… I promise at midnight if you want to, we can have some fun.” You tried to give him hope, but once again you knew you probably weren’t helping. 

Silence passed again, except his moans were a little louder this time. 

“Hey Jungkook…” 

“Ye— yeah?” 

“Why are you in there? It’s just me out here, you know?” You chuckled lightly, but you were curious. 

“I’m a mess, this is so embarrassing…” He sighed and you could hardly believe he thought that. 

“What do you mean embarrassing? You sound so hot just here from the other side of the door.” You smirked, oh what you would have paid to watch. 

“You wanna watch me?” He almost sounded baffled at the idea and you could have laughed. 

“So badly baby, I bet you look so pretty. I’ve never seen you touch yourself, wanna see how you do it.” You were hot, and you thought he would tease you for it but suddenly on the other side you heard his moans get more pained and desperate. 

“Y/n, stop-stop talking! Fuck, you’re gonna make me—“ He cried.

“But you won't, right?” You quickly interjected and you heard him cry out before he started to calm down. Oh, he’s so hot.

“You didn’t cum right?” You asked eventually. 

“No, but I almost did— we really shouldn’t be talking like this…” Jungkook sighed.

“Yeah, you’re right…” Stupid fucking waffles… 

“Did you need to come in here, sorry if I—“ 

“No! You’re fine, just was about to change so I can head to the shop in a bit.” You almost forgot why you were even in here. 

“Yeah… we can’t keep talking, oh my gosh—“ At his words you finally realized the implications of your own. 

“Just the thought of me naked makes—“ 

“Y/n! Please…” He pleaded, you were getting him so riled up so easily. This wasn’t good at all. 

“Sorryyy~” You chuckled, finding a little too much amusement at the situation. “Anyway, I’ll be in and out. Don’t pay me any mind and again… try not to do anything. Don’t give into the temptation, alright~” 

“You make it sound so easy, but alright please be quick.” 

“Promise, I’ll be in the kitchen if you need me!” 

You kept your promise and you were in and out of the room quickly. Your brain was a little scrambled from what happened, but you remembered you had another order to reprepare so you got yourself to focus and started back on it. 

You went straight to work, taking some of the elements out of your special room and preparing the ingredients for later. Typical fertility enchantments didn’t take too long but you always wanted the best experience for your customers and the guy and his wife were high payers. You made sure to throw in everything that would guarantee that after they ate the waffles they would finally get that positive test plus have a great time doing it. 

E. Pasos— was a powerful ingredient that really helped increase sexual desire so they would have the urge to do it more = higher chances of it working. 

L. Umtra— was the nasty ingredient that was really biting Jungkook’s ass right now. It added a little more onto this effect, making it so each “round” would only increase the desire, the passion, added once again to increase activity = higher chances of it working. 

F. Earo— is typically the most popular ingredient when making fertility enchantments. It’s a general ingredient that makes their bodies more suitable for conception, the effects are most easily seen in males— increasing sperm count and producing healthier sperm. 

P. Omer— was a fun one you threw in, it increases sensitivity and pleasure felt during the experience. So many times have you heard couples who’ve been trying for kids forever does sex start to become a chore, and your heart was soft for the pleading couple after they told you they had been trying for 4 years, so you threw in some extra spice to make the day they try this out a wonderful experience. 

U. Haqo— was another fun one you threw in that increased oragasm quality.

There was also a bunch of base ingredients for enchantments and others that were a little more technical that essentially go into the enchantment actually working. All the ingredients took a while to prepare and make sure they were perfect before you could add your special touch, that brought the enchantment to life, turning the ingredients from well… ingredients into the magic that you would cook into the waffles again, a request from the clients themselves. 

Some find the process incredibly tedious, your mom did when she worked at the shop, but you found it all calming. Work stressed you out more often than not, but you loved it so much. 

You were happily humming along to that song that’s been stuck in your head for the last week as you plucked off the leaves of R. Tinbi, one of those base ingredients for the enchantment. You had managed to get most of the ingredients prepared, now only left with the simple ones, when suddenly you heard footsteps. 

You didn’t even look up to know Jungkook had finally made his way out of the bathroom and was making his way over to you at the island. You really didn’t think much of it, almost forgetting about the whole predicament once again, but when he finally came into your peripheral you were instantly reminded. 

You finally turned your head to see him hunched over the countertop, his baggy short sleeved shirt that had a picture of Iron Man on it was long gone, and his red, plaid pajama pants haphazardly clung onto his tiny waist. That very prominent v-line that always made your mouth water was on display and suddenly you forgot what you were doing. 

You tried not to stare though, not wanting to make things any harder for him. You went back to plucking off the leaves. 

“P-Please tell me you’re working on a way to fix this…” He sighed, leaning over the counter a little more. It was also then that you realized his hair was a little wet and you noticed the shininess to his skin. 

“Baby you know if there was any way to fix this other than letting it take its course then I would help you… it would take longer than the time left to research—“ You suddenly heard his hand hit the counter before you saw him walk over to you from around the island. 

You watched as he got closer till he was standing right in front of you, you stared at him wide eyed, confused about what he was doing. 

He looked down at you with pleading eyes, his hand coming up and grabbing onto your waist, and you knew what he wanted. You wanted to tell him this wasn’t a good idea, but you couldn’t deny him when you felt him lift you onto the counter, you didn’t want to either. 

Jungkook looked at you with so much need, you could feel it too, how much pain this enchantment has caused and how much you wanted to help him. You felt tingles run through your entire body when his hand came up and caressed your bare thigh, making you instantly open your legs wider so he could be even closer. 

No time left was spared as Jungkook hastily pulled you close smashing his lips onto yours. He was hungry, desperate and he made sure you could feel it, kissing you with such ferocity you could hardly keep up. His hand had snaked up to cup your cheek to keep you close, even taking a second to breathe seemed hard. 

You were also sent the painful reminder that your boyfriend never wore underwear when he was home. Jungkook eagerly chased your hips, you both falling into a clumsy rhythm that made your whole body burn each time he whined softly into your mouth. 

You felt his hands hurriedly reach in between you and he fumbled with the button before he hurriedly pulled the zipper down on your shorts. Your hands ran up his toned arms, feeling the ink that over the years started to decorate his right arm, running up over his shoulder to tangle in his long dark hair. You tugged on that lightly, knowing how much he normally enjoys that and you were rewarded with a beautiful moan that was swallowed into the kiss. 

It was then that you started to feel the tug on your shorts. The angle was awkward since you were sitting on the countertop, it made them hard to pull down without separating long enough for you to try and wiggle out of them. 

At the challenge Jungkook broke away, clearly frustrated at the stupid barrier. 

“Why shorts, why did you have to wear fucking shorts…” He whined, still trying to feel you the best he could and he found it so difficult to stop long enough to make more of an effort to try and get your shorts off. 

The moment apart finally gave you that clarity you needed to realize what you both were about to do. 

“Jungkook, wait, we can’t do this…” You were sad, and you wanted so much to have him like this, but you knew things would only get worse if you continued. You didn’t want to see him in any more pain. 

“No… please… please Y/n, I feel like I’m going to explode.” The desperation in his voice made it harder to deny him. “I can’t make it to midnight, I can’t, I can’t—“ 

“But you’ll just end up feeling worse, plus I have things I need to do—“ You suddenly felt his hand move from your waist and reach between you both once again as he buried his head in your shoulder. 

You looked between you both and a whole new wave of tingles spread through your body as you watched your boyfriend tug down his pajama pants slightly and pull out his cock. 

Oh my g—

“You said you wanted to watch…” He shakily breathed out as his hand wrapped around his length, pumping himself slowly. 

It felt almost wrong to bear witness to such a glorious sight. Even with your shadows in the way you were reminded how beautiful your boyfriends cock was, the tip red and angry, that vein that you loved to lick ran along the side, and pre-cum was just oozing from the tip. To see that along with his pretty ass tattooed hand wrapped around was almost too much.

“Mmmm, oh— fuck, wanna cum so bad.” He said moaning into your skin. 

Knowing you could have a guy as beautiful as Jungkook such a mess and all for you made you want to give in so bad. 

You relished in his soft curses, the way he would moan, and the shaky breathes he would let out each time he would make it to the tip. The scene was lewd, and so much hotter than you could have ever imagined. 

You were in a trance at the sight until you felt his lips on your skin, kissing lightly until he reached that spot. You sighed and pulled him closer. Was this enchantment contagious? Maybe it was your boyfriend working his own magic like he always finds a way to? Whatever it was, was working on you too well. Oh, you wanted him so bad. 

You wrapped your legs around his waist and wrapped your arms around his neck, easily grabbing onto his hair and pulling it just the way he likes. He whined and rutted into you, so sensitive. 

You tilted his head so your lips were right by his ear. 

“Is this what you want?” You whispered softly and you got the most glorious moan out of him.

“Oh g—“ You didn’t give him time at all to finish before you were sucking hard on his neck. You felt his hand come up on your waist, both trying to pull your shorts down and pulling you closer to him, while he rocked his hips into you. 

“Close— Y/n please I’m so close—“ He whined, getting even more desperate at tugging at your shorts. You certainly felt it too, his quickened pace and started to get a little more inconsistent, desperate. 

You took the opportunity and pushed him away slightly. 

“N-No, please please!” He cried as you hopped off the countertop but you were quick at pushing him so he hit the counter across from where you were. He watched you wide eyed as you slowly walked over to him till you were standing only inches away. 

You took a moment to admire the view, giving him a once over at how much of a mess he truly had become. His skin glistened even more, his lips were shiny, and his hair was all frazzled and in his face. Oh how much you wish you could absolutely devour him. 

“You seriously don’t think you can make it to midnight?” You tried to look him in the eyes but his cock was right there. 

He shook his head. “I can take anything, your pussy, your mouth, fuck, I’ll be good if you let me squeeze your boob at this point.” You couldn’t help but giggle at that last part. 

“You don’t care that it might come back even worse?” You asked again, getting a little closer. 

“All I care about is now and you standing right in front of me, I could give a fuck about what happens 5 minutes from now.” Jungkook grabbed onto your waist hoping you won’t leave him. 

“Wellll…” You backed away and turned back to the island, grabbing onto the R. Tinbi leaves. “Someone ate my order today so I’m a little busy but—“ You leaned against the counter and arched your back in a way you knew made your ass look great. 

Jungkook quickly took the hint and grabbed onto your waist already rubbing himself against the rough fabric. 

“You’re perfect…” he sighed, grabbing a fistful of your ass and using his other hand to pull your hips back against his. You moaned lightly trying to focus on the leaves, but Jungkook was quick at making that task impossible. 

“You should see yourself, so fucking hot and mine.” His voice was already shaky again. He was so right, you knew deep down in your heart from the moment he first saw your special room there would be no one else, no one could make you feel as good as he did. 

Dazed and with your attention still on the leaves you felt his hand snake around and slipped down your panties, quickly finding your clit. 

“Oh fuck! Jungkook—“ You whined when he started rubbing your clit. You really weren’t expecting him to touch you at all, but leave it to your boyfriend, even in a state like this, to still try to make sure you felt good too. 

“Shit, you’re so wet for me baby… You like seeing me like this?” Jungkook was trying to tease you but he was so fucking turned on right now saying it out loud just made things worse. He had been so worried about embarrassing himself in front of you, but hearing, feeling you were turned on by his situation was more than he could take. 

Your moans were enough to make rational thinking seem impossible, suddenly the goal of getting your shorts down your legs seemed like it would take too much time and his brain just wasn’t working anymore. 

In a haste Jungkook did the most highschool thing he probably could have done in that moment, lining himself up before pushing himself right between your thighs. Jungkook’s face burned from how embarrassing this was, but he could care less right now. 

“I’m— so sorry, I can’t— I’m sorry—“ He moaned as he started literally fucking your thighs, his pace not holding back at all. 

You were a little confused by what was happening but while his hips were quick so were his fingers, speeding up so fast any questions or witty remarks you had left your brain in an instant. 

“Oh— fuck, fuck!” You moaned.

“So good, you feel so good Y/n!” You could tell just by his voice he was getting close. Part of you was tempted to ask him once again if this was really worth it, but you felt repeating it was redundant at this point. He had already made up his mind. Instead you just squeezed your thighs a little tighter together, hoping that might help.

“Ennnggg, oh-oh my gosh—“ Jungkook hurried his head in your neck, so close he could practically taste it at this point. His pace started to falter. 

“It’s ok, it’s ok…” You tried to reassure, sensing he was holding back. 

“I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I’m—“ Jungkook didn’t know what he was expecting if he came, the build up was just too much he knew he would feel better if only for a little while. What he wasn’t expecting, never would have expected was, as the ropes of cum started to shoot out, the most earth shattering orgasm he had ever experienced. 

As that wave of pleasure washed over him, he swore he transcended to the 10th dimension. He couldn’t speak, scream, moan, the pleasure too much, it was as if time stopped for a few seconds. The sensations were so intense, it felt like it lasted forever, a forever of bliss he couldn’t describe. It was better than a high he had experienced, a better high than he knew other drugs were capable of. It only seemed to get better as the seconds ticked away.

Part of Jungkook thought he had died, that he had transcended to a plane somewhere else, somewhere far beyond this earth. He swore he could see colors that never existed, 7:00 was purple, October was roast beef, Jupiter was a quarter. 

You were at first a little confused about what happened, he had suddenly gone almost silent except a few whimpers you felt in your skin as he steadily continued to rock his hips and how the hand gripping your waist was shaky. It was then that you remembered the U. Haqo and knew that whatever it was, was probably good. 

It was a solid few minutes before he finally came down, as the pleasure slowly faded, Jungkook was hit with another satisfying sensation, the feeling of complete normalcy.

You suddenly felt his weight shift on you completely. 

“Woah, are you ok?” You chuckled as you finally asked. 

“No… so good, feel better, but tired…” Complete sentences seemed impossible right now, that oragasm turning his brain into mush. You were luckily able to pick up on what he was trying to say.

“I bet, you ate all 3 of those—“ You had been so focused on Jungkook you had yet to actually look down, your attention finally drifting downwards when you felt something running down your leg. You weren’t prepared for the sight. What was going down your leg was the least of your worries, right there running down your island was an obvious white stream you knew wasn’t there before. 

“Holy shit, Jungkook…” You were stunned but once again you realized this was another ingredient to the enchantment at work. 

“Mmmmm?” He groaned lazily, still trying to still come back from that orgasm. 

“You came all over our island.” You laughed. 

This was enough to finally get him to lift his head and he was met with the same sight you were. Jungkook could feel the embarrassment creeping up, but his post-nut bliss was enough to keep him from freaking out about it too much. He knew this would make him scream into a pillow later though. 

“Sorry…” He sighed, gently caressing the skin where your shirt had come up slightly. 

Even with your limited Korean knowledge, you knew he had apologized. “It’s fine, it's another thing from the enchantment. I’ll worry about this, you go head to the bed. I’ll come back soon so I can put you to sleep before it comes back, hopefully you can sleep this off till midnight.” 

He nodded and slowly wobbled himself back over to your bedroom. 

You were quick to get to work knowing time was of the essence. You grabbed a towel and wiped the cum off your leg and the island, and headed straight to your room where Jungkook had already snuggled up in the blankets. 

Part of you wondered if he might go to sleep on his own, but as you got closer you noticed the pained look on his face. 

“Is it already back?” You questioned.

“Not yet, but I feel it coming.” He looked up at you. 

“Alright, hopefully this will keep you asleep till midnight, but since it’s magic vs magic, I can’t make any promises. You’ll at least be able to have a few hours with some peace.” You sat down on the bed and ran your fingers through his hair. Jungkook nodded, sleepily. 

“Wish you could stay, wanna cuddle…” He pouted and you were this close to throwing away all your responsibilities for the day away just so you could snuggle with him. 

“I do too, I’ll hop into bed with you as soon as I come back from the shop I promise.” You smiled and he did as well. It was then that you leaned down and softly kissed his cheek, you watched as his smile started to fade as his eyes quickly fluttered closed.

Oh you were so tempted. 

But nevertheless you hopped up and headed straight for the shower, even though you already took one earlier this morning, you figured you needed another after your time with Jungkook. 

You were out quickly and went back to work on getting the enchantment made as quickly as you could. You knew your clients would be coming in soon to pick up their orders and the couple called you when you got out of the shower and asked if they could pick up their order early because of a schedule change. 

Luckily most had already been done before Jungkook came in. You finally finished plucking the leaves and got the two remaining ingredients ready and carried them all into your special room for mixing. It was a good thirty minutes before the sparkly white powder was created and ready to be mixed in with the waffles. 

In no time at all (you did have a little help from your magic utensils helping you out) three hot and ready waffles were on the plate and you took them back to your special room. You closed the door behind you, waited for a second, before opening the door back up to the back room of The Magic Shop. 

It wasn’t long after you got there did you hear a knock on the door and you were delighted to see the couple peeking in through the door. You happily guided them back over to the register where you showed them the waffles wrapped up. 

“Thank you so much for doing this— this is one of our last chances at trying to do this the natural way.” The wife smiled at you. 

“I’m so glad I could help you both, hold up let me just—“ You quietly snapped your fingers making sure the waffles would stay warm until they both decided to eat them and then handed them over to them. 

“Let’s hope this works…” The husband looked over at his wife and squeezed her hand a little tighter, but then turned to you. “We have high hopes though, we heard amazing things about this place so we’re really hoping for the best.”

They were one of your many clients who knew nothing about what was actually the secret behind all of your products working so well. Part of you wished you could tell them so they would be reassured. 

“Really hoping for you both as well, I wish you guys luck.” The couple thanked you before heading back outside. 

As soon as they left you went back to your special room and started bringing out all of the other orders of people you were expecting today. You sighed looking at them all knowing you would probably be down here for a while, hoping that Jungkook would be ok upstairs. 

•─────✧─────•

The first thing Jungkook felt when he came to was pain, it didn’t hurt necessarily but there was no other word that he could describe it with. A need so desperate it almost was painful. The sun had gone down outside, a dark blue hue filling the room, and the clock on his nightstand read 8:34 when he finally looked over. 

You were right, it was so much worse. 

Jungkook was tempted to just make himself cum right now, unable to fathom how he would be able to make it nearly 4 hours. 

He couldn’t. 

This still didn’t stop him from trying his best. Jungkook gripped the blankets and shut his eyes hard, hoping maybe he could make himself go to sleep again. Only after 5 seconds he knew that wasn’t going to happen. 

He was just so— so…

Jungkook shifted his hips slightly and the fabric of his pajama pants was enough to make him lose his mind. 

Gosh, where were you? Jungkook hoped when he woke up it would be midnight (or at least close to it) and you were cuddled up in his arms like you promised. At least if he was going to fail, he’d rather do it inside you this time. 

Jungkook groaned softly thinking back to what went down in the kitchen, how nice your body felt against his, how wet you had gotten at his flustered state. If only he had enough sense to have gotten your shorts down, what he would have done if he did... 

He was tempted to run downstairs and beg you to let him fuck you, he was tempted and honestly he would have done it if he didn’t know the fact you were still downstairs meant you were working. He didn’t want to be any more of a pain than the mess he’s already caused for you. 

He really should have fucking known those waffles were for The Magic Shop, there really was no excuse for his actions other than he was hungry and didn’t care enough to realize what he was doing. 

Fuck— but he just missed you so much. He wished so badly he had opened his eyes and felt your arms wrapped around him, that when he had turned over he could have seen your smile. He would have kissed you and—

“Oh g—“ the moan got caught in his throat when he slid his hand under the waistband of his pants and hurriedly started pumping his cock. Jungkook was not at all prepared for the sensation, so intense, so fucking good he could already feel himself spiraling over the edge once again. 

In a rush he had to let go, knowing in that moment if he didn’t stop he would reach the point of no return already. 

Jungkook sat there for a second staring up at the darkened ceiling, just wondering how the hell he was going to somehow make it to midnight. If you were you— no if you were here, he would have cum already. 

He contemplated once again, heading downstairs, desperate to be inside you at this point, but being a good, respectful boyfriend mattered more no matter how horny he was. Jungkook flipped around anxiously, wondering how he was possibly going to get through this, when in the darkness your empty side made him focus on your pillow. 

No.

No. 

Jungkook, you're better than that— is what he tried to tell himself, he was screaming at himself that he was better than that, but he wasn’t, not when he felt like this. 

He finally kicked off his pajama pants and flipped over, staring at his pillow with so much shame, but that didn’t stop him as he slowly pushed the pillow further down. As soon as it was close enough, he steadily started rocking into it. 

Jungkook immediately thought of you again, when you would be here underneath him like this. Jungkook would always watch your pretty face as he thrusted into and— oh fuck, when you would moan his name and tell him how good he was making you feel. 

He hurriedly picked up the pace. “G—g, oh my g—“ 

You would always take him so well, you were so fucking perfect. He wanted to be inside you so bad right now. He missed feeling the way your walls would embrace him, you were always so fucking tight, and wet, and warm, and—

He was absolutely delusional at this point. He could see you underneath him, feel you underneath him, he could hear your moans and the way you pleaded for him to go faster. 

Gosh, he wanted to fill you up so fucking bad. 

It nearly hit him in the face when he felt himself hastily getting way too close, he had to quickly get off the pillow. 

His whole body cried and contorted, trying to get the feeling to pass. Jungkook nearly thought he was going to cum anyway, but he steadily calmed himself down. 

How the fuck is he going to make this? He knew he should stop, he knew that it would be better to wait it out than keep putting himself through this torture but he wasn’t thinking clearly at all. All he cared about was chasing that high as close as he can, until finally midnight rolled around and he could finally fucking cum. 

Jungkook got back over the pillow and rocked his hips a little slower. Maybe this might help, if he goes slow he can get the best of both worlds. A little bit of pleasure but also so he wouldn’t risk going too far. 

Jungkook moaned lightly at the feeling. This will be fine. He can go this, he can do this.

•─────✧─────•

It wasn’t until a little after 11:00 that you were finally making your way back up to the apartment. You were annoyed as hell because you pretty much worked an entire extra shift and of course today had to be the day that this happens. You had a couple of people who were picking up orders call and say they would be late, and late turned into two whole hours later, before you were finally closing the shop for good. Taking inventory also turned into a whole mess, the site where you normally get your ingredients from acted up and you were basically on the phone for a good three hours getting your order straight. And then you ended up spending an extra hour getting the shop ready for Monday, knowing you had absolutely no plans on coming in tomorrow. 

In turn, you were stuck downstairs almost all day thinking about your boyfriend upstairs. You kept hoping that the enchantment was strong enough and that he was still asleep, but like you feared as soon as you opened up the door of your special room once again you could immediately hear muffled moans. 

You hastily made your way down the hall and you honestly didn’t know what you were expecting when you rounded the corner, but you still found yourself shocked when you finally realized what you were looking at. 

The bed had basically been deconstructed, all the pillows and blankets had been thrown to the floor and the sheets were barely staying on. On your side of the bed was your boyfriend, his pajama pants were now gone. In one hand was your purple vibrator you typically kept in your nightstand, the could hear the slow, light buzzing as he slowly ran it along his cock. In the other hand he gripped hard, what you could only assume was your pillow, tightly over his face, making you instantly rush over because what the hell was he doing?! 

“Jungkook?!” You cried, ripping the pillow away. You heard him whine as you pulled it out of his hand. You were met with his wet face. You would have just chalked it up to be sweat, but noticing that his cheeks were noticeably damp making you realize he had likely been crying. 

He blinked up at you a little confused. 

“Y/n, is that really you?” His voice was a little horse. It was then that you also realized one of your lingerie sets bottoms was beside him.

You got down on your knees. “Yeah it’s me baby, I’m sorry I’m late…” You reached over and stroked his cheek. 

“Please tell me it’s 11:59…” He whined, a noticeable tear rolling down his cheek and onto your hand. 

“Almost it’s…” you looked over at the clock “11:21.” You reassured thinking that might be some sort of good news, but he just groaned and more tears spilled from his eyes. 

“How am I going to…” He quietly trailed off, not even bothering to finish. 

“Jungkook, what were you doing with a pillow on your face?” You asked, a little concerned. 

“Your pillow smells like you, missed you so much, I’m sorry.” He softly apologized and you felt instant relief knowing it wasn’t what you thought was happening. “Where were you? Thought you were gonna be here when I woke up…” He pouted. 

“I’m sorry, things kept holding me up downstairs, took me forever to make it back up. A lot’s happened though since I left.” You chuckled, pointing out how disheveled the room was. 

“It’s been so hard, you don’t even wanna know…” He sighed and it was also then that you realized he never turned your vibrator off. 

“You didn’t cum, did you?” You asked, not tearing your attention away from the way he gripped his dick with one hand and the way he ran the vibrator along it, how he shook every time he reached the tip. 

“Ennnggg— once— it was on accident, I had just woken up and… I don’t know what happened, but I ended up cumming on my pillow and—“ 

“Wait… how would you…?” Your imagination had immediately started running wild. 

“I missed you, and it’s embarrassing…” 

Jungkook had reached some of his lowest of lows today. He had fucked the crease between his girlfriend’s thighs because he couldn’t get her shorts off, and then he ended up fucking a pillow. 

It was right after he convinced himself that he was going to be able to do this. He had gotten caught up in imagining the pillow was you and he still was so sensitive from how he almost came earlier from his last attempt, but he really wasn’t ready for that wave to hit him like that. Jungkook didn’t even get a chance to try and stop it, his cum all of a sudden all over his pillow case and the shame, pleasure, and relief he felt in that moment for another earth-shattering orgasm. 

Shakily he wobbled over to the laundry room to toss it into the washer and he almost ran back to the shower and turned it on the coldest possible setting he could before hopping in, hoping it might cool him down a bit before the feeling came back. That didn’t help at all, magic being difficult like that, and that’s how he ended up stumbling out of the shower, grabbed the first thing he saw in your underwear drawer, along with your vibrator and had been here since trying his best to make it till you finally made it back. 

He’s nearly come more times than he could count at this point and just seeing you standing here next to him finally had started making things harder than ever before. 

“What time did you wake up?” You asked. 

“8:30– I’ve been edging for nearly 4 hours… feel like I’m gonna explode.” He couldn’t laugh at that anymore, because he really did feel like he actually might explode at this point— on you, fuck, he wanted you so bad. 

Your hand along his cheek sent a fire in him and this unbearable, unquenchable lust that he’s felt all day, was starting to reach a pinnacle that made his skin burn hotter than any fire. Gosh, a lust enchantment and he hasn’t been able to fuck you all day? 

To make matters worse even before the enchantment he was feeling extra needy, work this week for the both of you keeping you apart and he was looking forward to this Saturday to make up for all the lost time. 

You started noticing the look of distress on his face the more you looked at him. “Baby, you ok?”

“No—fuck, no I’m not ok. Can you leave? I don’t mean to be rude but you right beside me is making me think things, I fucking want you so… so, so, so fucking bad right now and I feel like if you stand here any longer touching my face I’m gonna cum and— it’s already so bad I don’t know if I can do this again—“ 

“What if you did?” You were still dazed staring at his pretty cock and your vibrator. 

“What?!” He sounded pissed, he was pissed, here he was begging you—

“I mean Jungkook there’s only a little over 30 minutes left of the day~ What if we take advantage of this enchantment and you can fuck my brains out or something till midnight hits.” You finally turned back to his face to see him staring at you.

“Take it as an apology for making you feel so miserable all day and… I swear watching you all day has made me so wet, so maybe we call it even and we have a little fun.” You smiled, hoping he might say yes.

He continued to just stare at you.

“We don’t have to if you’re not up for it, I know things have been hard and you might just wanna make it throu—“

“Shut up if you don’t fucking mean it.” He suddenly said, sitting up on the bed. You were a little taken aback by his harsh words, but then you realized what’s going on. 

At the position change you reached up and ran your hands over his toned thighs. “I fucking mean it baby.” You smirked up at him and you heard your boyfriend literally whimper. 

“G—god I swear I’m gonna cum if you keep talking, please— fuck, please do something, anything, I just fucking want you.” He cried and you couldn’t have been happier. 

You were about to have so much fun. 

You watched him throw your vibrator across the room and scoot to the edge of the bed. You didn’t even try and tease as you ran your hands further up his thighs. 

You watched his eyes flutter closed as you made your way closer to where he wanted you. You watched his face intently as your fingers finally wrapped around the base. 

“Mmphh— yesyesyesyes, don’t stop please.” He gasped and this fueled you to push further. 

You slowly brought your hand up closer to the tip and enjoyed the way he whimpered under your touch as precum kept leaking from the tip. 

“Does it feel good?” You laughed slightly, seeing how much he struggled to keep it together. 

“Feel like I’m gonna explode…” His brain was just spaghetti at this point, not even realizing he switched over to Korean. 

Jungkook leaned back so he couldn’t watch you, the sight was too much already and you barely had started. Instead he gripped the crumpled up sheets tight as he felt your hands run over his length. It was just so good, he wanted to cum so bad—

As much fun as this was, seeing your boyfriend like this made you so eager to please and you quickly decided it was finally time to put him out of his misery. 

After working him a little further you brought your hand up to eagerly rub over the slit as you leaned down ready to take him in your mouth. 

“Oh—fuuu—“ He was not prepared, neither were you when his orgasm hit him so suddenly. You couldn’t help but stare as you watched the bliss wash over him, the way his face cutely scrunched up, the sheets were tight in his hands, and just like what happened earlier in the kitchen, you only heard him whimper quietly, the pleasure seemingly being too much. You were so entranced, you didn’t even realize some of it landed on your face.

It took a few minutes for it to finally wash over him, and just as he was starting to come back he let go of the sheets and put his hands over his face.

“Baby, what’s wrong?” You chuckled. 

“I’m sorry— that was— I’m so confused, fucking embarrassed, but ughh that was so hot.” He finally looked down at you, seeing the white streaks on your face. 

“Oh my g— so fucking hot— Y/n please don’t stop—“ He whined impatiently. 

“You sure? You just c—“ 

“I don’t care, don’t stop…” he pleaded, needing to feel you. This night was not ending without him being inside you at least once.

You chuckled as you grabbed a tissue and cleaned your face and hand. You didn’t waste anymore time and happily took him into your mouth. 

Jungkook was not at all prepared to feel your mouth around him— for 13 hours straight he had simply made do with the best he could, his hand, your thighs, a pillow, your vibrator on the lowest setting possible— they were fine and some even managed to push him over the edge. Maybe it had been so long since he felt your touch or this enchantment was absolutely insane because the minute you wrapped your pretty lips around his cock and started taking him… he was not at all prepared. You would have thought he had never been touched before in his life at how quickly he felt he could cum again, that feeling returning instantaneously.

His hand quickly went down to tangle in your hair as you pushed down as much as you could. He made the awful mistake of sitting up, wanting to look at you, but it just made things so much worse, seeing the way you were staring up at him as you took him so well. 

“You’re so good to me…” He sighed and he didn’t realize he said that out loud until he noticed you giggle as you came off him. 

“Is it that good? I’ve barely done anything yet.” You chuckled. 

“Mhmmm, go slow, don’t wanna cum too soon.” He pleaded. He wanted to savor every moment of this and this enchantment made it so all he wanted to do was cum down your throat.

Not yet though.

You nodded before going back down and swirling your tongue around the tip. You went slow like you promised and this was enough to get a frustrated whine from him. 

“Y/n— don’t do this to me please.” He looked down at you and you couldn’t help that wave of need travel through your body, making you squeeze your thighs together. Maybe on another day you would have teased him for longer, but you finally took him in your mouth as far as you could go. 

As you pulled back and went back down again, you enjoyed his soft sighs of pleasure he would let out occasionally, and by the look on his face you could tell you were doing well.

You brought your hand up to softly run over his thigh before wrapping around his length as stroking what you couldn’t take. At the combo, you relished in the moan he let out as his grip in your hair tightened. He looked so pretty like this, all you wanted to do was please him, so you steadily sped up your pace anticipating seeing that look of just pure euphoria wash over him once more. 

You were hellbent on getting him to cum in your mouth and you knew he was close, you could tell by his moans getting more desperate, and how he subtly held your head down making sure you wouldn’t leave. You were waiting for the moment, so close, but as you were sure he was right about to cum suddenly you felt him pull you off. 

You looked up at him confused as you saw him try and calm himself down. What was going on? Isn’t this what he wanted? 

You were not left confused for long as Jungkook shakily got up, you at eye level with his cock, shiny from your antics as precum leaked from the tip. You felt his hand cup your chin forcing you to look up at him. 

Jungkook was staring down at you, his lip tucked between his teeth as he ran his thumb over your bottom lip. 

“So fucking pretty…” He sighed as he looked at your delicate features staring up at him. So fucking pretty and you were all his. He wanted to absolutely ruin you.

“Wanna fuck your mouth baby~” He said so softly, his tone almost not matching at all with what he was asking. You felt his thumb reach into your mouth slightly to open your mouth a little wider. 

Your attention went back down to his cock right in front of your face, the way his tattooed hand came up and started stroking it slowly as he moved a little closer to your mouth. Your whole body ached with need, wanting this man inside you immediately. 

“Is that ok?” He shakily asked. 

Instead of responding, you nodded your head slowly leaning in a little closer so your lips brushed against the tip. You enjoyed the whimper you got out of him as a result. 

“Eeeehh— Open your mouth— I mean open your mouth please, fuck!” Jungkook moaned and you instantly followed his command and he moved his hand so it was resting on your head and he guided you straight to his cock as you slowly took him. 

“Ohhhh, yes, yes, yes…” He sighed the minute he saw the last inch disappear into your mouth. You could feel his hand on your head start to shake lightly, and you could only figure he must be close.

Jungkook slowly pulled his hips back before shakily thrusting back in. He was trying to be gentle but your mouth and this fucking enchantment made that almost impossible. 

You felt so good around him and the way you were looking at him as he stared down into your eyes… he was so close. 

He sped up slightly. 

That sensation quickly returned, the overwhelming feeling quickly boiled over into a blinding white light, so so good. He had to force his eyes to stay open as he watched himself cum in your mouth. He wanted to see. 

You let him recover before pulling off eventually. 

Jungkook didn’t let the peace carry on for long before he was pulling you onto your feet and even quicker were you pressed against the dresser behind you as Jungkook kissed you hungrily. 

“You— you sure you want to keep going?” You asked in between his kisses. You were honestly baffled he hadn’t collapsed yet, but that enchantment was all to thank for that. 

“Yes— can’t stop.” He really couldn’t, this enchantment already having that craving back faster than ever and with an intensity that he couldn’t imagine as somehow worse. Jungkook wasn’t done yet with you at all, this was still just the beginning. 

He made the point clear by pulling you back with him so you both fell back on the bed. Jungkook didn’t waste any time as he wrapped your legs around his waist and he was hurriedly leaning over so he could kiss you. 

You wrapped your arms around his neck to pull him even closer. You wanted him and you knew you were just on the cusp of feeling him inside you. You got even more excited when you felt him tugging on your shorts. 

“Are you serious?!” Jungkook exclaimed as he struggled to get them down once again. They were just comfy shorts you threw on, hoping these might be a little easier to deal with than your jean shorts from earlier, but it seems you thought wrong.

Jungkook got frustrated and instead focused on pulling up your shirt and helped you get it over your head and you unclipped your bra and threw it across the room. You didn’t think too much of it, ready to finally get naked and busy, that is until you noticed his gaze locked on your chest.

You were about to question him, but his hand quickly came up and started massaging the softness. Oh. 

You moaned softly as his thumb flicked over the nipple before leaning forward a little more and sucking it. You were a bit taken aback by his actions, but Jungkook’s eager mouth was quick at pulling you back in the moment. 

“Can’t wait to see you covered with whipped cream.” He mumbled softly, but his eyes weren’t on yours. You honestly had no idea what he was talking about or if he was speaking to you or your boobs? 

“Baby, what are you talking about?” You chuckled slightly, running your hands through his soft hair. 

“Our plans for tomorrow, wish they were for now but— ughh— Y/n, need you please.” His gaze finally met your own and he made sure to accentuate with a firm thrust. 

You were about to say something when you felt his hand travel down your body again and tug on your short strings. You hoped this time he would manage to get them down your legs, but you could sense the growing frustration at the fact he couldn’t even untie the little bow you made. 

“Why?! Why can’t I—?!” The more he pulled the worse the knot he had created got tighter, this enchantment seemingly making his brain all scrambled. 

As funny as it was to watch, you were more eager for what was going to happen next so you pushed him away slightly so you could finally shimmy your shorts down your legs. 

Jungkook looked at you thankful for the help and his whole body seemingly cried when your shorts and panties were gone and flung across the room. Seeing you naked, fuck, he’s wanted you like this all day. As much as he wanted to feel you around him, Jungkook was more interested in pleasing you. 

You expected him to get back on top but he laid back over on your side and started ushering you over on top of him. 

“What’s this about?” You wondered. 

“Sit on my face.” He was blunt but the enchantment allowed for nothing more. You were a little shocked once again he was still finding it in him to take care of you when he’s like this, but were you really? This was Jungkook you’re talking about, the guy who thrives on your pleasure. 

You laughed slightly, but quickly obeyed his wish and moved so you were hovering over his mouth. 

You gripped your headboard tight when you felt his hands come up to stroke your thighs as you slowly lowered yourself over his mouth, worried about squishing his head. Jungkook was quick at pushing those worries aside as he pulled you down to eagerly start lapping between your drenched folds. 

You weren’t at all prepared, your back arching and a moan escaping your lips before you could stop it. 

Even in a state like this Jungkook made sure to remind you he knew your body well after years spent together. 

“Jungkook— fuck, fuck yes—“ You groaned when he used his tongue to circle your clit, occasionally sucking on it. Your whole body was on fire, if someone was watching they might have also thought you had eaten some of the enchanted waffles along with him at how desperate you seemed.  

Truth is, you missed, you missed him so much. You had missed him all week, long hours keeping you both apart even before enchantment came into effect. You missed him all day today, you were stuck downstairs as you thought about what might have happened if you had opened the bathroom earlier, what if Jungkook had fucked you on the counter, what if you agreed to stay in bed with him. All of the possibility was dwarfed by how hot you were thinking about what actually happened. Trapped downstairs on the phone with the fifth tech support person trying to help you with your order, all you could think about was your boyfriend’s pretty ass cock and how much you wanted to be pounded into oblivion right then and there for the guy on the phone to hear. 

You’ve been hot all day. As hard as you knew this was for Jungkook, it almost felt like you were being punished being forced to watch. 

Having him like this, below you, eating you out like his life depended on it made you so fucking hot. 

When your thighs started to get a bit shaky, you finally looked down at him a little surprised to see his dazed gaze on you. You happily took one of your hands off the head board and let them tangle into his long brown locks. 

You felt the subtle vibrations of the way he moaned. You watched as one of his hands that was gripping onto your thighs let go and hastily reached downward. Curious, you broke away from his gaze and to turn behind you and you felt a whole new fire light inside you at the sight of him hurriedly pumping his cock. 

You quickly turned back down to him and noticed his eyes had glossed over, this whole thing apparently getting to him more than you thought. 

Oh.

Suddenly you were back in the moment and was painfully aware of the skilled work of your boyfriend's tongue, playing with your clit, licking between your folds, and even into your hole. You knew you would cum soon at this rate. 

“Are you enjoying this that much?” You teased breathlessly, moving your hips in a way that the new angle had your grinding against the tip of his nose. Fuck.

His attention shifted back to you, albeit still dazed. 

You gripped onto his hair tighter when he didn’t answer, even though how could he with your pussy in his mouth. You watched intently as the way his eyes started rolling back. Hot. 

You weren’t in the mood for games, you just wanted to fucking cum at this point. 

“Fuck Jungkook, you’re so good to me always. Love you.” It was a hasty confession as your attention turned towards chasing the high that’s been dangled in front of you all day. 

Jungkook seemed to speed up at the praise. It didn’t take long for that built up tension to finally snap when you cried out as you experienced one of the most toe-curling, mind numbing orgasms you’ve ever had. 

Jungkook gave you no time to recover though, because even after he worked you through it and you started to lift up, he showed no signs of stopping. 

You looked down at him and he nodded up at you, needing no words to explain.

He wanted to watch again, have you cum all over his face one more time. You were so sensitive, confused at the blissful sting of overstimulation, but still extremely turned on because holy fucking shit was this hot. 

Jungkook quickly had you back to that point where that feeling was back all too soon and you were crying out once more and your orgasm hit you faster than a freight train. 

Your brain didn’t know how to comprehend what happened as you sat there for a second, letting your heart and breathing calm down. What just happened? You felt fuzzy all over, loved, comforted, and—

Jungkook’s hand suddenly fell from your thigh as you finally looked down once again. You were delighted to see the fucked out expression, his eyes were closed and you cooed internally at the way his eyelashes tickled his cheeks. He was so pretty. His brows were furrowed as the hand that had long left your thigh continued to move. That’s when you remembered what you saw last time. 

You turned around and was shocked to see the cum covering his toned stomach, but he was still harder than ever. Suddenly you were hot all over again. 

You turned back to Jungkook once more, noticing how pained his delicate expression had gotten. 

“Please, inside…” He finally opened his eyes to look up at you. You also noticed how red he seemed and you wondered if he was just hot, flushed, or was it embarrassment? Maybe all three considering? You could also see how wet his face was, you didn’t know whether that was just you or the tears that had especially collected around his eyes. 

You swung your leg over and took a seat next to him. Jungkook was quick at sitting up and turning toward you, you both just looked at each other before Jungkook got too impatient and hurriedly pulled you into a kiss. 

He was hungry, desperate, and had you breathless by the time he moved you both so you were on your back and he was slotted between your thighs, ignoring the stickiness between you. 

You moaned into the kiss when you felt the steady grind of his cock between your folds. Despite having just come (twice), you still found yourself eager to have him inside you, finally. 

Jungkook pulled away to hurriedly line himself up, ready to finally fucking finally feel you, but just as he was about to push in you remembered something. 

“Wait— Jungkook!” You called and he looked up at you, a little startled. 

“Mhmmm?” He almost sounded like he was drunk, his attention quickly turning back down to your pussy and was entranced at how wet you sounded, his eyes glued to the way his cock looked as he pushed it through the slickness of your folds. 

“Do you think we should use a condom?” You asked, a little concerned. You never typically did these days, but with this enchantment it may be better just in case. 

Jungkook was trying his best to pay attention to your words, but fuck, he was so close and you felt so good. 

“I don’t know if my birth control can go up against this enchantment.” 

“Eghhhh— I don’t mind if you think it’s better. It’s up to you.” His brain was not working, of course he had a preference and that preference was clouding any sort of logical thinking. 

“What— you don’t mind if this gets me pregnant?” You giggled at the comment. 

Jungkook's eyes returned to yours but then back down between you both. “Feel like I could give you octuplets right now.” He chuckled weakly, both trying to joke along with you but he was also incredibly serious, painfully serious.

You just laughed realizing you shouldn’t really be asking him when he’s like this. “Ohhh, that’s just the enchantment talking baby~” You smiled, somehow endeared by his words. 

“I’m serious though, whatever you want to do— but wait, we haven’t used condoms for so long I don’t even remember if I have any left.” He panicked. Just the thought of stopping now made him want to throw something out the window. He felt close already.

“Please hurry baby…” He moaned, trying his best to stay calm but this fucking enchantment was making it very hard.

You sensing the urgency decided to think about this. 

There is no way you wouldn’t end up pregnant from this if you just do nothing— or well, there’s just a great chance. Considering you weren’t enchanted by the waffles maybe that would be enough? You also had no idea anyway if you had any condoms in the room anymore. Maybe you would be fine? You could make your own remedy of sorts in the morning as well just for good measure. 

And would it really be that bad if all that fails? Sure you weren’t at that point of your life where you were ready to start having kids, but this was with Jungkook, not some random guy from a one night stand. If things didn’t go to plan, it wouldn’t be that bad. 

Your judgment was questionable though considering you were just as eager to finally feel him inside you and the way his cock slid over your clit made your mind a little fuzzy. Might you regret it in the morning, maybe, but you would solve that issue when you get there. You had a plan as well so—

“Alright— I have a plan for tomorrow, but just get inside before I lose my mi—” You were hardly able to finish your sentence before Jungkook hurriedly pushed inside you, not even making it in all the way before he buried himself in your neck and let out the most glorious moan as he came inside you.  

You were shocked but you still rubbed his back lightly, trying to help him through it. You could only imagine at this point how intense things have gotten for him, the thought turned you on and for a brief moment considered one day downing three of these waffles and seeing what happens. 

Jungkook eventually pulled away and you immediately noticed the tears that stained his face and quickly brought your hands up to wipe them. 

“Was it good?” You chuckled, but you were starting to get a tad bit concerned seeing how fucked out he was beginning to look. 

He shakily nodded his head. 

“You’re lucky I said yes.” You laughed hoping that would pep him back up back you could tell he was hardly paying any attention to what you were saying.

“S-s-sorry.” His voice was soft and you couldn’t help yourself as you brought him closer to kiss his cheek. The lights were dim in your room, but once your lips touched his skin you finally felt just how wet his face was. 

“It doesn’t hurt right?” You asked immediately as you pulled back.

He shook his head. 

“Feels too good.” He sighed as he steadily started to move his hips again. 

Jungkook was not at all prepared for what it would feel like to be inside you with this enchantment. Maybe he was so sensitive from how many times he’s cum already, or things really have escalated to a point that everything has just become so overwhelming, but the minute he started moving his hips he was rendered speechless. 

The enchantment only seemed to enhance every sensation the warm embrace your walls always gave him. It was so good, you were so good to him. Every sense of his made his brain go haywire, the way you wrapped around him, the way your hands ran along his back, the way you looked up at him as he fucked you, your expression, your eyes alone was enough to get him to cum again. 

He loved you so much. 

“Fuck.” He whispered so quietly he doubted you heard it, he couldn’t say it any louder even if he wanted to. Despite the odd circumstances and how frustrating the day has been, being here with you like this made it all worth it. 

Jungkook didn’t even realize how much his eyes had watered up until your expression started to shift to worry when you brought your hand up to wipe his face. 

“Fuck— Jungkook are you sure you’re ok?” You asked, once again concerned. 

“Mhmmmm, good, so good. Don’t wanna cum yet, wanna make you feel good too.” He cried. He was desperate to make you feel even an ounce of what he did. His pace had remained painfully slow, knowing the minute he sped up it’d be over. 

“This feels good— don’t worry baby this is about you, ok?” You smiled up at him. It was meant to be reassuring but it only made him feel worse. 

Jungkook picked up the pace and relished in your delighted moans and the sound of the bed frame creaking at your escapades. It was overwhelming, so overwhelming, that feeling, that need to fill you up once more became harder to ignore. 

He tried his best to distract himself by kissing you hastily but that only seemed to make things worse. It was just so good. 

“Oh— oh go—“ 

It felt like he was hit with a train the way his orgasm knocked him so suddenly, somehow it was even more intense than before. It felt like a fervor dream, he was delirious, and maybe it was this enchantment, but as he coated your walls with his cum there was some strange part in him that wanted all this to get you pregnant. 

It was a guilty confession that he knew he would regret later, but it’s what fueled him despite how exhausted his body felt to flip you over so you were on your hands and knees so he could do it again. 

The position gave him a great view of your ass, and he cursed to himself quietly as watched the way it’d jiggle anytime he pushed into you. 

“So—so good Jungkook…” You whined. 

“Close?” Was all he could ask and you hurriedly nodded. 

Jungkook’s hand quickly came down to smack your ass and gripped on the soft mounds hard, loving the way you moaned for him. As much as he’s enjoyed the thought about whipped cream all over your titties all day, your ass will always be his favorite. 

Jungkook felt your walls tighten around his cock and he knew you were close. 

He pulled you close so your back was against him, the new angle allowing him to fuck into you easily, while his hand went down to rub your clit and his mouth kissed your neck.

The position had him reaching spots inside you that made your mind go blank as you soon felt him fill you up once again, but he didn’t stop until you were soon cumming all over his cock. 

You were hardly able to recover before Jungkook was pulling out of you and laying down only to usher you so you were hovering over his cock. He looked up at you with pleading eyes, and it didn’t take much to figure out what he was asking from you. 

You were already starting to get a little tired and barely coming off your last orgasm you still found it in yourself to sink down onto his length once again. You felt his hands come up and grip your hips tightly as you began to slowly move. 

You also surprised yourself with the fact that you were keeping up with him, no enchantment fueling your efforts, just your love for this idiot who ate your waffles.

You marveled at his soft sighs of pleasure and how beautiful he looked. He had grown more quiet like back in the kitchen and just by the look on his face you knew things had really gotten intense. You could only imagine, you’re not even sure how many times he’s cum at this point.

“You’re so pretty baby~” You breathlessly confessed and he let out a strained moan as one of his hands moved up to play with one of your tits. For some reason you knew he was close once again.

“You’re gonna cum again for me baby?” You asked but you knew. You noticed his eyes started getting watery again, tears falling from his eyes.

“Y-yes.” He strained and you could hardly hear him.

You decided to speed up a little, not wanting to drag this out for him. You let yourself get lost in the feeling of his cock filling you up, focusing on keeping a steady rhythm. It wasn’t too long after you started losing yourself in the pleasure that you felt his grip on your hips tighten before you heard Jungkook out a moan as his eyes rolled back and you felt him fill you up once again. 

You smiled but Jungkook was quick at moving you so you laid on your side, your back against his chest before he was entering you from behind. He didn’t move for a little while and it was then that you were able to look over at his nightstand to see the time. 

11:56. 

Almost there.

Jungkook also noticed that this was finally about to come to an end and knew he wanted to make the most of it. One more time. 

Jungkook grabbed ahold of your thigh and lifted it up so your leg could rest ontop of his so he could fuck into you easier and slowly started to move. 

“One more time.” He sighed, kissing your neck.  

He wasn’t talking about himself. Four minutes at this point was enough time for cum at least twice, but he was thinking about you. He wanted– no, needed to feel you cum around his cock once more. 

Jungkook quickly found a good pace and reached around to find your clit once again. 

You moaned for him, not honestly thinking you could cum again, but Jungkook always had a way of proving you wrong because you quickly felt that growing need once again. 

It was so good, he was so good. Being close like this, his length buried deep inside, his fingers on your clit, his lips on your skin, you felt so loved and still being a little sensitive from your last orgasm you felt so close so quickly.

As much as he wanted to wait until you were closer, the way your walls were gripping made him spill into you quicker than he liked but he never faltered, speeding up instead determined to make you cum around him before midnight.

“Fuck, fuck please baby–” He pleaded and you cried. 

You were close, so fucking close. 

With a couple more thrusts you felt that blinding surge of pleasure spread through your whole body and moaned his name as he somehow gave you your fourth orgasm of the day. It hit Jungkook as well, your orgasm suddenly having him spilling into you once again. 

It was a blissful end. 

Jungkook shakily worked you both through the waves of pleasure as the clock changed to 12:00. Instead of this neverending sea of desire Jungkook had been swimming in all day, the calm silence of that relief was slowly gifted to him as well. 

You both just sat there trying to collect yourselves because– woah. Despite the circumstances this definitely was a night to remember. 

The longer you laid there the more you just wanted to head to bed but you were sweaty, covered in cum, and your room was still a mess. After a little while you finally found the motivation to pry yourself away from Jungkook’s warm embrace. When you turned around you were a little shocked, or well not that shocked, to see his eyes closed and seemingly asleep already.

You didn’t blame him, honestly surprised he didn’t fall out sooner than this. 

You were about to jump out of the bed to start your shower when you felt a hand on your wrist, stopping you. 

“Don’t leave me please…” His eyes were still closed and he sounded so drowsy. You leaned in closer and pushed the hair out of his face, the ends noticeably damp. 

“What’s that baby?”

“Don’t leave.” He looked up at you. The only thing on Jungkook’s mind was falling asleep with you in his arms.

“I don’t want to get up either, but I was just going to shower and maybe get started a little bit on all the laundry–” 

“Don’t leave.” He said once again.

You leaned down and kissed him on his forehead. “I promise to be back soon ok, you’ll probably be asleep by the time I get back anyway.” 

“But I want you with me…” He pouted. 

“You can come join me in the shower if you want.” You suggested. 

“Tirreeeedddd, can’t this wait till morning.” He sighed and you couldn’t help but giggle. He always gets really baby when he’s sleepy. 

“I’ll be back ok~” You reassured him and headed for the bathroom.

As tired as he was, unlike the last time he went to sleep, Jungkook wanted to make sure you’d be in his arms when he wakes up. Despite how everything and everywhere in his body ached, he still found himself joining you in the bathroom. 

You were shocked but found your cheeks warming when you saw him groggily walk into the bathroom to join you. 

You didn’t want to make the shower take too long, he was tired and you were as well and you had laundry to start. Jungkook was hardly awake, almost falling over a couple times as the warm water fell over you both. 

When you went to shampoo his hair and gently massaged his scalp, even in his delirious state he almost felt teary. This was so nice, you were so so good to him.

“Y/n…” He quietly got your attention. 

“Mhmm~”

“I’m sorry…” 

“What for?” You couldn’t hide your confusion at what he could possibly be apologizing for.

“I’ve been a burden all day, ate those waffles, made things hard for you. I’m sorry.” His brain was hardly working, but he’s felt bad about this all day. 

“It’s alright, I should have gotten a fridge for the shop already anyway.” You laughed. “And you haven’t been a burden alright, today was fun!” You weren’t lying, you definitely had fun today. 

Jungkook smiled and pulled you in for a hug, not wanting at all to let go. Not now, not ever. 

You both eventually made it out of the shower and the minute Jungkook got his clothes on he collapsed onto the bed, sleep becoming too much to fight at this point. You had managed to wiggle the sheets out underneath him, still being visibly damp from earlier.

You went ahead and grabbed everything else and took it to the laundry room, but after seeing how much you had to do, ultimately decided it may just be best to save it for the morning like Jungkook suggested. The shower made you sleepy so instead you went to bring out your thick blanket.

When you got to the room you were a little surprised to find Jungkook sitting up on the bed, looking half out of it. 

“I thought you fell asleep already?” You giggled as you went over to caress his cheek. 

“Mmmm, wanted you here. Can’t fall asleep yet.” He sighed, nuzzling into your hand. 

You took the hint and made quick work on tossing the blanket out over the bed, grabbing the pillows that were on the floor, and climbing into bed with your boyfriend.

As soon as you got in the bed, turned off the lights, and got you both situated he wrapped his arms around you and pulled you close. It probably didn’t take even a minute before you heard his light snores and you were sure it didn’t take long after that for you to join. 

What a day.

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

“You think anyone will believe this?” You asked after he clicked the post button. 

“Probably not, but that’s the point. Feels good to talk about these things though.” Jungkook smiled, his heart warm from reminiscing all day. 

You smiled and hugged him. 

“Alright, I’ve been here long enough, I have classes to get to.” You sighed, hopping up from the bed. “I’ll be back from the shop before 6 so I can do dinner today.” You kissed his cheek and was about to run off to put on your shoes, but Jungkook grabbed your hand. 

He looked down at your intertwined fingers, imagining once again that ring he saw in the shop earlier on your finger, how pretty it would look until you both got matching bands. He was feeling a little too sentimental at the thought and how much he wished it was already on your finger. 

“Ummmm, watcha doing?” You asked, noticing him staring at your hand. 

“Ermm– sorry.” He leaned down and kissed your hand. “Be back soon ok, miss you already.” He sighed, hating that you had to leave him on his day off. 

You leaned down and kissed his lips, Jungkook wholeheartedly melting into the kiss, thinking about what it might be like to kiss you like this on your wedding day. 

You pulled away with a big smile on your face. 

“Oh right! Don’t forget to take the broom over to my mom’s, he’s really been missing her these days.” 

Jungkook groaned. “You know your broom hates me, it’ll take forever just to get him out of the room.” He recounted the last time he was responsible for taking your broom out. 

“Cmoonnn you guys need some bonding time anyway, and plus my mom also wanted to see you as well so… good luck.” You said as you left the room. 

“Alright, come back soon! I’m making bulgogi tonight!” He yelled out to you and he quickly heard you running back and giving him another hug before running out the room again. 

“Bye!” You called out, before the door closed behind you, leaving Jungkook alone. 

How this was his life was still a mystery to him as well, who gets to say they need to take their girlfriend’s broom out? 

…

Who gets to say they need to take their fiance’s broom out?

…

…

Who gets to say they need to take their wife’s broom out?

Jungkook’s face flushed at the thought. Maybe this trip won’t be so bad? He had something he needed to ask your mom anyway.

⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰

♡ hiswitchygf liked this post 

#bts #bts smut #jungkook x reader #jeon jungkook #jungkook #jungkook smut #jungkook fanfic #bts fanfic #bts jungkook #bts imagines #bts scenarios #bangtan boys #bangtan sonyeondan #bts fan fiction #bts fluff #bts angst #jungkook fluff #jungkook angst #bangtansorciere #bangtanbathhouse #bts one shot #jungkook oneshot

[i-am-trying-my-best-okay]

Literally all of The Shadowhunter Chronicle romances are completely unhinged it’s not even funny (I lied, it’s very funny). Here’s just some examples:

William “Will” Herondale/James “Jem” Carstairs + Theresa “Tessa” Gray: It totally would have been a vee type polyamorous situation if it wasn’t for all the death and 1800s London society going on.

Henry Branwell + Charlotte Fairchild: How dare this misogynistic society put us together, I mean, we wanted to get together anyway, but not for those reasons. Welp, time to be as unconventional as possible.

Gabriel Lightwood + Cecily Herondale: Look, you made fun of my sister, it’s only fair that I marry your sister; that’s the rules.

Gideon Lightwood + Sophia “Sophie” Collins: Dad, I have a perfectly valid reason to betray you and go to the other side. What your doing is wrong and – nO tHiS haS nOThiNG to do wiTh tHeIR mAid wHy wOUlD yoU eVEn sAy tHat?

Jesse Blackthorn + Lucie Herondale: Your request to not be brought back to life has been denied, deal with it.

James “Jamie” Herondale + Cordelia Carstairs: He didn’t commit arson we were just having sex – why are you all looking at me like that’s worse?

Anna Lightwood + Ariadne Bridgestock: Listen, there’s a lot of society going on right now, so we’re going to have to get together in secret. Oh, you don’t want to? Okay, never mind, fuck society, let me win you back real quick.

Christopher Lightwood + Grace Cartwright: Oh good, you broke into my house, now we can talk about science.

Thomas Lightwood + Alastair Carstairs: I’d really like to hate you, but I think the biggest problem with that is that I love you. Once I get over that hurdle, I think we’ll be in the clear.

Lucian “Luke” Graymark + Jocelyn Fairchild: Good job on us for breaking away from the genocidal cult run by our best friend/husband; we should hook up, you know, as a reward.

Jonathan “Jace” Herondale + Clarissa “Clary” Fairchild: Ayo the same guy conducted experiments on our blood, that’s crazy; btw so glad we’re not actually siblings.

Alexander “Alec” Lightwood + Magnus Bane: Marrying each other is against the law? Okay, fine, I’m a law biding citizen. Oh oops, I made it legal. I am the law now, and I want a wedding on the beach.

Simon Lovelace + Isabelle Lightwood: It makes sense to have our engagement party on the day of my brother’s death, that’s when we really started bonding.

Helen “Alessa” Blackthorn + Aline Penhallow: Well, I guess we’re going to go in exile together. Yes, I said together; your exile is my exile, what’s mine is yours and what’s yours is mine, that’s how relationships work.

Julian Blackthorn + Emma Carstairs: Yes, it’s a technical war crime to love each other, but the law itself is not really our main concern about it.

Kieran Hunter + Mark “Miach” Blackthorn + Cristina Rosales: We’re really living that cottage core aesthetic, and all we had to do to get here was do a small war and some amnesia. Worth it.

Gwyn ap Nudd + Diana Wrayburn: I’m going to stand by just in case something happens, but it probably won’t, she knows what she’s doing – WHY IS SHE JUMPING OUT THE TENTH STORY WINDOW OH MY GOD WAIT

Tiberius “Ty” Blackthorn + Christopher “Kit” Herondale: We take cosplaying Sherlock and Watson VERY seriously, so of course we needed to go to all the most illegal places, it’s only natural.

Ash Morgenstern + Drusilla “Dru” Blackthorn: So anyway I saw them in a sort of fever dream like state this one time and they’ve still been on my mind for years.

#the shadowhunter chronicles #the infernal devices #the last hours #the mortal instruments #the dark artifices #malec #sizzy #clace #kitty #blackhallow #wessa #jessa #herongraystairs #kieraktina #gracetopher #chenry #thomstair #blackstairs #lukelyn #heline #ashilla #gabrily #sophideon #arianna #herondaisy #gwynburn

[domjaehyun]

quarantine chronicles 3

members featured. johnny, jaehyun, jungwoo, mark, renjun (non-sexual role), jeno, haechan, jaemin

genre. smut…like a lot of it. some fluff at times, a dash of angst, some humor (to you, hopefully)

word count. 43k

summary. in this final installment, we see tensions rising in the home of our favorite chaotic horndog roommates; how long until something gives and someone snaps?

smut warnings. (i am bolding ones you might want to note) oral (receiving, giving), face sitting, throat fucking, rimming (receiving), anal play (receiving), pet play (kitten), manhandling/wrestling, clothes ripping, double penetration, unprotected sex, creampies, marking (giving), dom!everyone, even reader gets a (very brief) turn, exhibitionism, consensual photography, viewing of a sex tape, groping, phone sex (kinda; more like JOI), lil bit of choking, snowballing, mentions of breeding, praise kink, degradation (slightly, not too much), some bulge kink, lots of dirty talk

notes. enjoy your read!! part one is here and part two is here :)

Day 27

“And you really think this is gonna work?” Johnny asks as he navigates around you to get to the spice cabinet. You’re cooking breakfast together as you debrief him on your plan to avoid Jaehyun, and the smell of toast, eggs, and bacon is enough to lift your anxious spirits.

“It kinda has to,” you remark as you check the bacon and start to take it off the stove. “I don’t have a backup plan.”

“Genius.” he chuckles. 

“It only needs to work so I can buy myself time to figure out what I’m gonna do,” you say, patting the grease off of the plated bacon with a paper towel. 

“Do about what?” The new voice out of nowhere startles you and you yelp, whirling around to lock eyes with a curious Jaehyun. 

“Nothing,” you and Johnny say hurriedly in unison, shooting a glance at each other. 

Jaehyun raises a brow.

“Nothing! Seriously.”

“Yeah, it’s nothing, dude.” Johnny assures Jaehyun, who relaxes slightly but still looks between you two suspiciously.

“I’m, uh, gonna eat in my room—Seungyeon wanted me to call her,” you lie, and Johnny nods, pushing some of the eggs in the pan onto your plate. You pick up some bacon and put it on your plate next to your toast before speed walking past Jaehyun. “I made extra for you, by the way,” you say to Jaehyun hurriedly before disappearing upstairs.

Alone in the kitchen, a very lost Jaehyun looks at a very shifty Johnny.

“She’s being weird, right?” Jaehyun asks, and Johnny shrugs.

“She’s always weird.”

“Weirder than usual?”

“I don’t know anything about that.” Johnny says quickly, and Jaehyun nods, not believing him. 

“Sure. It was nice of her to make me bacon, I guess.” he comments, stepping forward and taking two pieces for himself. 

“It…was,” Johnny replies, slowly coming to a realization. “It really was.”

“So you only called because Jaehyun was near you and you had to get away?” Seungyeon says with an amused raise of her brows.

“Well—” You pause. “I also missed you?”

“Uh-huh,” she drags the syllables out, rolling her eyes but smiling fondly. “And would you have missed me if Jaehyun hadn’t jumpscared you?”

“Of course!” you say defensively.

“Would you have called if Jaehyun hadn’t jumpscared you?”

You’re silent for a moment. “Well, technically, no—”

“There it is.” Despite her words, she sounds thoroughly amused, so you relax slightly. 

“But that’s because I’m about to eat and I didn’t wanna eat in your face!”

“Ooh, what’s for breakfast?”

“Johnny and I made eggs, toast, and bacon.” you say happily, showing her your plate.

“That looks so good,” she sighs. “One of my roommates keeps eating all the food in the fridge and now we’re out of eggs.”

“Oh, what the fuck?” you mumble, surprised. “You should fight her.”

“I absolutely should not do that.” Seungyeon says, surprised but laughing. “You are not as good at advice as I am, my friend.”

“I’m good at advice!” you defend, and she nods slowly, shooting you a skeptical look.

“Okay, then I have a question.”

“Hit me.”

“I have a friend who’s stuck in a love triangle with her best guy friend and one of her roommates—” 

“The line is breaking up—” you say, making loud static noises. “I can’t hear you—”

“Sure, it is,” Seungyeon laughs, and you make louder static noises.

“Can’t hear ya! I’ll call back when I’m done eating!” you exclaim, waving goodbye and ending the call.

You wish you really were good at advice; then you would probably know what to do in your situation.

“I can’t move this damn bed by myself,” you grouch, staring at it with your hands on your hips. Coming to a conclusion, you head downstairs in search of Johnny and Jungwoo. 

You find Johnny on the couch scrolling through his phone and plop down on the couch beside him. He looks up at you and smiles in greeting before returning his attention to his screen. 

“Johnny,” you call in a sing-song voice, and he turns to look at you curiously. “I need your help. What are you doing?”

“Pretending I’m about to start my coursework.” he chuckles, locking his phone and devoting his attention to you. “Why?”

“I’m remodeling my room and I can’t move my bed.” you say with a frown, and he nods slowly. “I need two strong men to help me.”

“And am I Strong Man #1 or Strong Man #2?” he asks curiously, and you roll your eyes.

“Would your answer be any different?” 

“Probably.”

“You’re Strong Man #1,” you assure him, and he grins, standing up and offering you a hand. 

Pulling you up, he gestures towards the stairs. “Come on; lead the way, kitten.”

You freeze at the sudden pet name, embarrassed by the way warmth starts to bloom in your body, and you blink up at him in confusion. 

“What’s wrong?” he asks with a sly grin, and you narrow your eyes.

“Nothing. We gotta go get Jungwoo,” you say slowly, and he nods, following after you.

After collecting Jungwoo from his room and taking them to your room, you’re guiding them into placing your bed in the exact right spot, coaching them through the movements.

“Lift with your knees,” you suggest, and Johnny shoots you a look.

“That’s for picking things up, kitten. Not pushing.”

“What is with the ‘kitten’ talk now?” you mumble to yourself, missing the way Jungwoo and Johnny shoot each other a secretive look and knowing smile. “Well…push with your knees!”

“That doesn’t make any sense.” Jungwoo huffs, amused, and you shrug.

“I’m just trying to help.” you grumble. “Just push it right over to the dresser.”

“Then you can’t get to your dresser,” Johnny says, confused.

“Oh, I’m moving the dresser too.”

“By yourself?”

“Yeah?”

Johnny and Jungwoo look at each other before Johnny walks over to you and strokes under your chin and tilts your head up to look at him.

“Little kitty thinks she can move her furniture on her own?” he murmurs gently and, just like before, your mind blanks.

“Why do you keep calling me ‘kitten?’” you mumble distractedly, and he chuckles. 

“Do you not like it?”

“I didn’t say that.” 

“So you do like it.”

“I didn’t say that either.”

He rolls his eyes and releases your chin before moving over to your dresser and looking at you expectantly. “Where’s this going, kitten?”

“You’re just trying to get a rise out of me,” you mutter, huffing. Jungwoo snickers and you narrow your eyes at him. “I can move it!”

“But why do you have to if I’m offering?” 

You’re silent for a moment. “Good point. Move it over by the door.” Jungwoo moves towards your desk and raises his eyebrows at you, making you smile. “Put it where the dresser was, please.”

“Anything for you, kitten,” he coos, pushing it by you, and your smile drops in favor of a shocked expression.

You don’t know what they’re up to, but you think you kinda like it.

“It was so weird, Seungyeon; they kept calling me ‘kitten’ or ‘kitty’ and I have no idea why,” you say, setting up the screen share on your laptop. “Hey, can you see my screen yet?”

“I see it!” Seungyeon confirms, and you sit back in relief before pulling your computer onto your legs and navigating to the website you found to watch the movie you two decided on. “That is weird, also; do you think they’re plotting something?”

“Knowing them? Probably. But whatever, it’s fine. Let me know if the sound works okay.”

You start to play the movie and Seungyeon shoots you a thumbs up on your screen, so you lean back against your headboard and relax, only to freeze in surprise when Jaemin opens your door unannounced, smiling at you sweetly.

“Hey, Jaemin,” you greet, pausing the film and shifting in your spot to get more comfortable. “What’s up?”

“I’m bored,” he sighs sadly, scanning your room before his eyes settle on your laptop. “Are you watching something?”

“Yeah, I’m watching Bring It On with Seungyeon,” you answer, and his eyes light up.

“Can I watch with you?” he asks hopefully, and you look from him to your screen hosting Seungyeon’s face.

“Can you hear him?” you ask Seungyeon, and she nods, shrugging with a smile.

“I don’t mind if you don’t.” she answers, and Jaemin beams, shutting the door behind him and climbing on your bed, scooting in close to you.

You look over at him and snicker at his eager expression before looking back at Seungyeon’s window on your screen.

“You guys ready?” Your finger hovers over the spacebar to play the movie, and when both of them agree, you press it and lean back slightly, your shoulder brushing up against Jaemin. 

The first twenty minutes of Jaemin joining you are peaceful, with you three making casual commentary as the film progresses, but when you shift the laptop further down your legs onto where the comforter covers them, complaining of the growing heat, Jaemin places his hand on your thigh and hums sympathetically. 

“Damn, it is hot,” Jaemin murmurs, and you nod, frowning at him before returning your attention to the screen. Your suspicion starts to grow when Jaemin doesn’t move his hand, instead rubbing the heated section of your thigh and humming softly in your ear. 

“Jaemin,” you mutter without moving your mouth too much, not wanting to get Seungyeon’s attention.

“It’s just so hot,” he teases, and your breathing picks up when his hand shifts up your leg towards your shorts. His small snicker and grin seems to go unnoticed by Seungyeon, who makes no comment, but you have a feeling it’s not stopping here.

His fingers push past your shorts and underwear in one smooth movement, digits rubbing at your clit as your desire grows, warmth blossoming between your legs. 

He persists touching you even when you lift the laptop off your legs and kick your legs as subtly as possible to dislodge his hand. No such outcome occurs, as Jaemin’s fingers lower further still and stroke at your now wet folds, a defeated whine leaving you as Jaemin chuckles smugly. 

You set the laptop down on your lap once more and push a hand under the covers, swatting at Jaemin’s hand while simultaneously trying not to draw too much attention to yourself. You can tell he’s grinning out of the corner of your eye, retracting his hand solely to smack your hand away from smacking his.

“You want it, right?” he murmurs under his breath, and you huff, falling silent. Your protesting hand moves back to above the covers, and he nods. “Thought so.” His hand slips back into your underwear and wastes no time in pushing into you, your eyes widening before you regulate your facial expressions.

His fingers pump into you slowly, clearly teasing you, and you let out a frustrated growl before tipping your head back so it hits the headboard.

“Seungyeon?”

“Yeah?” she replies, and you quietly hit the spacebar erratically, randomly pausing and unpausing the movie. 

“I think it’s glitchy—can we watch the rest later? I’m sorry, girl, I don’t know what’s wrong with my computer.” Your words come out clear and even which is a testament to your composure that’s currently being tested as Jaemin continues to finger you under the covers.

“Oh, no problem,” she says patiently, and your shoulders sag in relief as Jaemin moves from beside you, kneeling in front of you out of sight of the camera. “Have fun, you two!”

“Have fun?” you say curiously, and she shoots you a look.

“I’m not blind.” she replies with a small grin, and you splutter in surprise. 

“Sorry,” you mumble, and she waves you off.

“I’ve seen worse. Have fun, okay?”

“Okay,” you say sheepishly, and the call ends. You immediately smack Jaemin’s arm as he grins and pushes your laptop closed, moving it off your lap before yanking the covers off of you. “You got us caught!”

“Sorry,” he drags out the syllables in a way that tells you he’s not really sorry coupled with a mischievous grin. He slides both hands up your bare legs and grabs under your thighs just above your knees, gripping you tightly and yanking you hard so you’re sent jolting forward and your back flattens on the mattress. 

“Fuck, Jaemin!”

“Sorry,” he coos, hovering over you with an unapologetic smile. “Where was I?” He resumes his position of his hand in your underwear, pushing the same two fingers into you as deep as they’ll go and starting to pump them in and out of you much quicker than he had been earlier. 

“Shit,” you gasp, your back arching. He grins and leans down to kiss you, silencing your moans as he fingers you diligently, fucking you open in preparation for him. The heel of his palm rubs against your clit, and the wet sounds coming from between your legs have your face burning with embarrassment.

“Can’t believe you acted like you didn’t want this.” he chuckles, mumbling against your lips. “Why would you say no if it feels this good?”

“Feels really good,” you exhale in agreement, nodding as his fingers aid your gradually approaching climax in arriving. “God—wanna feel you, Jaemin—”

“In a sec,” he mumbles, the wet slapping sounds of his hand smacking against your slick core building in frequency and volume. “Just need you to cum for me.”

And you do just that a moment later, your back arching as you grab his arm propped up beside your head and whine his name repeatedly.

“Did so good, angel,” he praises gently, untying his sweats with one hand and pulling his fingers from you. He strokes himself slowly, pumping his length with the hand he used to finger you, using your arousal as lubricant before lifting your legs and resting your calves on his shoulders. “Now you can feel me.” 

He pushes into you right then without warning and you yelp, grabbing the sheets as he slowly bottoms out into you. He leans forward to bring your knees to your chest and pulls out, preparing to thrust into you again. 

Your hand flies to his abdomen, pressing against it as you wiggle under him. “Wait for a second,” you gasp, and he hesitates.

“Second’s up,” he says with a teasing smile before starting to push into you again. You let out a loud whine and he groans, bracing himself with one hand beside your head and starting to rock his hips into you. “Doesn’t that feel good?”

“Yeah,” you sigh dreamily, a slight tremor to your voice as he picks up the pace, fucking into you with deep, hard strokes. “Fuck, Jaemin—right there—”

“Here?” he muses with a grin, stroking your clit far too lightly.

“Yes, but—” you start, and he raises an eyebrow, his grin widening. “Harder,” you plead.

He pouts down at you before complying, pressing against your clit harder and rubbing it in quick, messy circular motions. When you clench around him in response, he grunts and turns his head towards your calf, biting down on the flesh as you cry out weakly.

“Wanna cum,” you beg, “Jaemin, wanna cum so bad—make me cum—”

“Cum, angel,” he groans breathlessly, watching you with heavy-lidded eyes full of desire. Your climax comes a moment later, pleasure filling your body until even your fingertips are buzzing with delight. 

You can only whimper his name, Jaemin moaning as he speeds up inside of you. “Look so pretty when you cum,” he murmurs, eyes adoring you as his own high approaches. “God, I’m gonna—”

“Fill me,” you urge him, clenching around him again. “Please, Jaemin?” Your voice is soft, pleading, and his eyes widen slightly in surprise.

“Fuck, when you ask like that—I’m—” he hisses, stilling as he releases into you. 

He keeps driving his hips into yours even as he’s cumming, fucking it deeper into you, and the sensations start to be too much, so you push at his hips with a desperate whine until he pulls out of you, hovering over you for another moment before lying beside you and resting his head on your shoulder. 

“Do you feel better now, Jaemin?” you ask with an amused roll of your eyes, and he nods, grinning. “Great.”

“Hey,” he pipes up. You crane your neck to look at him and he’s already looking up at you. “Can we finish that movie now?”

“I’d feel bad doing it without Seungyeon.” you say with a frown, and he shrugs.

“Call her back.”

“You think you can keep it in your pants for the rest of the movie?” you ask, raising an eyebrow.

He grins. “Guess we’ll have to find out.”

 Day 28

After spending several moments of your day avoiding Jaehyun, either by faking a phone call, telling him someone called you in their room and then standing in said roommate’s room like an idle Sims character, or just ducking out of sight into your room before he can catch a glimpse of you, you think you might be at your wits’ end.

This time, when Jaehyun’s door opens from down the hall and you’re too far to dart into your room, you impulsively knock twice on Johnny’s door and slide into his room, shutting the door and leaning against it as you swallow thickly.

“Well, hey,” Johnny chuckles, and you wave awkwardly as you realize you just barged in on him and Jungwoo in the middle of a conversation. 

“Sorry,” you mumble. “Leaving.”

“Nah, don’t leave! You can stay.” Johnny offers, and your shoulders slump in relief as you sit at the foot of his bed. “I was actually about to come looking for you.”

You freeze, suspicious. “Yeah?”

“Mhm,” Jungwoo answers. “Then you practically fell right in our laps.”

Your eyes narrow, now even more suspicious. “Why were you looking for me?” When they exchange a look and a secretive grin, you sit back warily. “Guys?”

“It’s nothing bad,” Johnny assures you, and Jungwoo nods in agreement, making you relax slightly. “What are your thoughts on...the name ‘kitten?’”

“An unimaginative name for a cat,” you say slowly, and the mild exasperation that crosses their faces has you dropping the act immediately. “I’m kidding. I think it’s hot. Why?”

“Do you wanna...dress up...as a kitten for us?” Jungwoo carefully asks, and you scrunch your face up thoughtfully.

“Not particularly.” you muse, and they look at you, unamused. “Jeez, tough crowd.”

“More like horny crowd.” Johnny corrects. “Would you do it?”

“Yeah, sure, I’ll try most things once.” you say with a shrug, and they beam, Johnny reaching under his bed and emerging with a box. “Damn, you really had this all planned out, huh?”

“Yep. Ordered it just the other day for you.”

“Aw, for me? I feel so special—wait a minute.” You’re back to narrowing your eyes, pointing between them. “Is this why you were calling me kitten the other day?”

“Yep.” they answer in unison and you roll your eyes.

“You’re unbelievable. Both of you.”

“Yeah, yeah, yeah—go put this on? Please?” Johnny asks, pouting at you.

“Johnny, you are a grown man.” The pout falls off of his face in favor of an affronted scowl, and you bite back a laugh, taking the box from him and heading to the bathroom.

In the box is a headband with cat ears on it and you chuckle at the furry black additions, placing it on your head. You do look cute, fortunately.

Also in the box is a matching black tail with a plug attached to the end and you smile at the bottle of lube beside it, grateful they were considerate. 

When it’s all said and done, you’re wearing the tail, the ears, and your black bra, wrapping your towel around yourself to conceal your body before heading back into Johnny’s room.

Their eyes drop to scan your body as soon as you finish shutting the door behind yourself, and they both stand up, walking towards you slowly.

“We don’t need that now, right?” Johnny coos, tugging at where you’re holding the towel, and you drop the fabric hesitantly, anticipation filling you at the sharp inhales they take in. “Such a pretty kitten,” he murmurs, and you smile nervously.

“Relax, we’re gonna be good to you,” Jungwoo assures you, and you try to relax your muscles slightly. “Now...can you get on your knees for us, kitten?”

You nod slowly, sinking to your knees in compliance, and Jungwoo hums fondly, stroking under your chin affectionately. You’re aware of Johnny pulling down his sweats in your peripheral vision, but you aren’t in a position to do anything about it until he calls your name to get your attention.

“Now…pretty kitten’s gonna do such a good job sucking my cock, right?” Johnny turns your head to face him and guides your mouth to his length, smiling when your jaw automatically drops open and your tongue comes out to take him into your mouth. “No hands,” he advises when you reach for the base. “You can take it all, right?”

“Mhm,” you hum, even though you don’t think you can. You slowly push forward, trying to control your breathing as his shaft slowly fills your mouth. 

“Fuck, what a good little kitten,” Johnny groans, his head tipping back briefly. You roll and swirl and flick your tongue all over his length as best as you can, hollowing your cheeks and sucking more of him in until your nose hits his abdomen.

He lets out a soft grunt as his tip hits the back of your throat before stroking your cheek affectionately and pulling out slowly. His fingers slip to the back of your head, bracing you and serving as a slight warning before he thrusts all the way in, making you choke on him. 

He shushes in understanding when you whimper, lightly scratching the back of your head and pulling out to thrust back in.

“Kitten can take it, right?” he coos, and you nod even though his thrusts are starting to make tears prick at the corners of your eyes. You swallow around him, evoking a low, rumbling groan from his chest that has pride swirling in your mind as you focus on sucking him off.

As the tears building up finally start to fall, Jungwoo steers your mouth in his direction, standing beside Johnny with an expectant grin. “Couldn’t let him have all the fun.” he chuckles before prodding your mouth open wider with a thumb on your jaw and thrusting between your lips, steadying you as you gag around his length as it presses against the back of your throat. 

“She loves cock,” Johnny murmurs in surprise as you pull off of Jungwoo, a string of saliva connecting your lips to the head of his shaft, and return your attention to his length, wrapping your lips around the head and sucking gently as you roll your tongue over the slit. “Don’t you, kitten?”

“Mhm,” you moan from around Johnny, blinking up at him sweetly.

“Open.” Johnny says, and you drop your jaw. “Tongue.” You loll your tongue out and he slaps the underside of his length against it, smearing precum over your tongue. “Beg.”

“Please fuck my throat,” you say, words coming out in a big rush. “Want your cock in my mouth so bad, please, Johnny, please—”

“What a good fucking girl you are,” Johnny coos, coaxing his length further down your throat. “Such a good girl.” There’s another moment of him fucking your mouth before he pulls out and helps you to your feet, leading you to the bed. “All fours.”

He kneels behind you and carefully wiggles the tail plug you’d put on, making you squeal and squirm away. “Feels—” you start.

“Good.” Johnny cuts you off. “It feels good, doesn’t it?”

“Y-Yes?” He’s not exactly wrong, but funny or weird is more like where you were going with that sentence.

“Good kitty.” he praises, and you feel something warm and wet drip down onto your asshole, realizing a moment later that it’s Johnny’s spit. He licks around the plug inside of you, making you shudder, and tugs at the base of the tail, creating a pressure that has you gasping and dropping down to your forearms.

“Ah, ah, ah,” Jungwoo tuts, urging you back up to your hands. He maneuvers himself under you so his mouth is just under your core, tongue licking up the arousal smeared on your inner thighs. “I should get to taste you too, no?” he muses and you rest your forehead on his stomach as he starts to lap at your arousal-coated folds. 

“Oh, my God,” you moan out at the feeling of both of their mouths working away at your holes, the sound cutting off into a squeak when Johnny eases the plug from out of you, pressing hot, wet kisses to your ass cheeks as he does. 

“Feel that, baby?” Johnny says with an air of amusement before flicking his tongue over your puckered rim.

Jungwoo’s lips wrap around your clit, massaging it with his tongue as he sucks greedily—for a moment, you think the two might be fighting for your attention. Johnny’s finger breaches your rear entrance as Jungwoo pushes two fingers into your core, groaning at the way you envelop him in your wet warmth.

Both of them start to pump their fingers into you, the pleasure almost too much to process, and you cry out weakly as your climax builds, a tensing feeling in your abdomen as the tugging sensation strengthens. 

“Are you gonna cum, kitten? Gonna make a mess everywhere?” Johnny teases, and you nod desperately, rocking back onto him and down onto Jungwoo. 

“Cum, kitten—wanna taste your cum,” Jungwoo urges in a throaty voice, fingers curling into your g-spot and making you topple over the edge of your climax, pleasure racing through you as your thighs tremble and your stomach tenses almost painfully.

True to his word, Jungwoo keeps licking as you climax, only stopping when you press your hand to his lap, squeezing his length. 

“Can—” You struggle to catch your breath. “Can someone fuck me? Please?”

“Anything for our kitten,” Johnny lilts, rustling sounds coming out from behind you as Jungwoo positions himself in front of you on his knees before something warm and thick presses against your entrance. 

Jungwoo brings his length to your mouth, stroking your cheek affectionately as he looks up behind you. The two of them meet eyes before slowly pushing into you from both ends, any noises you let out muffled by the intrusion of Jungwoo’s shaft.

“Mouth feels so good, kitten,” he moans, and you whimper as they both pull out, Johnny speeding up while Jungwoo maintains the same pace. 

Fingers tightly gripping your hips, Johnny fucks into you roughly, the sound of skin slapping against skin filling the room. Between your moans, their grunts, the occasional wet gagging noise, and the skin hitting skin sounds, the room is a soundscape of pleasure, the air humid and filled with the smell of sex.

Jungwoo slowly thrusts into your throat, groaning as you swallow around him and roll your tongue against the underside of his length, and you can feel him throbbing in your mouth as his climax nears. He bottoms out in your throat, pinching your nose closed until you cough and splutter around him, and starts to pump his load down your throat, finally releasing your nose and letting you push him away to swallow his release and suck in greedy gulps of air.

As if the two are on a mission, Johnny’s next thrust just about knocks the wind out of you, sending you careening forward into Jungwoo’s abdomen, a small whimper of pain leaving you at the impact.

“Sorry, kitten,” Johnny grunts, but he doesn’t really sound all that sorry as he thrusts into you with hard, rough, deep strokes, his length reaching almost impossibly deep inside of you.

“John—ny—” you gasp out desperately, his strokes clearing your mind of anything other than pleasure.

“You gonna take my load like you took Jungwoo’s? Hm?” he taunts, and you nod, whimpering in assent. “Good kitten, take it nice and deep.” he practically growls, bottoming out in you with a final snap of his hips and rubbing your clit as he releases into you. 

Your climax comes a moment later, your stance dropping to your forearms as you rest your head on the bed. Whispered swears and cries of Johnny’s name fall from your lips repeatedly, a hand reaching back to swat at his fingers on your clit.

When he pulls out, Jungwoo pulls you up towards him by the head of the bed, positioning you on your back and covering you with Johnny’s blanket.

“Thanks,” you sigh blissfully.

“How are you, kitten?” Jungwoo teases, stroking your cheek gently.

“That was unreal.” you say in a daze, a glazed over, dopey look on your face.

“Who would have thought you could be so obedient?” Johnny marvels, pinching your chin gently and shaking your head from side to side. 

“I can be cooperative!” you argue, and he raises an eyebrow.

“Are you or are you not about to argue with me about whether or not you like to argue?”

You think over his words before falling silent with a petulant huff. “Fine.”

“That’s a good kitten.” he teases, and you roll your eyes. “Stay here.”

“Why?” you ask curiously as he stands up, and he jerks his head towards his door.

“Gonna run you a bath,” he answers, and your brows raise in surprise. “I can be a gentleman, you know.”

“Can one of you keep me company, though?” you ask.

“Yeah,” Johnny replies.

“Sure,” Jungwoo says at the same time. They both stop and look at each other, seeming to silently debate over it. 

“We’ll both keep you company.” Johnny finally says, and you smile happily, stretching out your limbs and humming contently. “Now stay put; I’ll come back when the bath is ready.”

The door shuts behind him and you’re left alone with Jungwoo, who’s tracing casual lines up and down your thigh with one finger.

“If I asked nicely,” Jungwoo starts, and you hum in acknowledgement, “would you meow for me?”

You stare at him blankly. “No.”

He huffs and places his chin on your thigh just above your knee, pouting at you. “You’re no fun.”

Johnny and Jungwoo prove to be good company, but you let them go before you switch to showering, needing to be alone to clear your head.

You’re stepping out of the bathroom after the end of your shower, heading towards your room feeling invigorated, when your path is blocked by a very familiar chest. You look up with a small gulp to see Jaehyun standing in your way, his eyebrows raised as he looks at you.

“Hi,” he says, smiling innocently.

“Hey,” you manage to get out, gripping your towel tighter. It may have been a bad idea to step out of the bathroom in just a towel, but you weren’t fully thinking of the possible ramifications—one ramification in particular being that Jaehyun is openly ogling your partially nude body with greedy eyes.

“Stop eye-fucking me,” you mumble shyly, tightening your towel around your body. 

“Would you rather I actually fuck you instead?” Jaehyun counters with an eyebrow raised.

“Wh—I—”

“‘Wh—I—’” he mocks you, and you scowl at him. “So shy all of a sudden. What changed, hm?”

“Nothing,” you mutter defensively, and he scoffs in disbelief. “Nothing.”

“I know what changed.” Jaehyun says, frowning at you. He reaches out and pinches the fabric of your towel and looks up from his hand to your face. “You’ve been avoiding me.”

“I—” You just about choke on air. “I have not!”

“No?” he hums softly, stepping closer and tightening his hold on your towel. It’s either step towards him or step away and risk losing your towel, so you stand perfectly still and let him draw closer to you. “Well, I haven’t talked to you in a while…haven’t touched you, either.”

“Well, I—”

“And you know what?” he continues as if you haven’t even spoken. 

“What?” you ask warily. 

“I missed you,” he says, voice low and seductive.

“Oh, fuck,” you mutter under your breath.

“Didn’t you miss me, baby?” he asks, lifting an eyebrow as he slowly backs you up against the nearest wall.

“Yeah,” you breathe out shakily, swallowing thickly as you look down and away from him. 

Tucking a finger under your chin, he tilts your head up so you’re looking at him. “You missed me?”

“Mhm,” you mumble, pressing your legs together to combat the pulsing feeling in between them. 

“Say it.” 

“I missed you,” the words fall from your lips easily, and he smiles, pleased, before his eyes glint playfully. 

“Then prove it.”

“What?” you stammer, confused, and he steps closer, lifting a corner of your towel to reveal more of your bare legs.

“Show me how much you missed me.” He drops the corner and steps back from you, eyeing you carefully. Just taking in the sight of him and noting your current predicament has warmth blooming all throughout your body, desire building in you rapidly. 

Jaehyun can see it; the way your eyes gradually glaze over, the way your breathing picks up—he even sees the way you try and fail to squeeze your legs together subtly. He knows you want it; he wants you to come to him for once.

“Jae,” you plead softly, and he raises an eyebrow expectantly.

“Show me,” he urges, and you step forward, pulling him closer to you by his shirt and pressing your lips to his.

Immediately moving with your lips, Jaehyun pushes you up against the wall, groaning in delight as he sucks on your bottom lip and nips at it.

“Needed this so bad,” he mumbles, pressing his knee between your legs and pushing the towel up your thighs slightly. “Your room or mine?”

“Yours,” you mutter hurriedly, not wanting to separate from the kiss for too long. “It’s closer.”

“Look how eager you are,” he teases, moving back to grab your hand and pull you into his room. The second the door shuts behind you, he’s pulling you back against him and hiking the towel up your legs slowly, grinning into the kiss.

He guides you to the bed, sitting down first then pulling you on top of him, moving you so you’re straddling his hips and grinding you down against him.

“It’s weird that I don’t have any clothes on,” you complain, and he flicks at your lip with his tongue. 

“I think I like it.” he chuckles, and you huff in amusement, nipping at his bottom lip.

“Yeah?”

“Yeah,” he agrees. “I also think,” Jaehyun pants against your lips, “that you might owe me. You know, for making me miss you so damn much.” 

“Yeah?” you whisper, lips brushing against his. “What do I owe you?”

“Well,” he muses, his hands gliding up your legs to your hips. He lifts you so you’re on your knees and he shuffles further down on the bed, lying down and wiggling his eyebrows at you. “Come up here and find out.”

Excitement spikes in your veins, heat rushing to your cheeks, and you sit back on your heels, trying not to rest your weight on his chest. 

“I didn’t stutter, did I?” 

“No,” you mumble quietly, and he smiles pleasantly, as if he hadn’t just asked you to—

“Then sit on my face.”

Yeah. That.

It’s not like you haven’t done it before, but there’s something more intimate about it now that you know—indirectly, due to Johnny’s big mouth—that he has feelings for you.

“Pretty?”

“Hm?” You’re jolted out of your daze when he squeezes your hips to get your attention.

“Come up here, or I’m coming down there.” His words have an air of finality, and you decide you’d better get moving. Shuffling up his body the short distance to his face, you hover over his mouth hesitantly, averting your gaze from his intense stare. “Sit.”

“Well—”

“Sit.” He pulls you down forcefully, his mouth sealing over your core, and you hiss loudly, your abdomen tensing as the rest of you trembles. “Much better,” he groans against your skin, his tongue lapping at your pussy fervently.

“Jae—”

“You were so nervous, silly girl,” he chuckles, breaking away to kiss along your inner thighs. “I’m pretty sure we’ve done this before.”

“Well, yeah, but—”

“And you’re so wet,” he murmurs, returning his attention to your folds slick with your arousal. “Always taste so fucking good—” The words come out as a slight growl as he winds his arms around your thighs and tightens his grip, seating you firmly and unwaveringly on his face. His nose bumps against your clit as he licks at your entrance, lips alternating between kissing at your folds and sucking them into his mouth, tongue traveling from your entrance to your clit and back down. 

The strokes of his tongue are heavy and purposeful, his fingers digging into your flesh greedily as if he could keep you here indefinitely. 

“Jaehyun,” you whine softly, and his eyes reopen to focus on your pleasure-filled face. 

“Talk to me.” he urges before a loud sucking noise sounds throughout the room, his lips wrapping around your clit and sucking it hard.

“Fuck, Jae, feels so good,” you stammer breathlessly, your hands moving to his hair to anchor yourself. “Love when you—when—” You can barely get the words out, it feels so good, and Jaehyun snickers.

“When I what? When I eat your tasty little pussy? Hm?”

“Jae—” Your face is blazing from his lewd words, one hand leaving his hair to cover your face in embarrassment.

He nips at your thigh instantly, roughly enough to get your attention but not enough to truly hurt you.

“Don’t cover your face. I wanna see you.” You peek through your fingers to see him staring up at you expectantly, and you reluctantly move your hand from your face and back to his hair. “That’s better.” He returns to sucking and licking at your core, flicking your clit with his tongue rapidly as you subtly rock your hips against his face. “Ride my face, baby; I know you want to.”

“Fuck,” you whimper before you do just that, grinding your core down against his eager, waiting mouth that laps at every inch of you he can reach. When he pushes his tongue against your hole, breaching the entrance, you let out a loud gasp and your body quivers as your motions grow even more desperate. “Just like that,” you breathe eagerly, fucking yourself on his tongue with reckless abandon. “Just like that, just like that—oh, fuck—”

Your peak hits you hard, your back arching and your hips stuttering in movement as you buck against his mouth. His tongue remains in you, filling you up both wonderfully and not enough—you need him—

“Jaehyun, pick,” you manage to get out, and he hums in confusion, looking up at you. “Do you want to cum in my mouth or inside of me?” you ask, and he freezes before sitting up so suddenly he almost sends you tumbling down his chest.

“Sorry,” he laughs breathlessly, steadying you by your hips. “Fuck, don’t give me that choice.”

“Why not?” you ask nonchalantly, trailing your fingers down his front. Tracing light circles around his nipples through his shirt, you admire the way he shudders before continuing, “I mean, it’s an easy choice. Do you want to fuck my throat? Or do you wanna fuck me?”

“Wanna fuck you,” he groans, pulling you closer by the hips for a kiss. You can taste yourself on his tongue and it makes the situation all the more arousing.

“Like this?” You reach between you two and stroke his length through his boxers, watching as his eyes roll back. “You want me to ride you?”

“Yeah, baby.” he murmurs, his head tipping back as you pull his length free from his pants and lower yourself onto him. “Fuck, just like that.” he hisses as you settle down on his lap.

Your hands move back up to his nipples, teasing them lightly through the shirt and he sucks in a loud breath, pulling back to yank his shirt off over his head and toss it away.

“You want me to keep going?” you ask curiously, and he nods, eyes dead set on yours. He wets his lips as you bring your hands closer to where he wants them, gripping your hips tightly when they meet their target. He massages your flesh as you move your hips against his and gently pinch his nipples. “You like this so much, I would’ve never guessed,” you hum, and he mumbles indistinctly. “Speak up.”

“Don’t be a tease,” he mutters, his eyebrows knitting together tightly. 

“I’ll be whatever I like,” you reply with a small smile, clenching around him for good measure. 

“That’s it.” He pushes you onto your back and grins down at you with a glint in his eyes. “My turn, you little brat.”

Your breath catches in your throat and he chuckles, pulling out slightly before snapping his hips forward into you and making you gasp loudly. Pressing down onto your chest to pin you in place, he starts to drive his hips into you with rough, fast strokes that have small moans and swears falling from your lips with every thrust.

“See how good it could be if you stopped teasing?” he grunts under his breath, fucking into you at a mind-dizzying speed. “Nice and fucking deep like that?”

“Yeah—sorry—” you stammer, and he raises an eyebrow.

“What’s that?”

“I’m sorry!” 

“Yeah?”

“Uh-huh—” The words come out more as an exhale than anything else, but he hears you all the same, a wicked grin forming on his face as he lifts your leg up to rest on his shoulder, fucking you at a new angle. “Holy shit—right there—”

“Right here?” he teases, and you nod, scrunching his bedsheets up in your fist.

“Gonna cum,” you moan breathlessly, eyes squeezing shut tightly. “Gonna cum, you’re gonna make me cum—”

“Good, baby,” he coos, rubbing your clit to speed up the process. “Cum for me.”

With a drawn out moan, you finally do cum, and you cum hard. Your body starts to curl in on itself with how hard you’re climaxing and your walls pulse around Jaehyun’s length until he’s releasing into you with a shuddered groan and digging his fingers into your skin.

Jaehyun recovers faster than you do, stroking at your sides and hips gently as you catch your breath before pulling out of you and gingerly repositioning you so you’re lying the right way. He reaches over the edge of the bed and grabs his shirt, offering it to you and helping you put it on. When your head pops out from the shirt, he grins at you and you smile back.

“I really do miss you, y’know,” Jaehyun mumbles, and you nod in understanding.

“I miss you, too.” 

“Then why are you avoiding—”

“Can’t we just relax together, Jae?” you plead, and he looks over at you thoughtfully before nodding. “Great. Let me go take care of something.”

You return to the room after relieving yourself in the bathroom and putting on a pair of underwear and shorts, and he smiles at your reappearance.

“Thought you were ditching me.” he says with a small, relieved smile, and your heart hurts.

“Nope. If you don’t make things weird, we can hang out for a while.” You get back in his bed, snuggling up closer to him, and he drapes an arm around your shoulders.

His lips curl up and he starts to chuckle, his dead giveaway that he’s about to make a joke. “You know, you didn’t need the underwear—”

“Making it weird!”

“Shutting up.”

Finally in the safety of your own room, you check your phone which you left charging on your nightstand to see a text from Mark asking if you were free to call.

Looking at the timestamp, you notice that the text was sent thirty minutes ago and guilt nibbles away at you as you realize you were busy with Jaehyun.

You call him and wait patiently for him to pick up, finding yourself startled by the rustling sounds that greet you before his voice comes through.

“Hey!” Mark sounds slightly breathless, but you figure you just caught him off guard. “What’s up?”

“Not much; got out of the shower a little while ago,” you say, only fibbing lightly. 

“Oh, nice,” he replies, a hint of a groan in his voice. You can’t deny that you’re curious as to why he sounds like this, but you decide not to press just yet; he could just be stretching or something. “Nice and, um, clean, yeah?”

“Yep!” you agree, deciding you might actually have to take another shower when you’re done talking to Mark. “Gonna put lotion on, too,” you comment absentmindedly.

“That sweet-smelling one?” he asks. “The one that smells like vanilla?” There’s an unmistakable whimper in his voice which only piques your interest even more.

“Yeah,” you say slowly, experimentally. Testing the waters, you add, “I’m gonna rub it in really well.”

“Oh, fuck.” Mark’s breath hitches, and you pause as you realize that the almost rhythmic rustling in the background never once faded away. 

“Mark?” you ask suspiciously, and he lets out the tiniest moan you’ve ever heard from him. “Mark,” you say, your voice softening to a playful coo, “what are you doing?”

“I’m—uh—” His words catch in his throat and you hum gently in growing understanding.

“Mark, are you jerking off right now?”

He lets out a small grunt and a shaky exhale. “Yeah.” When you feign a gasp of surprise, he rushes to explain. “Well, I was already doing it and then you called so I just—”

“Didn’t stop?” you interject. “Picked up anyway? Even though I could’ve waited?” You chuckle and at the silence on Mark’s end, save for his labored breathing, you tut sympathetically. “Mark, I’m not mad or anything. I’m just teasing.”

“Yeah?” he asks, and you hum in assent. “Okay, cool—sorry.”

“It’s only okay if you tell me what you’re thinking about.”

Mark’s breathing stutters noticeably and you bite back a fond laugh, not wanting him to think you’re making fun of him.

“I’m, uh. I’m thinking about you.”

“What about me?”

“Your voice…your body…” 

“What about my body, Mark? Doubt you’re jacking off to the thought of my nostrils.” 

Mark coughs out a laugh before inhaling sharply. “Don’t make me laugh.”

“If you elaborate, I won’t have time to crack jokes.”

“Your, uh. Your thighs…your ass…your hips…” It’s blatantly obvious he’s holding back on something, and you’re going to find out what.

“And?”

“And your breasts—and your mouth—”

“And?”

“And your pussy, okay? I’m thinking non-fucking-stop about how wet you were and how you tasted, felt, smelled—”

“How I smelled?”

“Not just your pussy!” Mark’s quick to say, and you snort out a laugh that he joins you in. “You just—you just smell really good, that’s all.”

“Aw, thank you, Mark,” you tease lightly, and he groans softly.

“Can I, uh, tell you something?”

“Of course.” you answer, and Mark takes a deep breath.

“I may or may not be using a pair of your underwear to jerk off right now.”

You’re momentarily stunned into silence. “What?”

“Please don’t be mad,” Mark rushes out.

“Mark, that’s kinda hot.” you let out a surprised laugh, and he makes a strangled sort of yelp before falling silent.

“For real?”

“Yeah,” you breathe, moving to lie on your stomach and swinging your feet in the air. “What pair?”

“Those light blue ones.” He moans softly. “The cotton ones with a bow.”

“Ooh, interesting.” you laugh. “Thought you’d go for a sexier pair.”

“These are sexy,” he defends. “I love them.”

“Mm, yeah? Are they wrapped around your cock right now?”

“Jesus Christ,” Mark mutters in shock, rustling in the background.

“Mark, you’re stroking yourself right now and you really thought I wasn’t gonna come back to that?”

“Kinda hoped we would but I still wasn’t ready.” he mumbles quietly. 

“Are you feeling shy, Mark?” you tease, and he groans in anguish.

“Please don’t tease me right now,” he murmurs.

“Why not?” 

“I’m so fucking hard,” he grunts. “Need to cum so bad.”

“What were you gonna do? Just silently jerk off to the sound of my voice and hope I didn’t catch you?” 

There’s a pause. “Yes,” Mark admits reluctantly.

“Aw, Mark,” you sigh in disappointment. “Stop jerking yourself off.”

“Wh-what?” he practically chokes out, and you hum in confirmation.

“Stop. Jerking. Off. Now.” There’s another pause after you speak, Mark cursing quietly before the rustling sound stops. “Good. Now tell me what you were going to think about—in detail.”

“Eating you out,” he admits immediately, clearly hoping his compliance will grant him relief. “Licking all over your pussy and sucking on your little clit—fuck—”

“Keep going,” you urge, voice growing huskier from arousal.

“Think about—” he grunts, “kissing you as I slide into you, nice and deep—you always feel so good.” 

“Mm,” you sigh, content. “Wrap your hand around the base of your cock.” 

There’s silence, then Mark sighs in relief. “Okay.”

“Stroke yourself slowly.”

“I’m not gonna cum like that—”

“Do you trust me?” you interrupt.

“Of course.” His answer is immediate and warms your heart somewhat.

“Then do it.” 

He grunts softly, like he’s holding back, but a moment later says, “Okay.” The whine in his voice delights you.

“I bet you’d make me feel so good, Mark,” you sigh dreamily, and he whimpers softly. “Fill me up so good, feel so good fucking me—”

“God, fuck—” he hisses.

“Go faster.” His rustling movements speed up, and that’s all you need to hear. “Is that good?” you say gently, and he grunts out an affirmation. “When you get to the tip, I want you to squeeze.”

“Yeah?” he mumbles, sounding dazed.

“Yeah, so it feels nice and tight.” you explain. “Like when you’re pushing into me, that kind of tight.”

“Okay,” he says, voice shaky, and then he moans loudly. “Fuck!”

“Good?”

“So good,” he stammers, and all the rustling and his grunting give you the mental image of him frantically fucking his fist. “God, I wanna—wanna cum—keep talking, please—”

“I miss you, Mark,” you sigh, pouting even though he can’t see you. “Miss your mouth, your hands, your cock—”

“God, yes—”

“Want you in me so bad,” you whine, and Mark gasps loudly before whispering a string of expletives. You wait patiently as he lets out small noises of pleasure and shaky sighs before you speak. “Mark?”

“Yeah?” He sounds spent in the best way, and you smile, satisfied.

“I’ll talk to you later; go clean yourself up.” you chuckle, and he lets out a tired laugh.

“Okay; talk to you later.” he says, then the phone line goes dead. 

Lying there in bed for a moment and running your fingers over Jaehyun’s shirt on your body, you can’t help but feel a little morally iffy at the fact that you just came from Jaehyun’s room and helped Mark get off, but you don’t dwell on it long, instead sighing heavily and heading downstairs for a snack.

 Day 29

It’s Wednesday, which means it’s time for your Psychology class with Johnny, so you’re not surprised when he barges in ten minutes before class starts, but you are surprised by the first words out of his mouth.

“Hey,” he says. “Wanna go for a quickie before we start class?”

“Wh—no? We only have ten minutes!” you exclaim in disbelief, and he huffs, sitting on your bed beside you.

“You know I could make it work.” He fixes you in place with a disapproving stare, and you roll your eyes.

“Well, you’re not gonna make it work now.” you say with an air of finality, and he grumbles under his breath as he gets comfortable, setting up his laptop.

When class begins, it starts off fine, your professor doing a quick attendance check before launching into her lecture, but it’s about fifteen minutes in when you become aware of Johnny watching you.

Making sure you’re muted, you glance at him, your amused look meeting his intent gaze. “Can I help you?”

“Yeah,” he breathes out, staring unwaveringly at the way your mouth moves. 

“Not like that.” 

“Oh. Then no.” he says, a small smile curling his lips.

“You’re unbelievable.” you chuckle, looking back at your screen. Sighing softly, you gesture at the screen. “I wish this was over.”

“It can be,” Johnny stresses, leaning closer to you. “Just let me—”

“Johnny, what is your deal?” you ask, amused, but no sooner are the words out of your mouth than he’s shutting his laptop and cupping your chin to tug your face to his for a kiss. You let out a surprised noise that he silences with his lips, moving them with yours smoothly as his hand drops from your chin to grab at the plush flesh of your inner thigh.

“You’re doing it on purpose,” Johnny accuses when you two break apart. 

“Doing what?” you ask, bewildered, and he narrows his eyes at you.

“Turning me on,” he answers. “Making me want to kiss you.”

“I’m not doing anything,” you defend yourself, and he shrugs, looking pointedly at his lap. You follow his gaze slowly, half-curious, half-afraid of what you’ll find, only to see his length straining against his sweats. “Johnny.”

“I don’t just pop boners in the middle of Psych class regularly!”

“Apparently, you do!” 

“C’mon,” Johnny coaxes, drumming his fingers on the inside of your thigh. “Just for a little bit.”

“But—” you start, cut off when Johnny reaches over and closes your laptop. “Hey!”

“We can turn it back on and everyone can watch what I’m about to do to you,” Johnny offers with a wicked grin and raised brows. 

“W-What are you about to do to me?” you ask, excitement fluttering in your stomach at his words, and he leans over, lips just an inch away from yours.

“I can show you better than I can tell you.” He closes the gap between you two and connects your mouths, tongue tracing along your bottom lip before slipping into your mouth and stroking at yours. 

The whine that you let out is beyond needy, his hand sliding up your thigh and clouding your judgment as you lean in closer, a hand moving to his hair and curling your fingers in his locks. 

Moving to lie between your legs, Johnny continues to kiss you as he pulls at your clothing. “You gonna let me eat you out?” he muses against your lips, pulling your shorts down roughly. You moan and nod, making him grin. “Mm, yeah? Gonna let me eat this sweet pussy?”

“Johnny,” you whimper, and he chuckles, moving his hand to between your legs, grunting in surprise when his hand meets no resistance between his fingers and your core. Looking up at you incredulously, you shrug bashfully. “It’s laundry day.”

“No, you’re just a little tease,” he scoffs in disbelief, spreading your legs wider and shuffling down between your legs. “You did this on purpose.”

“I did not!” you protest, and he glares up at you, silencing you. 

“You did,” he continues, eyes never leaving yours as his tongue lolls out to flick at your clit. “But it’s okay, baby—I got you.”

You open your mouth to answer him, but a moan comes out instead when he massages the underside of your clit with his tongue, wrapping his lips around the bud and humming. 

You groan softly when he pushes two fingers into you, twisting and curling them until you’re clutching at the sheets and gasping with pleasure. With his mouth on your clit and his fingers stroking along your inner walls diligently, your peak comes before you even expect it, pleasure rushing through you. 

Wasting no time and flipping you onto your stomach, Johnny lifts your ass in the air slightly, resting you on your knees and torso. Hands grazing down your sides, he squeezes and massages your flesh until he delivers a quick slap to your ass and brings his already wet fingers between your legs to tease at your slick folds. 

“Spread your legs wider,” he instructs, chuckling when you comply instantly. “Such an obedient girl,” he coos, shuffling behind you and bringing the head of his cock to your entrance. “Knew you wanted it.”

He pushes into you slowly and the lack of speed does nothing to save the breath from whooshing out of you in a relieved yet overwhelmed exhale. 

“So fucking good,” Johnny grunts, kneading your ass as you adjust to his size, thrusting into you shallowly in an attempt to help. It both does and doesn’t, the friction making your head dizzy and unable to focus on calming down, but the same friction making your head dizzy also makes warmth bloom between your legs, arousal lubricating his length as it moves inside of you.

“Speed up,” you manage to moan, and he hisses, pulling out and thrusting back into you with a sharp snap of his hips. You bite down on your hand to keep from moaning too loudly as he starts to pump into you, his strokes alternating between a quick forward snap and a slow dragging back to allow you to feel every ridge of his cock as he fucks you.

“Always act so difficult,” Johnny mutters, building up a quicker pace that has skin slapping on skin resonating throughout the room. “You just like when I fuck you like this, admit it.” 

“Fuck—” you gasp, clenching around him. “Love it so much, Johnny—feels so good—”

“I know,” he coos condescendingly, never faltering in his almost brutal pace. His fingers wind in the hair on the nape of your neck, pulling your head back with a rough tug that makes you wince. “You can’t help being so difficult, can you?”

“No, can’t help it,” you babble, barely aware of what you’re saying as he fucks you brainless. If you had your wits about you, you would have protested being called difficult, but you’re in so much pleasure that you can barely focus on the language you speak.

“It’s okay, baby,” he muses, punctuating each word with a thrust, “I know what you need. You just need someone big and strong to fuck you ‘til you can’t think anymore, right?”

“Yes,” you agree desperately, already feeling pleasure building in your abdomen in that delightfully familiar way. “Johnny, I think I’m—”

“Hold it for me?” he asks, and you stiffen in alarm. “Yeah, you heard me. I want you to cum when I cum.” 

“I can’t hold it—”

“Hold it.” It’s not a request. His hand releases your hair and pushes between your body and the mattress, cupping your breast tightly and pinching your nipple. “Fuck, I’m so close—”

“Johnny—” you warn, the pleasure becoming almost too much to bear. 

“I know, pretty, I’m about to—fuck—” he groans, thrusting harder into you as he shudders. “Cum for me.”

Your hand slips down to your clit, rubbing it in quick desperate circles as your peak hits, and a relieved sob falls from your lips as you climax, body trembling as you clench around his length like a vice. He lets out a noise somewhere between a moan and a growl and bottoms out in you roughly, releasing into you as your walls pulse around him, milking his length for every drop of cum he has to offer.

Johnny pulls out, rubbing his softening length on your inner thighs and smearing them with a mix of your releases, making you shudder. 

“Get off—we’d better not have gotten in trouble because of you.” you huff, reaching for your phone. You unlock it to see that there’s no email from your professor and look over at Johnny with a relieved smile.

“Put your clothes back on; we’re gonna pretend the wi-fi cut out and we lost connection.” you say, hurriedly redressing yourself, and he sighs loudly but complies, pulling his sweats and boxers back up and resuming his spot beside you. When you both log back on, your professor doesn’t even acknowledge your temporary absence and you could just about collapse with relief as the lecture continues on without a hitch.

“So,” Johnny breaks the silence a moment later, looking over at you, “I wanna know what you’re gonna do about your little love triangle.”

“Johnny, you’re bringing up other men minutes after fucking me?” you laugh. “The cum hasn’t even dried.”

“Sorry about that,” he says, and you wave him off, reaching in your nightstand drawer for your wipes and cleaning up between your legs. Tossing the wipe at your garbage can, Johnny lets out an impressed whistle when it goes in. “Nice.”

“Thanks.” you chirp. “And well…advice would be appreciated.” you sigh, shooting him a hopeful glance. “Who do you think I should choose?”

“I can’t answer that for you, young Padawan.” he replies with a cheesy grin, and you roll your eyes and push him lightly.

“You’re so corny.”

“Hey, do you want my help or not?”

“You just said you can’t answer that for me!”

“I have other things to say, genius.” Johnny rolls his eyes, and you mirror him.

“So say them.”

“You are such a little brat—”

“Johnny,” you whine, shaking his arm, and he laughs.

“Alright, alright—fine! I was gonna say that I’m rooting for whoever makes you happiest. Even if that means you end up on your own.”

“Yeah, that’s not happening.” you reply, and he rolls his eyes.

“Well, in that case, I want you to think about who makes you happiest; who do you care about the most? Who bothers you when they’re not there, or they’re upset? Do either of them calm you down just by being there? Who do you feel most comfortable around?”

You pause. “That’s a lot of questions.”

Johnny facepalms. “Be serious.”

“I am, I’m just a little overwhelmed,” you reply defensively. “I mean—there are different answers for most of those questions. But I’ll think about it.” 

“It’s your decision,” Johnny reminds you. 

“Thanks,” you sigh, letting him pull you into a side hug. “Now for my other problem.”

“What’s that?”

“How am I going to keep avoiding Jaehyun? We already had sex the other day,” you say, and Johnny looks up thoughtfully.

“I’ve got no clue. I already had to do backbends to get you out when you dodged him at breakfast.”

“Yeah, that was awkward. I don’t wanna think about that.”

“Then let’s not. Ignorance is bliss.” Johnny grins, and you shrug.

“Ignorance is bliss,” you agree.

“But yeah, I remodeled my room and it looks so nice now!”

“That’s great!” Mark says, and you nod, smiling.

“Yeah; Johnny and Jungwoo had to help me, and that got kinda weird but—Mark, I’m sorry, what is that God-awful noise in the background?” you ask, bewildered by the dreadful groaning sound practically drowning Mark out.

“Dude, it’s our pipes,” he groans, rubbing a hand over his face. “That sound’s been like this for two days now. I could barely sleep the other night.”

“Oh, yikes, Mark—” your sympathetic reply is drowned out by a loud sound of metal screeching before the unmistakable sound of water spraying and Edgar yowling. “Holy shit?”

“No fucking way,” Mark exhales loudly in defeat as he runs off somewhere in his house. “The pipe just burst.” His voice is flat, in disbelief as he turns the camera to show water spraying all over the bathroom.

“Holy shit,” you mumble, concerned and alarmed. “That’s such a big mess,” you say worriedly, and Mark just groans as the sound of footsteps thunder down the hall until Haechan, Jeno, and Renjun are standing around him with equally horrified looks on their faces.

“What are we gonna do?” he laments, and an idea comes to you.

“Call the housing department to arrange to get it fixed, and I’ll ask the guys if you can stay here in the meantime.” You nod proudly, and Haechan’s eyes widen as he looks over at the camera. 

“You’re an angel,” he gushes, and you wave him off with a small smile. “No, seriously—you’re pretty like one, too—”

“Haechan, stop flirting,” Mark grouches, turning the camera so only his face is visible. “You’re a life-saver if they say yes,” he admits, and you shrug.

“Don’t thank me until they agree.” 

“Fair point. I’m gonna call housing now,” he bids you goodbye, and you nod, waving at him before ending the call.

“Emergency house meeting!” you shriek in the living room and wait patiently as everyone filters into the living room in various states of disgruntlement. “Thank you all for coming so quickly.” You smile at each of your roommates as they settle in on the living room furniture, your eyes skipping over Jaehyun slightly as a shock travels down your spine at the possibility of making eye contact.

“Did we have a choice?” Johnny asks, and you stare at him blankly.

“No.” you say flatly. “Anyway. Bad news…Mark’s apartment flooded.” 

Jaehyun yawns loudly and shrugs. “Sounds personal.” He ducks behind Johnny immediately when you launch a pillow at him and Johnny catches it, whirling around and whacking Jaehyun for you. “Ouch!”

“That’s what you get.” you huff, crossing your arms. “Anyway. He and his roommates need somewhere to stay, and I told him I’d ask you guys—”

“No.” Jaehyun says immediately.

“—if they could stay here—”

“No.” 

“—while their apartment gets fixed. Obviously, Mark would stay with me.” you finish as if Jaehyun had never spoken, shooting him a dirty look.

“No.” Jaehyun huffs, and you put a hand up to block him out, staring imploringly at your three other roommates.

“I don’t see why not.” Jungwoo shrugs, and you beam widely, turning your gaze to Jaemin hopefully.

“Sure; Jeno can room with me.” Jaemin answers, and Jungwoo sits up slightly from his spot on the couch.

“Haechan can stay with me, I guess,” he adds, and when you look at Johnny and Jaehyun, Johnny’s stroking his chin thoughtfully, making you sigh softly in exasperation.

“I’m not sharing my room with anyone.” Jaehyun says firmly, and you wave him off dismissively, focusing your gaze back on Johnny. 

“Please, Johnny?” you plead, and he looks down at you for a moment before sighing and shrugging.

“Renjun can stay with me, then.” he decides, and you smile widely, pulling him into a tight hug. 

“Thank you, thank you, thank you!” you gush, releasing him and pulling Jaemin and Jungwoo into their own hugs. When you release them, Jaehyun narrows his eyes at you.

“I don’t like this,” he grouches, and you sneer in his direction.

“Too bad! You were outvoted.”

“Whatever.” 

“House meeting adjourned! Carry on with your lives, people; I’ll go tell Mark.” You turn on your heel to leave and just barely dodge Jaehyun attempting to grab your wrist to get your attention. “Gotta go, Jae, Mark’s calling!” you lie, wiggling your phone as if to prove your point. Before he can say anything else, you dart back to the safety of your room and collapse on your bed, sighing loudly.

Dodging Jaehyun’s attempts to talk to you is getting harder and harder, especially because the tension between you two is building rapidly with every time he passes by you in the house. Add in Mark’s earnest, round eyes inadvertently making you feel guilty every time you catch him looking at you, and, well, this should be fun.

 Day 30

“They’re here!” you yell at the sound of the doorbell, and everyone gets up from their spots in the living room to head to the front door, save for Jaehyun, who crosses his arms and settles further into his seat. “Get up and come be a friendly host.” You tug Jaehyun’s arm, whining when he barely moves. 

“No.”

“Come on,” you groan, throwing all your weight back in an attempt to dislodge Jaehyun from his spot. He jerks forward, to both of your surprise, and finally gets up from the couch, pulling you back into a standing position and steadying you before trudging over to the door. 

“Be nice,” you whisper loudly before you open the door to reveal Mark and his three roommates. “Hi, guys! Come on in.”

They walk in, one after the other, and kick their shoes off by the doorway, following Mark's lead as they make their way further into the house. 

“We really appreciate that you guys are letting us stay here for a while,” Renjun says with a polite smile, and Johnny shrugs, waving him off dismissively.

“It’s not a problem.” 

“It is for me,” Jaehyun grumbles. You step on his foot. “Ow!”

“I’m sorry, but—” Haechan pipes up, “am I dreaming, or does your shirt say ‘MILF University’ on it?” He’s ogling you brazenly, and you can hear Jaehyun sigh in annoyance next to you.

“You’re not dreaming.” You smile at him, and Haechan lets out a shaky exhale.

“You’re unreal.”

“Stop hitting on her,” Mark complains under his breath, and Haechan sucks his teeth loudly.

“Look at her.”

“Anyway!” you chime in, cutting off the argument before it gets a chance to take off. “We all decided who’s staying in which room, so you can just go put your stuff down.” You gesture behind you towards the stairs, and they all head upstairs to get settled in. Mark’s the last one to head upstairs, leaving you on the first floor with Jaehyun.

“Hey, Cranky Pants,” you call out to him, and he looks over at you with furrowed brows and a frown. “Try smiling every once in a while.”

“Nothing to smile about in my life.” he grouches, and you sigh, walking over to the couch and plopping down on it. 

“You have a house filled with your best friends,” you point out. He comes and sits next to you, sighing loudly and dramatically. “You have me,” You add, and he looks over at you with a brow raised.

“Do I?” Jaehyun asks slowly, scanning your face. “Do I really?”

You’d be a fool not to realize what he’s hinting at, but your heart seizes up at the notion of being real with him so unexpectedly. 

You settle for a half-truth, leaning against his side and looking up at him, batting your eyes sweetly.

“You have me,” you assure him, and he chuckles softly, draping his arm around your shoulders. 

He looks like he’s about to say something else, but Jeno, Jaemin, and Johnny come back downstairs and he must decide against it, because he settles back into his spot, thankfully sporting a more pleasant expression. 

“Make yourself at home, Jeno.” you say with a smile, which he barely returns, not even looking at you for too long. 

“Thanks,” His voice is low and a bit rough, making your brows lift in surprise. Jaemin points him towards the kitchen and he heads over, Johnny following after him. 

“Jeno still doesn’t say much, as long as I’ve known him,” you say to Jaemin as he sits down next to you on the couch. 

“Yeah, he’s kinda shy.” Jaemin answers with a shrug, and you hum to yourself.

“Cute.”

“I can be shy, y’know,” Haechan butts in, and you jump, not knowing he even came back downstairs yet.

“Oh, yeah?” You sit forward, elbow on your knee and chin in your hand as you lift your brows in amusement.

“Yep. Quiet as a mouse,” he persists, miming zipping his lips shut.

“Could have fooled me,” Jaemin snorts, and Haechan glowers at him.

“Shut up.”

Mark is sitting at your desk, typing away on his laptop, and you can’t stop looking over at him. Something about the rough way he runs his fingers through his hair has you wanting to mimic the action.

Fortunately, subtlety has never really been your strong suit, and Mark looks over to catch you watching him for the third time before chuckling and setting his laptop on the desk. 

“C’mere.” Mark holds his hand out for you and you get off of your bed and walk over to stand between his spread legs. He pulls you closer and guides you into sitting on his lap, straddling him. “Why are you staring at me?” he chuckles, and gazing into his round brown eyes with their playful twinkle makes you huff slightly in frustration before leaning down to press your lips to his.

Mark’s hands drop to your hips, a surprised noise leaving his lips as you kiss him, before they squeeze reflexively. 

Your lips connect languidly but passionately, Mark chasing after your lips with every pull back you take. The need-filled whimpers you let out with every kiss has desire stirring in Mark’s lap, both of you pulling back to look down at where your bodies meet.

When he looks up at you sheepishly, you’re grinning and you lean back in to kiss him again. Nipping at his bottom lip, Mark groans and flicks at your lip with his tongue, the pink muscle easing its way into your mouth to play with yours. 

His lips travel down, leaving sloppy kisses down your chin, jaw, and neck, before he’s nibbling at your collarbones, bathing the skin in wet kisses filled with desire. 

You tilt your head back in ecstasy and reach a hand between you two to palm at his growing erection, squeezing the base of his length before stroking upwards. His hips buck into your hand and he lets out a groan before he’s detaching his lips from your neck with an air of reluctance.

“Wait,” he moans, sitting back slightly and looking at you. You frown at him as you wait for him to speak. “Can—as good as that feels, I really need to finish this paper.” he informs you begrudgingly, and your frown deepens. “I know, I’m sorry.” he murmurs, kissing you again, and you sigh before climbing off of his lap.

“It’s no problem, Mark,” you assure him. “I should probably work on my assignments, too.” 

“You’re sure it’s not a problem?” he asks worriedly, and you laugh, squeezing his hand.

“I won’t die if I don’t have sex, y’know. I’ll be fine.”

“…Okay,” he replies skeptically.

“Your lack of faith in me is disheartening.” you pout at him, and he laughs.

“I’m sorry.”

“Good; you should be.”

Later that night, your restless thoughts and body find you sitting up in bed in the middle of the night and heading downstairs.

“What are you doing up?” you ask as you walk into the living room to see Haechan on the couch scrolling through his phone.

“Couldn’t sleep.” he answers, and you nod in understanding before plopping down next to him on the couch. “What about you?”

“Too many thoughts in my head, so I can’t sleep either.” you say, and he turns his head towards you with a chuckle.

“Are you thinking about your little love triangle?” he teases lightly, and you nod with a sigh. “Tell me about it,” Haechan replies, and you chuckle, letting your head tip back onto the couch. “No, for real,” Haechan presses, and you turn to look at him with your brow raised. “Tell me about it.”

“…You wanna hear me rant about my love life.” you reply flatly, and he nods, smiling sweetly at you. “Why do you want to do that?”

“Because I’m a good friend.” he answers with a pout before scooting closer to you and draping his arm over the back of the couch behind you, resting his cheek in his hand as he watches you with bright brown eyes.

“…Okay,” you say hesitantly, and give him a long, suspicious stare before starting to debrief him on everything that’s going on between you, Jaehyun, and Mark. To his credit, Haechan really does prove to be an excellent and attentive listener, nodding and humming at all the appropriate intervals; that is, until he seems to tire of the “supportive friend” façade and rests his hand on your knee. 

You don’t say anything at first, only sparing him a cursory glance and a brief pause in your speaking, but when he gestures for you to continue, you do, being made all the more aware of Haechan, who’s watching you with dark eyes. It’s not until his tongue peeks out to wet his lips and he’s leaning in to kiss your bare shoulder that you decide you should say something.

“Haechan.”

“Mm?”

“What are you doing?”

“Helping you out,” Haechan answers sweetly, his hand slowly slipping up your thigh and his lips leaving wet kisses up your neck to nibble at your earlobe. You let out a low whine of protest as he massages your inner thigh and kisses your neck, but it fades into silence as you realize that it really does feel good.

“Haechan, how is this gonna help my problem?” you ask as he shifts to kneel in front of you, hands slowly spreading your knees as he moves forward so he’s nestled between your legs.

He looks thoughtful, fingers drumming idly on your knees. “I don’t know.”

“Rich.” you scoff.

“Who really cares if it helps? We both know it’s gonna feel good.” he insists, draping your legs over his shoulders and pressing his face against your concealed core. “God, Mark was right, you smell fucking amazing.”

“Mark told you how I smell?” you repeat, baffled, but Haechan is barely listening to you, instead preoccupied with nuzzling his face against the seat of your shorts and making lewd, muffled moans. As much as you hate to admit it, his nose and lips pressing against your clit through two layers of fabric is starting to take its toll as warmth blooms between your legs and starts spreading throughout your body. “Haechan!” you whisper, scandalized when he starts pressing obnoxiously loud kisses to the front of your shorts.

“Hm?” he hums in response, and you roll your eyes when he doesn’t stop kissing you long enough to answer, instead turning to kiss along your inner thighs.

“What’s your endgame right now?” you chuckle breathlessly as he groans and digs his blunt nails into your thighs.

“We fuck.” he answers simply, and you snicker.

“Right here?”

“Right here.”

“On the couch?! We sit here!” 

“Yeah, and now you’re about to get eaten out and fucked here.” Haechan is not even remotely as bothered as you are by the concept of defiling the couch you’re so protective of right now, the younger male grinning up at you with mischievously glinting eyes.

“Haechan?”

“Mm?” He lifts up the hem of your shirt to dance his tongue along the sliver of skin revealed, leaving a glistening trail of saliva in his wake.

“You’re a little freak.” you chuckle, and he blinks up at you expectantly.

“Mm, yeah?” He dips his tongue into your navel and you hiss, your back arching.

“Yeah,” you exhale, watching him carefully. He leans up and forward so he’s face to face with you, his gaze trained unwaveringly on your lips. It feels as if ages have passed before you speak next, Haechan waiting with bated breath. “It’s kinda hot.” The last syllable barely leaves your mouth before he’s pressing his lips against yours with a groan, pushing you in between the couch and his firm body.

“Fuck, wanted this so bad.” he groans into the kiss, and you whine against him when his fingers sneak between your thighs and dip into your underwear. “You have any idea how hot you are?”

“Mm, maybe you should show me.” you reply, batting your lashes at him sweetly, and he sits back on his heels abruptly, staring at you in awe.

“Oh, believe me; I will.” he mumbles almost in a daze as his eyes rove over you eagerly. “Get these off,” Haechan mumbles distractedly, yanking at your shorts until they’re around your ankles and nuzzling his face between your legs until his every exhale tickles your clit. “Any of these losers ever tell you how pretty your pussy is?”

“Haechan, they’re not losers—” you protest, but his lips silence your qualms immediately as they seal around your clit, a quiet gasp escaping you. 

“Have they ever told you?” Haechan presses through his mouth on your clit, and after a silence settles, he scoffs and pushes your thighs wider. “Exactly. Losers.”

“Well, I mean—”

“Do you want to bicker or do you want to cum?” Haechan cuts you off, and you blanch, settling into your spot with an unintelligible mumble. “Didn’t catch that.”

“I wanna cum,” you mutter, and he chuckles, leaving a kiss on top of your clit and smirking when your hips lift to follow his mouth. 

“Thought so.” He leans in and drags his tongue up your folds, the thick, wet pink muscle grazing the underside of your clit so deliciously that you whine loudly, a hand flying to his hair to pull him closer. “Shh, shh—I’m not in the mood to share, so you gotta keep it down.” 

“Okay,” you agree in a dreamy sigh as he drags his tongue up your folds, the tip of it wiggling between them to tease at your entrance every once in a while. “Don’t tease me,” you complain, tugging at his hair.

“You want something to fill you up, don’t you?” Haechan grunts, chuckling at your insistent nod. “Thought so. Gonna give it to you,” he mumbles distractedly, bringing his fingers to your entrance and trailing along your wet folds in wonder. “You’re fucking unreal.”

“Haechan—”

“Let me enjoy this.” he replies sternly, and you blink, stunned, before falling into an obedient silence. He strokes your clit slowly, studying your reactions as you roll your hips up into his touch. “So wet,” he mumbles in a daze, pushing two fingers into you and grinning when you gasp in surprise, your body jolting from the sudden intrusion. “You can take it, right, baby?” he coos at you, smiling tauntingly, and you grit your teeth, gripping the couch cushion and his hair harder. 

“Move your fingers before I go do it myself,” you warn, and he raises a challenging eyebrow.

“You really think you can do this better than me?” he urges, and you shrug.

“I’m not opposed to finding out.” 

“I dare you.”

“Fine,” you huff, pulling his fingers out of you. He looks offended at your actions, but still watches with a smug sort of intrigue as you spread your legs wider, your head dropping back onto the cushions.

“Look at me.” he presses, and you shake your head.

“Eye contact is for good boys,” you say, ignoring his groan, “who do what I want.” Before he can reply, you bring your fingers to your core, middle and ring finger teasing your clit before rubbing circles into the sensitive bud. 

“I’m good,” he argues, and you lift your head to look down at him, unimpressed.

“You’re not acting like it.” 

“Fine, maybe I’m not all that good.” he mutters in defeat as he watches you touch yourself. It’s when you let out a breathy moan that he snaps, lunging forward and yanking your hand away by the wrist. His lips are wrapped around your slick fingers before you can process it, sucking the arousal from them as he pushes his fingers back into you greedily. “But I am gonna make you cum.” 

You slip your fingers from his mouth, Haechan chasing them for a second, but you curl them in his hair immediately, pulling on the strands until he groans in pleasure. His fingers curl inside of you just right, hitting that spot that has your back arching, and you hiss in pleasure, nodding eagerly. 

“Right there, Haechan—” you urge him on, and he nods, brows furrowed in concentration.

“I’m a good boy,” he grunts, mostly to himself, but you hear it.

“Such a good boy, Haechan, make me cum—” you whimper, and his thumb presses to your clit, the sensation sending you over the edge as you climax with a hand pressed over your mouth. Your whine of his name sends him lurching forward to connect his lips with yours in an almost frenzied manner, nipping at your bottom lip before slipping his tongue into your mouth.

“You are gonna be the death of me,” he mumbles, pulling his fingers from you and pushing his sweats and boxers down to let his length spring up and slap against his stomach.

“Fuck, you’re bigger than I thought.” you mutter, impressed.

He glowers at you. “Did you just imply you thought my dick was small?”

“Not small,” you assure him, pulling him closer to you, “just…not this big.”

“I don’t have a condom—”

“Haechan, I really don’t care.” you shut him up and his eyes widen before they fixate on your glistening core and he visibly vibrates with delight.

He hooks your legs over his shoulders and presses you into the couch as he pushes his length into you, and you keen lowly, your back arching in pleasure. 

“So full,” you mumble, walls tightening around him, and Haechan chokes out a moan, eyes squeezing shut tightly.

“You,” he pants through gritted teeth, “are so fucking wet. You feel amazing, holy shit.” 

“Haechan, please move,” you plead, but he shakes his head firmly.

“If I move now, I’m gonna cum.” 

“Haechan, be a good boy,” you coo, moving his hair out of his face, “and move for me.”

He whines breathlessly and looks down at you with bright eyes. “Not now.”

“Not now, what?” you tease, and he stares down at you with an incredulous expression. “I just want you to be good for me.”

“I will cum right now,” he warns you, and you roll your eyes.

“Fine, we’ll wait.” you say in a bored tone, and you’ve barely gotten the last syllable out before he’s pressing you into the cushions and pulling his length out to the tip and thrusting back into you roughly. His lips seal over yours, silencing the moan you let out, and he starts rocking his hips into yours with deep, powerful strokes.

“How’s that, you impatient little brat?” he grunts, and you manage to get out a snicker past the moans of pleasure you’re struggling not to let out. 

“Takes one to know one,” you reply (not without difficulty) and clench around his length to get a whimper out of him.

“Like feeling my cock so deep in your pretty pussy?” he coos, the head of his length dragging along your inner walls. 

“Feels so good,” you mumble, slurring your words slightly. You feel positively drunk on pleasure, your body subconsciously fucking back onto his length, and Haechan’s rapidly glazing-over eyes tell you you’re not alone.

“Pussy feels like heaven,” he grunts, biting down on your ankle, and you moan at the slight sting, slipping your hands up to grope your breasts and run your thumbs over your hardening nipples. He leans down and connects your lips together before speeding up his thrusts, the sounds of skin slapping against skin sounding throughout the room.

You reach to drag your nails down his back, the sensation still sending shivers down his spine even through his shirt. Even through the kiss, your little moans and whines slip out, and you start to think that Haechan might actually want people to hear you.

“So noisy,” he taunts against your lips, sucking on your bottom lip before letting it go. 

“I think you like it,” you reply breathlessly, the words stumbling out over each other as the feeling of his length inside of you makes your mind go blank.

“Guilty,” he chuckles, his eyes sliding shut in bliss. You cup his chin and squeeze the sides of his face until he opens his eyes and looks down at you. He’s got the epitome of bedroom eyes, you think as he meets your gaze, and you whimper brokenly. “God, fuck, I‘m gonna—”

“I’m almost there,” you pant, voice whiny, and he shudders, nodding before spitting on his thumb and rubbing quick circles around your clit. His free hand covers your mouth immediately and just in time as you moan loudly, nodding eagerly. “Yes, yes, yes, fuck—”

Your orgasm rushes through you in powerful waves and you’re distantly aware of Haechan groaning as he finishes inside of you but you can’t bring yourself to focus on him, your walls pulsing around his length uncontrollably as pleasure takes over your body.

Haechan pulls his hand away from your clit, waiting for you to look at him before dragging his tongue up his thumb, lapping up your arousal. When you raise your eyebrows in intrigue, he winks at you and you roll your eyes.

“You’re something else,” you laugh breathlessly as you push him off of you. He pulls out of you but leans back down for another kiss, whining in disappointment when you turn your head to break it and peppering kisses down from your lips to your shoulder.

“I have a solution to your problem.” Haechan says against your skin, and you hum in intrigue. 

“What’s that?”

“Ditch those zeroes and get with me instead.” He sits up and looks down at you, wiggling his eyebrows suggestively, and you laugh in disbelief, pinching his nose closed. “Hey!”

“You’re not helping.”

“Sure, I am.” His voice is nasal from your fingers still holding his nose, and you snort and release him.

“I think Jaehyun would personally kick your ass—and Mark would help him.”

“It’d be the first thing they ever agreed on.” he snickers, and you nod with a giggle. 

“Peace and love on Planet Earth.” you sigh, reaching down to pull your shorts and underwear up. “If only it was that easy.” You cringe at the cold wet feeling and decide you’ll just shower and go back to sleep in clean clothes.

“Wanna go for round two in the shower?” Haechan suggests with a devilish grin, apparently having the same thought process as you, and you roll your eyes in amusement.

“Maybe next time,” you muse, and his eyes widen.

“There’s gonna be a next time?” The excitement is practically palpable in his voice, and you can’t help but laugh.

���Probably.”

“I think I’ve died and gone to heaven.”

 Day 31

After finishing an essay you’d been working on the past couple of days, you wander around in search of something to occupy your time. You pass by Jaemin’s bedroom only to hear your name being called, so you double back and poke your head through the doorway to see Jaemin and Jeno sitting on the bed, relaxing. At the sight of you, Jeno seems to stiffen slightly, and a small smile makes its way to your lips.

“Hey, guys,” you greet, and Jeno nods while Jaemin waves you in. “What’s up?”

“I was just telling Jeno about the time I tried to be a YouTuber,” he answers, and you snicker. “When I realized I still had the footage…”

Your laughter stops abruptly and you look at him in surprise. “Really?”

“Yep,” he confirms, wiggling his brows. “Do you wanna watch it?”

You think about it for a moment. “You know what? Yeah, I do.” 

Jaemin beams, pats the spot between him and Jeno invitingly, and gets off of the bed, hooking up his laptop to his television and setting about pulling up the video. You take it upon yourself to sit on the bed where Jaemin gestured to, and you become distinctly aware of Jeno’s breathing hesitating.

“Hi, Jeno,” you say sweetly, and he offers a tense smile, nodding.

“Hey.”

“It’s all set up; you guys ready?” Jaemin says excitedly, and you nod, looking over at Jeno, whose eyes are trained directly and unwaveringly on Jaemin. He nods and Jaemin brings the remote over to the bed, where he sits back in his original spot.

He presses play and the image of you and Jaemin on the screen starts to move, the film showing you dutifully applying his makeup.

“You look good, Jaemin,” Jeno compliments with a chuckle. “She did a good job.”

“I had a good model,” you say with a smile, and Jaemin grins. 

“Jeno, here’s where it gets good.” Jaemin whispers and, sure enough, Jaemin on screen pulls you in for a deep kiss, your hands moving to touch him instantly.

The sharp breath Jeno takes in doesn’t go unnoticed by you or Jaemin, who turns up the sound to display the whimpers you let out as Jaemin kisses down your body on screen.

“Isn’t she so pretty, Jeno?” Jaemin murmurs, and Jeno nods, swallowing thickly. 

“So pretty,” he echoes, a slight rasp to his voice that has you shifting closer to graze his clothed thigh with your bare one. He jolts away from your touch for a moment, but you hold fast, waiting patiently for him to relax against you again. He looks like he can’t decide whether to stare at you on camera or you in real life, in awe of both forms of you.

“She’s so good, too,” Jaemin praises, looking over at you, and you smile bashfully, warmth spreading to your cheeks. “Tastes good, looks good, feels good, sounds good, smells good—”

“You are not the first person to tell me how good I smell, oddly enough.” you chuckle, and Jaemin laughs quietly, shrugging.

“I’m just making observations.” 

On camera, Jaemin has his head between your legs, blocking the camera’s view of your exposed core, and Jeno groans, shifting in his seat. You can’t help but notice that his leg is pushing more insistently against yours and that his fingers are twitching slightly, seemingly seeking something to hold.

“She can be a little bratty,” Jaemin adds, making you huff defensively. “See?”

“Hey!” you complain in a small voice, and Jaemin smiles at you fondly. 

“If you’re good to her, though, she’ll be good to you,” Jaemin assures, and your pleased smile returns to your face.

Jeno watches the video in a stony silence, paying rapt attention to your and Jaemin’s bodies moving on screen, and his fingers stop their twitching when Jaemin finally enters you, instead digging roughly into his thigh.

Jaemin’s eyes linger on you for a moment before he scoots back to sit against the headboard and calls your name, patting his lap invitingly when you turn to look at him. “Come sit here.”

You comply, moving to sit between Jaemin’s legs, and when you move to cross one leg over the other, Jaemin tsks disapprovingly, making you stop. 

His hands start to massage your thighs, stroking, caressing, groping at the flesh, and Jeno’s doing a terrible job of pretending he’s not looking. You lean back against Jaemin’s torso, and he lets out a content sigh, his hands moving to your knees and pulling them apart to spread your legs as wide as his are.

“Does that feel good, angel?” Jaemin coos fondly, and you nod with a pleased hum as his hands travel further up your legs from your knees to the innermost part of your thighs, his fingers trailing along the seat of your shorts and pressing against you experimentally, drawing back when you squeal softly.

Jeno’s eyes are darting from the screen to where you and Jaemin sit, gaze darkening with every glance between your legs, and he wets his lips absentmindedly, watching Jaemin’s hands with rapt attention. 

Jaemin trails one hand up your body to grope at your breast, a bit more roughly than you would expect from him, but you can’t deny that it feels good. He pinches at your nipple repeatedly over your clothing, meticulously stimulating the bud until it’s hard enough to be visible through your bra and shirt. Satisfied when he runs his fingers over your now noticeably hard nipple, he shifts his attention to the other breast, repeating his ministrations slowly. 

His lips fall to your neck, kissing softly but loudly enough that it draws Jeno’s attention yet again, his Adam’s apple bobbing as he swallows and watches as Jaemin touches you and kisses you. The hand between your legs traces light circles over your now pulsing clit, flicking it back and forth with a finger and Jaemin chuckles when you whine softly.

“She loves to put on a good show,” Jaemin remarks proudly, as if showing you off, and the combination of attention and slight degradation of being talked about but not to has your mind spinning. “Don’t you, baby?”

“Mhm,” you exhale, your eyes meeting Jeno’s. He scans your face and your body, lingering on your breasts and hardened nipples and trailing down to stare at Jaemin toying with you.

“You know what I think?” Jaemin muses, still calmly stroking your clothed clit and caressing your breast.

“Huh?” you ask in a daze, and he chuckles.

“You’re just too pretty to keep all to myself.” Jaemin answers, and you nod slowly, not sure where he’s going with his point. “Maybe we should take some pictures…for memories.”

“Okay,” you sigh blissfully, not fully realizing what he means and frowning when he gently moves you forward to get off of the bed from behind you and grab his camera. 

He turns it on and fiddles with it for a moment before turning it towards you and taking a picture. “You look beautiful,” he praises, and you try not to preen visibly under his compliment.

“Thank you,” you hum.

“You know, this could be even better if…Jeno, why don’t you get in the frame?” Jaemin suggests encouragingly, gesturing towards you with his camera, and Jeno freezes immediately. “Nothing too crazy,” Jaemin reassures him, and he relaxes slightly before shifting closer to you. 

“What, um, do you want me to do?” 

“Can you sit on his lap for me?” Jaemin asks you, and you comply instantly, moving eagerly but still attempting to give Jeno a chance to stop you. 

No such thing occurs, and you settle on his lap comfortably, draping your arms around his neck, smiling down at him even though he’s not looking at you.

“Hi, Jeno.” you murmur, and he finally looks up from the bedspread to meet your gaze.

“Hi.”

“Just like that,” Jaemin encourages. “Jeno, I want you to press the tip of your nose to her neck and hold her sides.”

“Where should I put my hands?” Jeno mumbles, his words warming your skin as he speaks just an inch away from your neck. 

“Wherever you think they should go.” 

Jeno hesitantly holds your sides and squeezes gently before sliding them down to rest just above your ass. 

“Mm, just a little lower, Jeno?” 

As nervous as he is, his touch is slightly heavy-handed, his fingers dragging down your back and making a delightful shiver travel down your spine. 

“Lower?”

“I, um—” Jeno stammers, and you can’t help but roll your eyes in amusement.

You reach back and push his hands down so they’re cupping your ass and, for someone who was avoiding doing just that like the plague, he sure does grip the flesh greedily, evoking a quiet moan of surprise from you.

“Just like that.” Jaemin sounds beyond pleased and the camera sounds off as the shutter clicks. “Tilt your head back so we can see better, angel?” 

You oblige, and the shutter clicks a few more times before Jaemin sighs pleasantly.

“Jeno, cup her breasts.” Jaemin sounds more at ease now, sending you into a state of calm as Jeno’s hands trail up your body, fingers digging into your skin like he’ll never get the chance to touch you again. His hands reach their destination, cupping your breasts and pushing them together and up so your cleavage shows even more in the top you’re wearing. 

A low grunt sounds from his throat before he’s dipping his head to trace his nose along your cleavage, a pleased hum rumbling from him.

“Good, Jeno, just like that.” Jaemin repeats, taking a few more shots. 

You shift under Jeno’s touch, arching your back slightly to press your breasts more in his face and he groans in delight, throwing caution to the wind and pressing his lips to the swell of your right breast, lips nipping ever so slightly at the flesh.

“That’s perfect, Jeno,” Jaemin groans, taking more pictures as you sigh dreamily.

Jeno barely seems to hear him, occupying his mouth with kissing lightly at your skin, brushing his parted lips against your breast and sighing softly. Jaemin quietly takes more photos as Jeno appears to lose himself in the sensation of your breasts pressed in his face as he buries his head in your chest, an unmistakable sucking sensation blooming on your skin. When his tongue peeks out to taste you, you whimper softly and rock down onto his lap.

“Straddle just his thigh,” Jaemin rasps out and you comply, shifting your weight to just one of his legs. The new position has your knee pressing against the seat of his sweats where you can feel his length stirring, and you run your fingers through his hair as he busies himself with sucking and licking at your chest and kneading your breasts eagerly.

It’s when you shift on top of him and feel something large and considerably hard pressing against you that Jeno clears his throat and places his hands on your hips, carefully moving you off of him.

“I, uh—” His words barely come out, his ears reddened as he looks from you to Jaemin, never once looking back at you. “I have to, uh…take care of something.” He remains frozen for a split second afterwards before standing up hurriedly and speed walking out of the room, shutting the door behind him.

You and Jaemin look at each other in surprise, Jaemin jolting when the door opens once more and Jeno pops in to grab the box of tissues on Jaemin’s dresser before disappearing once more. A smile quivers at your lips before you and Jaemin start laughing, Jaemin crumpling on the bed in defeat. 

“He definitely went to jerk off.” you laugh, and Jaemin nods in confirmation.

“One hundred percent left to jerk off.” 

“Well, now what do I do with all this built up energy?” you say with a frown.

Jaemin reaches over to pat your knee comfortingly. “You have a whole Mark Lee in your room right now, y’know.”

“You know what? You’re right.” you agree, beaming at Jaemin and springing up from the bed. “Tell Jeno I’m sorry for making him hard and have to jerk off in the bathroom.” 

“Will do.” Jaemin snorts. You head out of your room and down the hall to yours with a mission in your mind.

When you open your bedroom door, Mark is lying on the bed scrolling on his phone, clad in a white t-shirt and loose grey sweats that have your mouth watering. 

You smile innocently at him as he looks up and he returns it, cocking his head suspiciously when you approach the bed and climb onto it, straddling his lap.

“What did you get up to in Jaemin’s room, hm?” he teases, sitting up slightly to kiss you. You sigh in relief and wrap your arms around his neck.

“Don’t wanna talk,” you mumble against his lips. “Just need you,” you hum quietly, rocking down onto his lap and reveling in the hiss he lets out.

“You have me,” he assures you, hands sliding up your shirt and unclipping your bra. “You’re already so turned on, babe,” he marvels in surprise, tracing circles around your hardened nipples.

“Mark, touch me more,” you huff, and he nods, lifting your shirt up and off your body and pushing your bra straps off your shoulders, immediately kissing a wet trail down your neck to your breasts. He cups both of them and pushes them together, flicking your nipple with his tongue before sucking the bud into his mouth and humming contently as you moan and move against his lap.

“Love these so much,” he groans, sucking hard and letting the bud fall from his lips with a wet sound before taking it back into his mouth and sucking on it again, rolling his tongue over it slowly.

“Yes, yes, yes,” you whisper, panting slightly and reach between your bodies to touch yourself, fingers immediately finding your clit and massaging it eagerly. “Just like that, Mark,” you moan softly, and he winds an arm around the small of your back and pulls you closer to him so your breasts are pressed in his face.

Before you two can even get your clothes off, your door opens and you yelp, turning to see the intruder. 

Jaehyun stands in the doorway, his arms folded and his jaw set. “If you two are gonna fuck loudly and right next door to me, I think I should be allowed to join. As a treat.”

You look from Jaehyun to Mark, who’s nibbling his bottom lip thoughtfully, and back to Jaehyun.

“It’s up to Mark.” you say, looking back to Mark.

“C’mon, Mark,” Jaehyun presses, shutting the door behind him and kneeling on the bed. “I’ll even show you how to please her right.”

“Jaehyun,” you warn.

“You’re on.” Mark says finally, sitting up slightly. “We can see who makes her feel the best.”

Both men turn to look at you and you swallow thickly. 

“Uh-oh.” 

“Relax,” Jaehyun hums, easing closer to you. “We’re gonna make you feel really good.” 

“C’mere,” Mark murmurs, urging you to lift off of his lap. He lies on his back and pats his chest invitingly, looking at you expectantly. You start to shimmy out of your shorts, but Jaehyun’s voice cuts through the tension-filled silence.

“Why does he get to go first?” he complains.

Mark huffs. “If you’re gonna whine, you can leave.”

You raise your eyebrows, mildly impressed, and look at Jaehyun, who’s sporting a similar expression.

“Yeah, what he said,” you agree, and Jaehyun rolls his eyes as you drop your shorts and underwear off the side of the bed.

“Come sit, babe.” Mark hums, grinning as you draw nearer, shuffling up his body until you’re kneeling just over his head. He leans up instantly, swiping his tongue up your folds with a lust-filled groan, and locks his arms around your thighs, holding you in place.

His tongue explores your core eagerly, only groans and wet noises to be heard from him as he laps and sucks at your folds, and you let out small moans as you rock down onto his face, the tugging feeling in your abdomen growing.

Jaehyun, not to be ignored, gropes your breasts from behind as Mark sucks on your clit, pulling on your nipples until you squirm. “You like how that feels, yeah?”

“Mhm,” you moan out, and he chuckles, nibbling at your earlobe. “Feels so good,” you whimper.

“Love eating you out,” Mark groans loudly into your core, lapping at the underside of your clit. “Taste so good—so fucking wet—”

“Fuck, I wanna see,” Jaehyun mumbles, reaching between your legs from behind you. Carefully avoiding Mark’s tongue, he pushes his fingers into your entrance without any warning, grinning and kissing your cheek when you cry out weakly. “God, he wasn’t wrong,” he moans, fingers pumping in and out of you quickly.

With Jaehyun’s fingers moving inside of you, curling and fucking into your g-spot, and Mark’s lips and tongue devoted to showering your clit with attention, your climax comes embarrassingly quickly and loudly, with a mix of both of their names falling from your lips. 

“Guys,” you gasp out when neither of them stop, and for the first time in their lives, they seem to agree as Mark holds you down tighter and Jaehyun fucks his fingers into you faster. Mark’s tongue flicks over your clit rapidly, no doubt connecting with Jaehyun’s fingers occasionally, but neither of them seem to care as they work together to make you cum yet again.

When your second climax subsides, Mark releases you, nudging you to get off of him. After you move to kneel beside him, he sits up from his lying position and moves to lie beside you, urging you to lie down before hiking your leg up and easing himself into you from behind. You gasp at the intrusion and Jaehyun, moving to lie in front of you, silences you with a kiss, lips moving with yours as he takes your lips with an almost greed, a hunger.

Mark starts to thrust into you, his hand massaging your breast and squeezing your nipple hard enough to make you squeal into Jaehyun’s mouth.

“Yeah, you like that, don’t you?” Mark murmurs in your ear, and you keen into Jaehyun’s mouth as you struggle to break away to answer him. Jaehyun’s lips travel down to your neck to bite and suck, pressing wet kisses to the expanse of skin that leave a glistening trail in his wake.

Without speaking, Mark commands your attention by thrusting into you harder, making you cry out in surprise and pleasure as his strokes get rougher. 

“Fuck, Mark, just like that—”

“Yeah? Like it rough like this?” he grunts, biting down on your shoulder hard enough to make you wince. “Want you to feel me here,” he says, taking your hand and bringing it to your lower abdomen. He presses down over your hand, heightening your pleasure even more, and chuckles when you whimper.

It feels like you can feel every ridge of his length dragging inside of you, your walls hugging him tightly as he groans. 

“I feel you,” you whine, and he nudges your earlobe with his nose, kissing behind your ear.

“Yeah, you feel me nice and deep inside you?”

“Yeah,” you echo blindly, “feels so full, Mark—”

“Gonna fuck you so good,” Mark mutters through gritted teeth, the sounds of his grunting and panting in your ear only arousing you more as he fucks into you, clawing at your hips with a desperation you don’t often see from him. “Stuff you so fucking full of cum—”

You’re startled somewhat by the appearance of this rougher, more dominant Mark, and even from in front of you, Jaehyun lets out an impressed hum before lowering his head to take your nipple into his mouth. Kneading the breast he’s sucking on with one hand, his free hand slips between your legs to tease your clit, following you with ease when you try to squirm away.

“Too much,” you gasp, and they shush you in unison.

“Take it,” Mark says bluntly. It’s not up for debate.

“Yeah, baby, take it.” Jaehyun says, a teasing lilt to his voice as he keeps at your clit.

“I think I’m gonna cum,” you warn them breathlessly. Jaehyun’s too busy with his mouth on your breast to answer you, but his fingers press into you that much harder and Mark doesn’t reply either, but his thrusts get that much more forceful and you don’t know whose name to cry out, so you settle for both, pleasure washing over you in waves as your body trembles with your climax.

Jaehyun only stops touching you when he can tell it’s bordering on too much, sitting up and stroking himself slowly as Mark pulls out of you gingerly, pressing a sweet kiss to your cheek.

You can tell even in your post-orgasm daze that it takes Jaehyun an immense amount of willpower not to push Mark out of the way, instead grabbing your legs and pulling you towards him. 

“My turn,” he says with a smug grin that has nerves and anticipation swirling in your stomach. He doesn’t waste any time pushing into you, bottoming out fully and groaning at the feeling of you wrapped around him. Starting to thrust into you, he moves frustratingly slowly, making you huff and move your hips to push more of him into you.

“Jaehyun,” you complain, and he raises an eyebrow.

“What is it?” he hums condescendingly. “Do you want me to fuck you?”

“Yes—” 

“Mark wasn’t enough, huh? You need me to make you cum, right?” 

“Wh—no,” you protest, but you find that you can’t look at Mark as you do.

“So you’re just greedy.” He’s fully inside of you, refusing to move until he gets an answer, and you growl in frustration. “You just need my cock to make you cum again?”

“Yes,” you nod in defeat, willing to say just about anything to get him to move. “Please just move, Jae, please?”

“Love hearing you beg me to fuck you,” he chuckles, starting to pump in and out of you slowly. “Music to my ears.”

“Faster,” you urge, wrapping your legs around his waist, and he looks down at you expectantly. “Jae, please.”

“Anything you want,” he moans in delight, hitching your legs up higher and starting to thrust into you faster, grinning when you moan in relief. “Always feels so good when I fuck you,” he grunts, the sounds of skin slapping against skin getting louder as he speeds up and fucks into you harder.

He’s hitting virtually every spot along your inner walls and your back arches in pleasure, fingers searching for something to grab. Your hand finds Mark’s and he loops his fingers with yours, squeezing comfortingly as you cry out in pleasure. 

Jaehyun grips your hips tightly and pins them down to the bed as he pounds into you mercilessly, fingers digging into you so hard that you won’t be surprised if you’re sore later.

Reaching between your bodies, Mark starts rubbing your clit in circles and you whimper, the pleasure fogging up your mind. 

“That’s it,” Jaehyun coos, fucking you with powerful, deep strokes that make a small moan leave you with every thrust. “Take me nice and deep, baby.”

“Gonna—I wanna—” you try to get out, but he shushes you, nodding in understanding.

“Want you to cum on me,” he coaxes, one hand leaving your hip to grope at your breast roughly. “I wanna feel it, baby, go ahead and let go.”

It’s almost like your body was waiting for his permission as your climax hits right at his words, your grip on Mark’s hand tightening so hard that he winces. Breathless pants of his name and swears are all you can think to say as you clench around Jaehyun tightly, and Jaehyun groans through gritted teeth as he slows his thrusts and starts to release into you. 

“So good,” he breathes, slowly pumping in and out of you. Finally having given you every last drop of his load, he pulls out of you and moves to lie down beside you.

Lying between Mark and Jaehyun, you attempt to catch your breath, the silence tense and slightly uncomfortable before Jaehyun speaks.

“So,” he drags out the syllable and you turn your head to look at him. “Who’s better?”

“I’m not answering that even if I had an answer.” you say resolutely and he sucks his teeth.

“Fine.” he replies, shrugging. “I know it’s me, anyway.” he mutters under his breath, and you sit up, climbing over Mark and off of the bed. 

“I’m leaving.”

“What?!” Jaehyun says in confusion. “Why?”

“You’re making the vibes awkward, so I’m gonna leave and you two can duke it out, hug it out, kiss it out for all I care—I just gotta go.” 

“I don’t swing that way.” Jaehyun replies, narrowing his eyes at you.

“Me neither,” Mark echoes, and you gesture between the two of them before pulling your shirt over your head.

“Go ahead and bond about how very, very straight you both are, then.” You don’t give them a chance to respond, pulling your shorts on and making a beeline out of your room and to the bathroom to take a shower. 

As you stand under the hot water, you only have one thought running through your head—you really have your work cut out for you.

 Day 32

“Morning,” you greet, walking into the kitchen to see Jungwoo and Renjun sitting at the island, staring at their phones.

“Hey,” Renjun greets you, and Jungwoo offers a wave. You make yourself a bowl of cereal and join them at the counter, looking at Jungwoo’s furrowed brow curiously. 

“What’s up with you?” you ask, and he rubs a hand over his face before gesturing to his phone.

“That campus email they sent out.” he answers.

“Oh,” you drag out the syllable in understanding, while Renjun’s head pops up.

“What email?”

You go to fish out your phone from your back pocket, but Jungwoo moves faster, pulling up the email and starting to read.

“Individuals who have been complying with the isolation rules may return to campus and visit dormitories. All campus restaurants are now open for takeout meals only, and some classes and extracurriculars will resume in person activities. Please await further instructions from your professors and faculty.” 

Renjun lets out a low whistle. “Maybe things will go back to normal soon?”

“I feel like there’s gonna be a new normal, anyway.” you sigh, shrugging. “Also, they sent that email, like, two hours ago; did you not get it?”

“My phone is on Do Not Disturb ninety percent of the time,” Renjun explains, and you nod, impressed.

“I see—protecting your peace.”

“Exactly.”

His phone pings just at that moment, and you look at him, confused. “I thought you were on DND.”

“It’s my girlfriend,” he answers, shrugging and picking his phone up to reply. “DND doesn’t apply to my girlfriend.”

“Aw,” you coo, touched.

“Renjun!” Haechan calls loudly from upstairs, his footsteps getting louder as he gets closer. “I texted you to see if you wanted to play a game with me.” He’s pouting, creating a very endearing image before he sees you and straightens up, dropping the pout for a more neutral expression.

You snort quietly in amusement.

“I didn’t see it.” Renjun shrugs. “My phone’s on Do Not Disturb.”

“Oh,” Haechan answers, nodding. “Well, do you wanna play?”

“No, not really.” Renjun’s response sounds a bit bored, and you wince.

“You see how mean he is to me?” Haechan complains, looking at you for sympathy. You match his frown and hum sympathetically.

“Poor Haechan.”

“Yes, poor Haechan.” he agrees before his eyes light up. “Do you wanna play with me?”

“I don’t know,” you trail off. “I don’t play video games.”

“I’ll teach you!” he offers, and you think about it for a moment.

“Okay.” You nod, smiling. “Let me finish my cereal first.”

“Yes!” He pumps his fist in the air, making you snicker to yourself. “Jungwoo, do you want to play, too?”

“Yeah, sure, count me in.” Jungwoo agrees, and Haechan beams, glaring petulantly at Renjun.

“I don’t need you to play games with me anyway.”

“Great.” Renjun replies, unaffected as he takes a sip from the mug beside him. “I’m gonna go call my girlfriend.”

“You see how he treats me?” Haechan leans against you, batting his eyes up at you sadly. 

“I do,” you say with a frown.

“Anyway,” he huffs, running a hand through his hair to get it out of his face. “We’ll meet up in Jungwoo’s room, okay? I gotta ask Mark about something real fast.”

“Sounds good,” you agree, realizing with an awkward twisting of your stomach that you don’t fully want to see Mark right now. After your threesome with him and Jaehyun, you’ve kind of been avoiding both of them, sleeping until Mark gets up and dodging Jaehyun in the hallways.

“Or, y’know, you could ask him and we could just play now—”

“No, you should probably ask him,” you say immediately. “Jungwoo and I will wait in his room.”

Haechan gives you a slightly suspicious look, the skepticism wearing off as you shoot him a winning smile. 

“Okay, pretty,” he coos. 

You slump against Jungwoo in relief before you two head to his room. That was close.

“You know what’s crazy?” you ask, watching Jungwoo play Candy Crush on his phone. “I think that—you have a match right there—having sex all the time is just making me feel like…more horny as opposed to less.”

“Oh, yeah?” Jungwoo murmurs curiously. “So now you’re just a sex-crazed nymphomaniac or something?” 

You smack his arm as he fends off your attack and laughs loudly. “Jungwoo!”

“I’m kidding!”

“You’re mean, is what you are.”

“Oh, please—you love when I’m mean.” he snickers, and you huff defensively.

“Do not.”

“No? Did you forget so fast, kitten?”

“Maybe,” you say with a shrug, body lighting up with a thrill when he arches an eyebrow. “Maybe I need a reminder.”

Looking at you carefully, Jungwoo locks his phone and places it on his nightstand. His eyes are bright but his gaze is dark as he watches you curiously, a small suggestive grin curling his lips.

“You’re gonna lose your level,” you mumble as he leans closer to you, provoking you into leaning back.

“Don’t care,” he replies casually. “Found something more fun to do.”

With Jungwoo hovering over you with that devilishly handsome smile, you can’t help but drift your eyes down to stare at his lips.

He scoffs lightly in amusement, returning your attention to his eyes. “Do you really wanna kiss me that bad?”

You nod with the most innocent expression you can muster, and he snickers, wetting his lips before leaning in and connecting them with yours. You reach up and cup the back of his neck, pulling him in closer, and he hums into the kiss, moving his lips with yours smoothly as he moves forward, encroaching on your space until you’re lying flat on the bed. 

He positions himself between your legs, sucking on your bottom lip and teasingly tugging at it with his teeth. “Kinda missed kissing you,” he mumbles into the kiss, and you smile, flattered. “Kitten,” he coos teasingly, and you squeeze your thighs together reflexively, the pet name stirring up memories of the last time you two were together. 

“Woo,” you murmur, and he hums questioningly. “Touch me? Please?”

“Your manners are getting better,” he remarks condescendingly, pleased with your request. As if to reward you, he slips his hand under your shirt, tracing over your stomach lightly until you squeal and squirm away from the ticklish sensation. He unclasps your bra and moves back to let you sit up and pull it and your shirt off, discarding both garments beside you. “Is this what you wanted?” he asks, running his fingers over your gradually hardening nipples, and you nod with a pleased sigh.

“Yeah, this is what I wanted,” you confirm breathlessly as he kisses you again, his tongue parting your lips and sneaking inside to play with your tongue. 

“Like that?” he teases softly, and you nod again. 

“Like that,” you echo, and he lowers his head to kiss down your neck, lingering on a patch of skin that makes you squirm when he pays attention to it.

“I don’t know if I can wait for all the foreplay,” Jungwoo warns, and you bring his hand down between your legs, guiding it into your underwear and smiling when he raises an eyebrow in satisfaction. “You’re already so wet, you needy little thing.” 

“I like when you touch me,” you defend, and he chuckles, sitting up and tugging his shirt over his head. Your hands roam his toned chest and stomach as he unties his sweats and shoves them and his boxers down to his knees.

“How about when I fuck you?” he asks with a teasing grin, pulling you closer by your hips. 

“Like that even more,” you say with a laugh, and he licks his lips, pushing into you in one fluid motion. His hand covers your mouth just in time to muffle the cry you let out, and he kisses your cheek before pulling out and slowly pushing back into you. 

His thrusts are slow yet deep, making sure you feel every inch of him, and you grab onto his forearm, nails biting crescent moons into his skin as he hisses.

“Feels so good,” he groans in your ear. “So fucking wet.”

“Don’t stop,” you pant, fucking back onto him. “God, I feel so full—”

“Good,” he says through gritted teeth. “Want you nice and full of my cock.”

His hips collide with yours with almost bruising force, and you squirm under him when his fingers toy with your clit, trying to swat his hand away. 

“Don’t do that,” he scolds you, pressing his fingers harder against you. “I want you to take it. You asked for it, so take it.”

“But—” you whine, your climax building rapidly inside of you.

You’re both startled when the door opens to reveal a shameless Haechan grinning at you two.

“I was coming in to show you guys how to play the game, but I heard you two going at it.” he says, closing the door behind him.

Jungwoo’s thrusts slow down, and you nudge him with your knee. 

“Don’t stop,” you urge him, and he raises an eyebrow before complying, building back up to his earlier rhythm. Haechan watches, frozen, as your jaw falls open with pleasure, and you turn to look at him with a small roll of your eyes. “Haechan, are you gonna join or are you gonna stand there and watch?”

“Oh, fuck, yes,” he grunts, moving onto the bed beside you. Haechan lifts your shirt up with eager, forceful yanks and unclips your bra with ease, pulling it off of you so roughly that the fabric momentarily burns your skin from the friction. 

“Careful, Haechan,” you hiss, and he nods absentmindedly.

“Sorry, I just—needed—fuck,” he groans, hands sliding up your sides and cupping your breasts, kneading them and pushing his face into your cleavage before pushing them together around his face.

If Jungwoo’s length disappearing into you wasn’t distracting enough, your mind promptly goes blank when Haechan sucks one of your nipples into his mouth, moaning with delight and swirling his tongue around the stiffened peak. You watch in fascination as he sucks lewdly at your nipple, letting it slip out of his mouth and flicking it with his tongue before taking it back in to repeat the action. 

He looks up at your face as if remembering suddenly that you’re there, and gazes into your eyes so intently it forces you to look away shyly. “Watch me.” he urges in a low voice, and you drag your eyes back to him just in time to catch him swirling his tongue around your nipple with a teasing glint in his stare.

After tending to one breast, he kisses a path from one breast to the other, sucking the neglected bud into his mouth and starting to tease the other glistening wet nipple with his fingertips.

Jungwoo’s fingers dig into your hips roughly, making you wince in pain, and he loosens his grip slightly, murmuring a rushed apology through clenched teeth. Haechan’s teeth scrape over your just a bit too sensitive nipple and you whine pleadingly, pushing at his head. He holds fast, not budging an inch as he indulges himself with your breasts, but he does ease up with the teeth, peppering soft kisses around your areola as an unspoken apology.

Jungwoo doesn’t even get a warning before you’re clenching around him and climaxing, but, to be fair, he doesn’t warn you either, both of you finishing within moments of each other with your whimpered swears and his low grunts filling the room.

“Love these so much,” Haechan groans, jiggling your breasts before his face lights up with an idea. “Can I fuck them?” When you nod, still in a daze from your last orgasm, he grins and shuffles around so he’s straddling just below your breasts.

Guiding his cock into your cleavage, he presses your breasts together and starts to thrust between them slowly, shuddering in delight. 

“Fuck, that’s so good,” he groans, and you watch in fascination as he loses himself in the feeling of your breasts, his movements speeding up as he fucks them. 

The friction gets to be a bit much after a moment, and you whine in protest, Haechan slowing down as he looks at you. “It kinda burns,” you complain, and he nods, brows furrowing in thought before he sits back. You gasp softly as he lets a fat droplet of saliva drip from his lips to your chest, fingers smearing the spit in as a makeshift lubricant. 

Spitting once more for good measure, he smears the spit over his length, resuming his position and taking a few test pumps. “Good?”

“Yeah,” you confirm, lids fluttering shut as Jungwoo, seemingly not satisfied with the amount of orgasms you’ve already had, brings his fingers to your core, tracing feather-light touches over your folds and clit. You try to squirm away from the sensations but Haechan’s weight on your chest keeps you firmly in place, victim to Jungwoo’s ministrations.

As Jungwoo’s fingers push into you, Haechan’s length hits your lips, prompting you to drop your jaw and loll your tongue out for the next time. When his tip nears your tongue, you flick at it experimentally, relishing in the hiss he lets out.

“You’re unreal,” he groans, rubbing the head of his shaft along your tongue. “So fucking unreal.”

Your attempt to respond is cut short when Jungwoo curls his fingers and strokes along your inner walls in search of your g-spot, finding it a moment later and pressing against it. Your breathing stops entirely and you attempt to cross your legs to push him out, but Jungwoo puts all his weight on one of your legs, pinning it in place and preventing you from closing him out.

Jungwoo fucks you mercilessly with his fingers as Haechan indulges himself in the sensation of your plush breasts around his length, and you can only whimper desperately, both in search of relief and release.

“Gonna cum,” Haechan grunts, and you nod, closing your eyes tightly as Jungwoo’s fingers bring you closer and closer to a climax.

“You gonna cum, too?” Jungwoo teases you, and you nod, not even knowing if he can see you. You and Haechan climax in unison, Haechan releasing his load all over your chest and deliberately getting several spurts over your nipples. Your nails dig into your palm as you try to keep from crying out in pleasure, the sensations only heightened when Jungwoo doesn’t stop finger-fucking you immediately.

“Shit, Woo, please—you gotta stop.” you beg, and he doesn’t react immediately, still fingering you before showing you mercy and pulling his fingers out.

Haechan climbs off of you and the bed, pulling his sweats back on before leaving the room and returning with a wet, warm rag. He carefully wipes you down with caring touches and helps you pull your clothing back on, clearly able to tell that you’re spent.

“Thank you, Haechan,” you say warmly, and he smiles graciously.

“You’re welcome.” he replies, leaving to discard the rag before coming back and lying down on the bed beside you. 

“You okay?” Jungwoo asks, nudging you with his knee, and you nod, letting out a tired but content sigh.

“I’m great.” you answer, and Haechan shifts on the bed to get closer to you.

“Me too,” he chimes in, and you smile, patting his hand gently.

“Do you think you’ll remember how good I am now?” Jungwoo asks with a wry smile, and you laugh.

“How could I forget?”

“Hey!” you say with a smile as you pass Jeno. He smiles back before clearing his throat and calling your name. Turning back to face him, you cock your head to the side curiously. “What’s up?”

“I was wondering if you’d maybe watch Edgar while I’m at lacrosse practice tomorrow?” he asks hopefully.

You nod, shrugging. “Sure, why not?”

“Great!” he chirps, smiling widely. “I’ll let you know more later tonight, but you and Jaehyun shouldn’t have a hard time—”

“Wait, back up.” you say immediately, eyes widening. “Me and Jaehyun?”

“Yeah, he said he’d watch Edgar if you did too.” Jeno speaks slowly, looking confused, and you can’t say you blame him. 

“I see. What if you tell Jaehyun ‘never mind,’ and I’ll just do it alone?” you offer, and it’s Jeno’s turn to tilt his head to the side questioningly.

“Do you guys have a problem with each other or something?” Jeno asks, and you blanch.

“Well—um, no. No, you’re right. I’ll do it.” you give in, figuring it’s easier to just get through the day with Jaehyun without explaining the nitty gritty details of your situationship. 

“Okay,” he says slowly. “You’re sure?”

“I’m sure,” you insist, and Jeno’s smile slowly returns to his face. “Just let me know the details later tonight, okay?”

“I will,” he agrees, and you smile, patting his shoulder lightly as he heads off to where you assume is Jaemin’s room.

You let him pass by you before letting out a sigh and resting your forehead against the nearest wall. 

Just your luck.

 Day 33

“Edgar, come here,” Jaehyun urges, patting his lap. Edgar looks at him for a moment before lifting his leg and starting to lick himself. “He sucks.”

“He does not,” you say defensively. “C’mere, Edgar, baby.” you coo, and Edgar looks over at you before slowly making his way to your lap. 

“Wh—this is rigged.”

“This? Rigged? He’s a cat, Jaehyun; he probably didn’t like the tone of your voice.”

“It’s my voice, what am I supposed to do?”

“Soften it. Speak to him nicely.”

Jaehyun narrows his eyes at Edgar, currently purring in your lap as you scratch under his chin, and clears his throat softly. “Edgar,” he hums, looking at you for confirmation. When you nod encouragingly, he continues. “Edgar, buddy, come on over.”

Something about Jaehyun trying to win Edgar over is incredibly endearing, and you smile as he looks down at your lap hopefully. Edgar doesn’t even look up, still engrossed in trying to get your hand to pet him again, and Jaehyun sighs.

“He hates me.”

“No,” you assure him quickly. “He probably is just comfortable right now. Here, come over here and pet him.” you offer, and Jaehyun scoots closer to you, reaching over and letting Edgar sniff his hand. “Good,” you murmur encouragingly. He gingerly scratches the cat behind the ears and Edgar’s soft purr starts back up, the cat closing his eyes and stretching his face towards Jaehyun.

The surprised, pleased look on Jaehyun’s face is all you could have hoped for, and unadulterated fondness swims in his eyes as he pets Edgar, making you smile widely.

At some point, Jaehyun stops watching Edgar, looking up from your lap to your face, brows furrowing in slight confusion at your smile. “What is it?”

“You two are cute,” you say, and he sits up slightly, wiggling his eyebrows at you flirtatiously.

“Did you just call me cute?”

“Shut up,” you laugh, pushing his knee. 

“You can come sit next to me, by the way,” Jaehyun offers, patting the spot next to him. “I don’t bite.”

“Actually, you do.” 

“…Okay, you’re right, I kinda do. But you’d like it.” he points out with a cocky grin, and you narrow your eyes.

“Whatever.” you snort in amusement, waiting for Edgar to stretch and walk out of your lap before you move to sit next to Jaehyun, your back grateful to be against the headboard.

“Isn’t that better?” he hums, draping an arm around your shoulders.

“Would be even better if you weren’t making a move on me.” you chuckle, and he huffs.

“I’m not doing that?”

“Whenever guys put their arm over someone’s shoulders like this, they’re making a move.” You shoot him a knowing look, and he rolls his eyes.

“Well, I’m not like other guys,” he counters.

“Very Aquarius of you, by the way.” you snicker, and he shoots you an amused look.

“Don’t tell me you believe in that stuff.” he chuckles, and you nod. “Yeah? Alright, tell me about myself. What’s an Aquarius like?”

“Aloof at times, like most air signs,” you start off. “Can enjoy being different and going against the norm.” 

“This could be anyone,” he points out.

“They’re pretty charismatic, too.” you add, shooting him a side glance. His brows perk up before he purses his lips.

“This could still be anyone.” 

“Okay, fine,” you say, sitting up straighter and reaching for your phone. “What time were you born, and where?”

He tells you, and you put it in the birth chart calculator you just pulled up, waiting as it loads. Jaehyun peers over your shoulder curiously, and you turn to look at him with an amused grin. 

“Thought you didn’t believe in it.”

“Doesn’t mean I can’t be curious.” he comments, and you roll your eyes.

“Sure.” you scoff. “Well, you’re a Pisces rising, so you can be a bit in your own head sometimes.”

“That’s kinda true, I guess.”

“It’s very true; you’re always spaced out, Jae.” you laugh, and he chuckles.

“Okay, I’ll give you that one.”

“Taurus moon,” you hum, scrolling down. “You can be very stubborn,” you snicker. 

“I am not stubborn,” he retorts, and you stare at him for a moment, waiting for him to catch up. “…Okay, maybe just a little bit.”

“Good things though: in addition to your Aquarius sun being charming, your Pisces rising makes you a bit of an idealist and kind of a romantic.”

“That’s pretty interesting,” he murmurs, his chin resting on your shoulder.

“See?” you say, turning to look at him at the same time that he turns to look at you. He leans back onto the headboard and you follow his lead, picking up one of his hands and playing with his fingers as you scroll through his birth chart analysis with the other hand. 

You can feel Jaehyun watching you as you trace over his fingers, but you ignore him, clearing your throat as you come across another part of his chart you find interesting. His nose pokes into your cheek gently before he stops your scrolling with his finger.

“Read that part.” he mumbles, resting his head on your shoulder. 

“This part?” you ask, feeling slightly antsy, and he nods. “It says you’re a passionate lover,” you say lightly, stressing the syllables. “Keep going?”

“No, that’s what I wanted.” He looks at you, unwavering now, and you swallow, looking down at his hand in yours.

“Why’d you want me to read that part?”

“Do you agree?”

“Hm?” You know what he said.

“You know what I said.” Damn. “Am I a passionate lover?”

“I thought you didn’t believe in astrology,” you say with a small smile.

“I don’t,” he answers. “I believe in you, though.”

Something about his words stops you short, and you freeze, thinking over your next action carefully. Before he can say anything, you move his hand and rest it just below your shorts, positioning his thumb under the fabric.

“Oh, yeah?” Jaehyun hums, stroking your inner thigh gently in rhythmic motions.

“Mhm.” 

“Answer my question,” he presses gently, squeezing your thigh. “Do you think I’m a passionate lover?”

“I don’t really, um, remember,” you lie, and he’s about to protest when you continue, “I could use a reminder.”

It’s his turn to stop short now, looking at you with a pleased, intrigued smile. “Yeah?”

“Mhm.” 

Turning your face to his, he gazes into your eyes for a moment before leaning in closer. “Let me give you that reminder, then.” he murmurs, and his lips softly connect with yours.

The kiss quickly deepens, Jaehyun pulling you closer and slowly connecting your lips over and over. His hands move to your hips and he pulls you on top of him, running his fingers up and down your sides leisurely.

Sitting up so you’re straddling his lap, you grind down on him, Jaehyun grabbing your hips to aid your movements. Your lips travel down his neck, kissing and nipping and sucking until pink and red marks bloom on his skin.

He groans and tilts his head back against the headboard, allowing you more access, and you take the invitation eagerly, latching onto a patch of skin and sucking roughly even as he hisses.

“Someone’s in a possessive mood.” he chuckles, and you frown, pulling back to glare at him. “I didn’t say it was a bad thing,” he assures you, pressing a hand against the back of your head and pulling you back down so your mouth is pressed against his skin once more. 

You huff slightly, surrendering somewhat, before tilting his chin up and dragging your tongue from mark to mark, connecting them in a sensual constellation of sorts. 

His hands drop to knead your ass greedily, cupping and massaging the flesh and slipping his fingers up your shorts to dig his blunt nails into your asscheeks, no doubt indenting crescent moons into your skin.

He gropes your ass freely, squeezing and smacking it occasionally to make you squeal, and tilts your chin up to expose your neck, where he leaves slow, sensual kisses, licking and sucking. He slips a hand into your shorts, tracing along the waistband of your underwear before pushing it down to draw circles around your clit.

“Look at you,” he hums condescendingly, “already getting wet?”

“Be quiet,” you mumble, embarrassed, and he presses against your clit, drawing slow circles around it and grinning when you rock your hips into his hand.

“You just can’t help yourself, can you?” he teases, fingers slipping down lower and prodding at your entrance. “Poor baby.”

“Stop,” you whine, tucking your face between his chin and shoulder to avoid his eyes.

He tuts in disapproval and moves his head to see your face. “I wanna see you…all the pretty faces you make when I touch you here,” he tweaks your clit and watches in fascination as you gasp, “and here,” he presses against your entrance, teasing you, “and when I do this,” and pushes his fingers into you, eyes flashing with delight when you cry out in relief, walls tightening around him. 

“Fuck,” you whisper as his fingers move inside of you, curling and pumping and stroking along your inner walls as you grind down onto his fingers.

“Good, yeah?” he murmurs, and you nod, making him shake his head. “Wanna hear you.”

“Feels good,” you mumble in a slight daze, resting your forehead against his. As he watches your face, you watch where his hand disappears into your shorts and moves under your clothing as he focuses on fingering you.

“Want more?” he asks, and you nod.

“Want more,” you confirm, whining slightly, and he chuckles.

“Are you that far gone, hm? You’re just repeating everything I say to you.”

“Mm, nuh-uh,” you exhale shakily, and he rolls his eyes before speeding up his fingers and rubbing against your clit with the palm of his hand. You can tell from the way his hand connects with your skin that you’re making a mess out of his hand and probably his lap, but you can’t bring yourself to care as your climax starts to approach.

“Guess I gotta do better, huh?” he hums thoughtfully before kissing you deeply. The slow, sensuous, almost sweet movements of his lips against yours have desire building in you like a dam about to burst, coupled with the way his fingers stimulate your g-spot and make your mind go blank even more.

“Wanna cum,” you say slowly, barely getting the words out without slurring, already starting to feel drunk on the pleasure he’s providing and the intense desire in the atmosphere.

“Then cum,” he snickers before tugging at your bottom lip with his teeth. “Who’s stopping you?”

Any reply you could have come up with is replaced with a moan as your orgasm hits, your abdomen tensing almost painfully as your body attempts to curl in on itself. 

“I don’t want to wait anymore,” Jaehyun grunts, pulling at your shorts until you lift off of him long enough to remove them and your underwear. He pulls his sweats down to reveal his length, which slaps against his stomach. He presses a kiss to the corner of your mouth before positioning himself at your entrance and sliding his tip against your folds, coating the head of his shaft with your arousal. 

“Then why are you teasing if you can’t wait?” you gripe impatiently, and he chuckles under his breath.

“Fine.” He pushes the head of his length into you, groaning in pleasure as you whine, and grips your hips to sit you down on him so he’s bottomed out in you.

“Oh, shit,” you gasp, and he looks at you with an “I told you so” expression.

“Should’ve let me keep going.” 

“I can take it,” you say through slightly clenched teeth. As if to prove your point, you rise up slightly and lower yourself onto him again, slowly starting to bounce and establish a rhythm.

His lips attack your neck, kissing and nipping as you fuck yourself on him, and his hands grope at your breasts, squeezing them roughly and pinching your nipples.

“You feel so good, baby,” he groans, biting down on your neck.

You wince at the bite and pull away, whining when he draws you back in and licks at the indentation made by his teeth. He sucks at the mark and you can feel yourself getting wetter, the noises getting louder from where your bodies connect.

“Watch,” he murmurs, directing your attention to where his length is moving in and out of you. “We look so good together.”

You can’t help but feel like he’s hinting at something else, but you’re too wrapped up in wanting to climax to address it. 

“Perfect fucking pussy,” he grunts as he starts to thrust up, meeting your every movement and making each pump of his length that much more powerful. “Like we’re made for each other.”

Okay, he’s definitely hinting at something else, but you elect to ignore it even as his gaze burns your face.

“Wanna keep you,” he moans, and you whimper. “Keep you all to myself—keep this perfect fucking pussy so I can fuck it whenever I want—”

You don’t know if it’s the pleasure building up to an almost desperate point or not, but you find yourself agreeing, nodding vigorously as you move on his lap.

“Keep me, Jae—” you say breathlessly, reaching to rub your clit as your climax approaches. “All yours—wanna cum so bad—”

“I’m close, baby,” he assures you, and you can’t hold it in anymore, your orgasm coursing through you and making you bite down on his shoulder, only releasing him when he groans in pain.

His thrusts come to a gradual stop and you settle down on him, your walls still clenching as he climaxes and your core coaxes every last bit of his seed out.

“You okay?” Jaehyun asks quietly, and you nod.

“Yeah. You?”

“Perfect.”

You let out a breathless laugh, patting his shoulders and pulling off of him to  lie on your back, exhaling loudly before grabbing your clothes and starting to redress yourself. 

Once you’ve redressed, gone to the bathroom to relieve yourself, and returned, you settle back on the bed, smiling when Edgar climbs onto your lap with a soft mewl. After Jaehyun’s gone to and returned from the bathroom—which he only went to because you told him he couldn’t pet Edgar with cum residue on his fingers—he takes his original place beside you.

Lying beside Jaehyun with Edgar purring on your stomach, you feel oddly at peace despite the moral battles you’re fighting in your mind. 

If this is going to continue, you have to make a choice between Jaehyun and Mark—and you have to make it soon.

“Hey, Jaehyun?” you call, and he hums in acknowledgement. “Did you mean that?” you ask carefully, and Jaehyun looks at you curiously. “What you said earlier—about keeping me.”

He’s silent for a moment. “Yeah,” he finally answers, and you can’t fully explain the rush of warmth that fills your cheeks at his words. “I definitely did. And,” he continues, piquing your curiosity, “I also meant what I said about keeping you so I could fuck you whenever I want.”

You snort quietly, amused. “Oh, yeah?” you tease lightly, thankful for the slight shift away from the initial, potentially serious discussion. “What, would you tie me up or something?”

“I don’t know,” he muses, rubbing his chin in thought. “Maybe I’d keep you in my room just ready for me at all times.”

“You’re lucky I’m weird like you; otherwise I’d be running for the hills right now.”

“Very true,” he says with a laugh, “but don’t act like you wouldn’t love just being used like that.”

“I can’t hear you, Edgar’s purring too loudly.” you lie, turning away from Jaehyun and focusing on the purring cat on your abdomen.

“He’s not even that loud—”

“Edgar, baby, who’s a good boy?”

“You’re unbelievable.”

“How’d watching Edgar go?” Jeno asks.

“He was an angel.” you assure him, and his shoulders sag in relief. “Hey, did Jaehyun say why he wanted to watch Edgar with me specifically?”

Jeno shakes his head. “Not really; just said he’d only do it if you did, but that he had to do it.”

“He’s so difficult.” you laugh, in disbelief. 

“Yeah, but he’s cool.” Jeno says, and you nod with a shrug. “He seems to really like you, y’know.”

“Yeah?” you chuckle. “More than Mark?”

It’s Jeno’s turn to shrug, and you can’t say you expected what leaves his mouth. “Possibly.” 

That evening, you leave your room in a tizzy, your mind rapidly shuffling through thoughts of what to do, who to choose, how to break the news to them—

“Hey!”

“Shit!” you hiss, stumbling back after colliding directly into Johnny’s chest.

“You look skittish,” he chuckles, steadying you gently. “Like, more than usual.”

“Not now, Johnny,” you grumble.

“Aw, trouble in paradise?” Johnny teases, and you scowl.

“Shut up,” you grouch.

Johnny raises an eyebrow. “Or what?”

“Or I’ll fight you.” The words leave your mouth before you even process them, and Johnny raises both eyebrows in an unmistakable challenge.

“You really think you could take me in a fight?” he asks in amusement, and you scowl, crossing your arms. You don’t miss the way his eyes drop to your chest momentarily, but you choose not to comment. 

“I’m scrappy.” you huff defensively, and you don’t think you like the derisive snort Johnny lets out. “Literally right now—you and me, let’s go.”

“Yeah?” Johnny muses thoughtfully, stepping towards you. “Fine. My room—let’s go.”

You dutifully follow after him to his room, climbing on his bed and sitting on your knees. He mirrors your position, staring you down intently. 

“Any rules?” he asks.

You pause to think. “Nothing that could draw blood.” you decide finally, and he nods, raising his hands in surrender.

“Wasn’t planning on it. Anything else?” 

“Nope.” you pop your lips on the “p” for emphasis, and Johnny snickers.

“Alright. Let’s go. First one to submit loses.”

He reaches a hand out and you slap it away, a small smile forming on both of your faces as he repeats the action. The third slap, and he catches your wrist, yanking you towards him and flattening you on the mattress. You’re slightly faster than he is, wriggling out of his grip before he can lock your legs with his.

An exhilarated laugh escapes you as he lunges at you again, almost getting you subdued under him before you start to buck your hips.

“Come on, kitten, that’s all you got?” he taunts, brows shooting up in surprise when you buck hard enough to dislodge him. It may have taken an immense amount of adrenaline and core strength and maybe your abdomen is screaming at you to stop, but you’re free, and that’s what matters.

Johnny stares you down, now significantly more serious as he analyzes your stance and calculates his next move. 

To taunt him, you blow him a kiss, and he raises an eyebrow in intrigue, shifting closer to you. 

He launches himself at you full force, your back colliding with the mattress so hard it almost knocks the wind out of you, but nothing compares to his next mode of attack.

His fingers glide up and down your sides, tickling you as you screech under him, flailing as you try to free yourself from his torturous hold. “John—ny, you’re cheating!”

“This wasn’t in the rules.” he chuckles, his laughter building as yours does against your will.

“I didn’t think I’d have to make a rule against tickling!”

“Submit and I’ll stop.”

“No!”

His fingers dig into your sides harder as you curl in on yourself, and he snickers when tears build up in your eyes.

“Submit yet?”

“No!”

“You must like this or something.” he remarks, and just as you shake your head, he dips his down to kiss you, the fight slowly melting from your body as his hands grip your sides, no longer tickling you. “Is that it?” he asks when you two separate. “You like when I tickle you?”

“No,” you insist, feeling lightheaded and short of breath. “I do like being kissed, though.”

He leans over you and ghosts his lips over yours. “Too bad.” He resumes tickling you and you burst into uncontrollable laughter once more, squirming under him.

“I submit!” you yelp, and he stops, settling on top of your limp body.

“The most important step of self-defense,” Johnny grunts as he sits on you, your arms pinned to your sides as he tucks you between his legs, “is not making yourself too vulnerable.”

“Okay, Johnny, I get it.” you huff, squirming under him. “Now get up, you made your point.”

“I don’t think I will, actually.” He smiles down at you, and you stop moving abruptly. “I kinda like you all helpless under me.” 

“Johnny, you’re not funny.” you scoff, lifting your hips up to buck him off. 

He doesn’t budge. “I’m not joking.” He slides his hands up your stomach to squeeze your breasts and you freeze, looking up at him in surprise. “Y’know, you really shouldn’t be so naive.”

“Wh—how am I naive?” you splutter incredulously.

“You let me pin you down and now I could just…have my way with you.” As if to prove his point, he runs his fingers over your nipples and tweaks them gently, chuckling when you squeal and squirm harder under him. “Aw, c’mon, you can fight back better than that.”

“You’re sitting on me.” You buck harder, and he lifts up ever so slightly, freeing you enough to slip your arms from between his knees and swat his hands away. 

He snatches your wrists up with one large hand, pinning them above your head and running his free hand over to rest lightly on the underside of your shirt sleeve. 

“Johnny, if you’re about to tickle me again—” He silences you and digs his finger into the seam, tugging hard and—“Did you just rip my fucking shirt?”

“Watch your mouth,” Johnny warns you, ripping the rest of the now useless fabric off of your body with several uncomfortable yanks and dangling it in your face. 

“Or what?”

“Or I’ll tie you up with this.” He wraps the cloth around your wrists and tightens until you yelp, wriggling in vain. “Thought so. Be good.” He shifts off of you slightly, locking one of your legs between his as he cups your core through your leggings, his fingers rubbing against your clothed clit.

“Johnny, let me up—oh, my God!” Your next attempt to speak is cut off by his fingers digging into the seam between your legs and pulling your leggings roughly, a loud tearing noise sounding throughout the room. “Johnny, what the fuck—”

“What,” Johnny says slowly, staring you directly in the eyes with a challenge clearly written on his face, “did I say about that mouth of yours?”

“To watch it,” you mumble quietly, and Johnny pinches your chin. 

“So you do remember.” he murmurs, and you swallow thickly. “Yeah, thought so.” He sits up slightly and rips the rest of your leggings off, ignoring your sounds of alarm as he jerks your body around with the force of his pulling. “Stop acting like you don’t like this.”

“I don’t like my clothing being ripped off!” You glare at him as he repositions himself on top of you, and he slips two fingers under the front of your bra, making your eyes widen. “Please don’t. Bras are expensive.”

“You clearly wanted this, though. Look at your cute little underwear and matching bra.” He snaps the band against your skin, making you hiss. “This is probably exactly where you wanted to end up.”

“Shut up, Johnny.” you grumble, looking away. He’s silent—suspiciously so—so you shift your gaze back to him and balk at his thoroughly unimpressed expression. His brow raised, he stares down at you with the most challenging look you think you’ve ever seen from him. 

“You got brattier than I remember. What happened to being a good little kitten, hm?” His words are teasing and his voice is soft, but even a fool could detect the danger underlying his tone.

“Johnny,” you whine, feeling exposed—with good reason, given that he’s ripped your top and bottom garments off and rendered them useless. “Stop being mean.”

“I think you like it when I’m mean.” he remarks, amused. He reaches behind himself and massages up your thigh to press his fingers against your clothed core. “Yeah, you definitely like it,” he breathes out as he strokes over your clit, without a doubt feeling the heat and slick seeping through your underwear. 

“Johnny,” you complain again, dragging the syllables out. “Do something.” 

“You are so demanding,” Johnny scoffs. “Who said you’re calling the shots?”

“Wh-What?” You blink up at him in surprise.

“What?” Johnny mocks you, chuckling when you frown. “Maybe I wanna pin you down and do whatever I want to you without hearing your bratty little mouth.”

You move to protest, but one stern raise of his brow, and you’re silent, prompting him to chuckle.

“You’re getting it,” he says, more patronizing than anything, but you cling to the praise regardless, blinking up at him expectantly. “Such a pretty girl,” he coos, leaning down and hovering over your lips. 

“Johnny,” you plead softly, trying your best not to whine.

“What?” he asks, feigning sympathy. “Do you want me to kiss you?”

“Yes,” you say, giving a small nod. “Please?”

He studies your face intently, eyes eventually drifting down to your lips and staring at them for a moment. He leans in and cups your chin, squeezing hard until you wince and drop your jaw, letting your tongue hang out reflexively.

He hovers over your mouth, letting a trail of spit drop down onto your tongue. When the warmth of the droplet hits your tongue, you whine and blink up at him expectantly as his saliva sits in your mouth.

“Swallow,” he mutters, brows furrowed in concentration as he watches you. You comply, swallowing and opening your mouth again as proof. His lips seal over yours almost immediately, his tongue pushing yours back into your mouth as it eases between your lips. “You can kiss me back better than that.”

You can only let out a small whimper as he kisses you, his teeth nipping at your bottom lip repeatedly and roughly. His mouth travels lower until he’s biting at the skin on your neck, teeth scraping and lips sucking as you wiggle uselessly under him.

You rock your hips up and against him, dragging your clothed core along his concealed length, which is growing more and more erect by the minute. He moves back up to kiss you, pulling away every once in a while and laughing when your lips chase after his.

“You like kissing that much?” he teases, and you nod with a petulant frown, making him snicker. “Cute,” he mumbles before leaning back in for more. His hand grabs your wrists and pins them above your head while his other hand  wraps around your throat, squeezing just enough to make you gasp. The second your lips part, Johnny pulls back and spits into your mouth, going back in to kiss you in a sloppy, wet lip lock that has you whining into it.

Lips traveling down your body, Johnny releases your throat and pulls your wrists down to your hips, locking them under your body with one hand as his mouth moves further and further south.

Releasing your hands, he lifts your ass up and folds you over so your knees are nearing your head. Ignoring your yelp of alarm, he nuzzles his face between your legs, exhaling heat against your already slick core.

“Johnny, I’m not bendy like that!” you plead, attempting to wiggle out of his grip to no avail. He tightens his hold on you and lets your elevated lower back rest against his chest as he pulls your underwear to the side and drags his tongue up and down your core with rough strokes. “Oh, fuck—”

He’s not holding back at all, moving like something wild’s been unleashed in him, as his tongue forces its way between your folds to lap at your entrance, which is currently gushing arousal. His nose is pressing firmly against your clit as he pushes his tongue into you, the pink appendage slithering within your walls as you gasp and squirm under his touch.

“Yeah, you like when I eat your pretty little pussy like that, don’t you?” he grunts, voice lilting playfully as he moves back up to suck on your clit hard. “All rough and messy—your cum is all over my face, baby.”

“S-Sorry,” you pant, your chest heaving with pleasure. 

“Don’t say sorry,” he chuckles, “I fucking love it.” he murmurs before wrapping his lips back around your sensitive, pulsing bud. “Pretty, messy little baby.” he coos, his words buzzing around your clit as your high approaches rapidly. 

“Johnny, wanna cum so bad,” you plead, and he nods, rapidly flicking his tongue over your clit as he sucks on it roughly. “Oh—holy shit—fuck, Johnny—” 

Your climax hits hard, your abdomen tensing almost painfully as your body trembles and you can’t even speak, tongue tying up uselessly as your jaw falls open. Only when you push his head away does Johnny let up on you, pulling back and letting your body return to the bed. Pulling your underwear off and slingshotting them across the room, he spreads your legs on either side of his body.

Johnny runs his thumbs over your nipples slowly, relishing the needy whine you let out. Slowly dragging his hands down your sides, he squeezes and kneads your flesh everywhere he touches, hands moving down to meet in the middle of your stomach just below your navel and down to your thighs. Forcing your thighs apart, he slaps the underside of his length against your clit repeatedly, grinning sadistically when you cry out.

“Why are you being like this?” you choke out, the backs of your eyes warming up as tears prick at them. “Please just fuck me—”

“This is so fun,” Johnny groans, stroking himself. “Aren’t you having fun?”

“No.” you sniffle, and he frowns, his hand on himself moving faster.

“Keep pouting all cute like that and I’ll just jack off to the sight of you right now.”

“Johnny!” you protest.

“All helpless and needy and teary-eyed…really gets me going, y’know.”

“You are evil.”

“I just want this moment to last forever,” he hums, sliding his length between your folds, gliding it up and down as it bumps against your clit every time.

“Johnny, I will leave right now if you don’t fuck me—oh shit,” Your complaint is cut off when Johnny pushes into you entirely, his balls slapping against your ass. 

“Nothing to say now, yeah?” he grunts, pulling out and snapping his hips back against you. At your responding whimper, he snorts derisively and adds, “I know you just need a thick fucking cock to fill you up, yeah?”

“Yes, Johnny—need it so bad,” you stammer as he fucks into you roughly, hands pinning your hips to the bed and keeping you in place as he essentially uses you to get off. His length is reaching all the right places, his tip kissing your g-spot with every thrust, and you can feel your orgasm building once more, quicker than usual as a result of all the teasing.

“You act like that on purpose so I’ll fuck you quiet, don’t you?” He’s right on the money, you note with embarrassment, but you remain silent, looking away from him in shame. “Don’t you?” 

“No—” you start to protest, but he rolls his eyes and reaches between you two, pressing his fingers against your overly sensitive clit hard and rubbing it forcefully. “Fuck, Johnny—”

“Admit it,” he spits out through clenched teeth of concentration, and your resolve breaks, the confession spilling from you immediately.

“Yes, Johnny!”

“Knew it,” he chuckles, not letting up on your clit even though you’ve complied. “Baby loves the way I fuck her, don’t you?”

“Yes, I love it—love it so much—”

“Yeah? Nice and rough, hard and deep? Like you’re nothing but a little fuckdoll for me to play with?”

“I’m your fuckdoll,” you gasp, nodding emphatically. “I am, I am—”

“Such a good fuckdoll,” he compliments, and fresh tears spring to your eyes from the overwhelming pleasure and the unexpected praise. “Letting me fuck you any way I want—bet you’re gonna let me cum in you, too, aren’t you?”

“Yes!” you agree immediately, latching onto his words and the sound of his voice to center yourself. “Fucking—fucking breed me, Johnny—”

“Breed you?” Johnny remarks, surprised, and you fear you’ve misspoken until he leans over you so his lips are at your ear. “I’m gonna breed you so fucking deep—gonna give you all my fucking cum.”

“Please,” you cry out, digging your nails into his shoulders.

“I bet Jaehyun wouldn’t like to hear that you begged me to breed you,” Johnny taunts. “Hell, Mark might even cry.”

“Johnny, stop—” You reach to cover his mouth, but he smacks your hand away with a wicked grin.

“You want them to hear us? Yeah? Wanna make them listen to me fucking you just the way you like? Make them hear you begging for me to breed you like a little slut in heat?”

“Johnny, please—I’m gonna cum—”

“Fucking cum then.” he mocks your voice, whiny and breathy, and you promptly lose your mind, everything in your mind blanking out and being replaced with immense pleasure. You’re crying, you realize a couple seconds later—sniffling and all, tears streaming down your cheeks, and Johnny coos at you in feigned sympathy. “Am I fucking you that good, huh? That you turn into a crybaby?”

“I’m not a crybaby,” you whimper, tears filling your eyes once more, and he silences you with a deep kiss, the taste of your tears salting the lip lock, but neither of you break it, his lips remaining on yours even as you tremble and moan loudly from his thrusts.

“You are,” he says with a teasing lilt, “and I’m gonna breed my pretty fucking crybaby.” he’s practically growling as he starts to climax, fucking into you still with sloppier thrusts as he releases into you, keeping true to his word and filling you with his seed.

The only noises to be heard are the sounds of you and Johnny catching your breath as he pulls out of you and collapses on the bed beside you.

“So,” Johnny chuckles, breaking the silence. You turn to look at him. “Breeding, huh?”

“Shut up,” you whine, pushing his face away from you. “I don’t know what came over me.”

“I have that effect on people.” he says with a smug grin, and you roll your eyes.

“You’re so full of yourself, Johnny.” 

He shrugs. “I don’t know; kinda seemed like you liked being full of me just a moment ago—”

“Johnny!”

 Day 34

“Who’s home?” you call from the kitchen at the sound of the front door opening.

“Just Jeno,” you hear as he rounds the corner into view. 

“Oh, hey, Jeno.” You wave at the approaching male who returns the gesture. “I thought you and Jaemin left together.”

“We did; Coach let me go early but everyone else is still running drills.” Jeno explains.

“Oh. Sucks for them.” 

Jeno snickers and nods, taking a seat at the kitchen island across from you. “Yeah. Where’s everyone else?”

“I could rattle off the long list of who’s where doing what, but the long story short is that everyone’s out.”

“Oh,” Jeno comments and you could swear you hear his voice waver slightly. “So we’re home alone.”

“That we are,” you confirm, smiling innocently as a devious plan begins to form in your mind. 

Pretending to be focused on your phone, you drop your shoulder slightly, letting your bra strap slip down, and you fight back your smile when his eyes narrow, following the descent of the strip of fabric. Standing up, you walk around the island, brushing by him and grinning, unseen, as he stiffens. 

“Jeno,” you drag out the syllables of his name, blinking at him helplessly. His gaze darkens at your expression and he swallows hard before blinking and clearing his face. “I need your help.”

“With what?” It’s obvious he’s trying to keep his voice level and avoid looking at you, but you take his hand in yours, tugging him to his feet and leading him to the cabinet. 

“I can’t reach this shelf to put this dish away.” You frown, picking up the dish and standing directly in front of him to point at the shelf. 

Is there a step-stool? Yes. 

Does he need to know that? No, not right now.

As if to demonstrate, you stand on your tiptoes and reach your arms above your head, well aware of the sliver of skin gradually revealing itself just above your shorts as your shirt raises up. 

For a moment, it seems like Jeno’s unable to help himself, hands gripping your hips so his fingers are digging into your exposed skin, and you let out a quiet but content sigh, leaning back so your ass is pressing against his front. His grip tightens before it falls away, Jeno abruptly plucking the dish from your hand and pushing forward to put it away, pressing you against the counter at the same time. 

As he puts it away, you turn so you’re facing him, smiling when he looks down at you before resting against the counter and gazing into his eyes curiously.

He seems frozen in place, not moving even when you cock your head to the side, just studying your face with furrowed brows and a set jaw.

“Jeno?” you say softly, leaning in so your faces are closer. 

“Yeah?” he answers with a slight rasp to his voice.

“You’re blocking me in.” you point out, placing a hand on his chest. You push gently and he steps back a moment later, clearly in a daze of sorts.

You turn away and finish putting up the other dishes you just washed as Jeno returns to his seat and you can’t help but sigh internally—that would have worked on any member of this household. So why not Jeno?

“I’m gonna go to my room,” you say to Jeno, who just nods, his jaw set as he looks at his phone. Turning and heading upstairs, you faintly hear Jeno get up and think nothing of it, continuing on your way. You’ve just cleared the landing to the second floor when Jeno calls your name from an alarmingly close proximity and you turn in surprise to see him standing directly behind you, one step below. “Jeno?”

“You’re a real little tease, you know that?” he chuckles, stepping towards you. Something about his eyes screams “danger” in the most alluring of ways, and you back up reflexively, eyes widening when he takes another step towards you. 

“What do you mean?” Your words come out breathless and soft, nerves overtaking you at the way his features seem to have sharpened, growing more intense. 

“You know exactly what I mean.” he says seriously, and you blink as you move away, inadvertently backing yourself up against the wall. 

Jeno smiles in satisfaction and closes in on you entirely, placing both hands on the wall on either side of your head. He’s effectively trapping you in place and he knows it, if the smirk curling his lips is anything to go by.

“Jeno—” Your throat feels dry.

“I’m quiet, I’m not oblivious.” he scoffs in amusement. “I see the way you look at me.”

“I—” 

Jeno lowers himself so his lips are by your ear, his hot breath fanning over your skin. He smells of sweat and a heady blend of musk and whatever leftover body wash he used before practice and you practically go cross-eyed from the desire. 

“I can tell by the way you touch me.” His lips graze your earlobe and a small gasp bubbles out of your throat. “You keep testing me.”

“I’m not testing you, Jeno,” you lie, and he snorts derisively.

“You’re a bad liar.” Jeno informs you plainly, and you swallow. “Not to mention the way you show off this body,” he grunts, winding an arm around your waist and yanking you against him. “Strutting around in shorts or leggings and skimpy little tops—you want the attention of not just me, but every-fucking-body, don’t you?”

“No, Jeno,” you whimper, your breathing labored as you gaze up at him with wide eyes.

“It’s even in the way you fucking speak to me,” he growls. “All soft and breathy and whiny—like you’re moaning every time you speak to me.”

“Wh—I—”

“Say my name.” 

“Jeno,” you comply immediately, and he raises an eyebrow at how blatantly desperate you sound. “Jeno, I don’t mean to sound like that—”

“Sure, you don’t. You also don’t mean to say my name all the time, do you? You know it sounds good when you say it so you do it all the damn time.”

You’re embarrassed, to say the least, that Jeno’s been onto you this whole time. You open and close your mouth, but nothing comes out, and he snickers at your unraveling state.

“I can’t believe there are six guys in this house that would gladly fuck you at a moment’s notice, but you’re still chasing after me?” He tilts his head to the side, regarding you with a sadistic sort of curiosity. “Do you like me that much, or are you just that desperate for attention?”

Your pride makes a comeback as you frown, retorting, “I’m not desperate for your attention.”

He raises an eyebrow. “Then what do you call all of this?” 

The words leave your mouth before you can stop them. “Playing with you.”

He wets his lips slowly as he looks at you with mild disbelief. “So you’re enjoying just toying with me, yeah? Turning me on and waltzing off like nothing happened?”

“Well, no—”

“‘Well, no,’” Jeno mocks you, and you fall silent in shock. “Well,” he stresses the word, pushing his hips into yours and pressing you up against the wall, “I think it’s my turn to have some fun, yeah?”

“J—”

“Right?”

“I guess,” you mumble, and he grins, tilting your chin up and dipping his head down to ghost his lips against yours. When you lean up to kiss him, he pulls back with an amused snort.

“Do you really think you deserve a kiss? After all the shit you pulled?”

You blanch and shift your weight from one foot to the other, and Jeno scoffs, pressing you flat against the wall to your surprise.

“You’re lucky I’m doing this for me.” He doesn’t give you any further warning, bringing his lips to yours in a searingly passionate kiss. It’s rough and full of nipping and biting, his hands groping your body freely with tugging and squeezing and pinching until you yelp.

You can barely get your wits about you long enough to moan, the sound snatched away by Jeno’s hand wrapping around your throat and squeezing. Your mouth falls open to gasp in air, and his tongue enters instantly, greedily searching for a taste of you.

“These fucking tits,” Jeno grunts, his hand groping your chest and pinching your nipple, tugging it. “You’re something else, you know that?”

“I’m not—” you start, but he silences you by pushing his hips against yours hard, a gasp leaving you instead. Shoving his hand up your shirt, he pushes your bra up and draws circles around the bud, chuckling when you keen and push your breast into his hand more. “Jeno—”

“There you go again, moaning my name like a little slut.”

“S-Sorry,” you stammer, and he silences you by bringing the hand on your throat up to cover your mouth.

“Didn’t say I don’t like it.” With that, he dips his head down and devotes his attention to ruining your neck, leaving your skin buzzing with nips, bites, and sucks that have gasps leaving your covered lips.

As his mouth works away at your neck, his other hand slips between your skin and your underwear, lips shushing you when you whimper.

“Shut,” he pants, “up.”

You nod, and he pushes two fingers into you, clearly not in the mood to wait. The sound you desperately want to let out falters on the tip of your tongue, and he looks up at you with a smug grin.

“Good.” 

His fingers pump into you rapidly, stroking and twisting and curling as he finds your g-spot, fucking into it relentlessly as you struggle to remain silent. His hand leaves your mouth to yank your shirt up and your bra down until your breasts are exposed, and he takes your nipple into his mouth, sucking hard and biting until you squirm away. 

Between his fingers inside of you and his mouth sucking on your breasts, you’re about to lose your mind. 

“Jaemin always calls you ‘angel,’ but you’re not a fucking angel, are you?” he taunts, and you huff stubbornly. “You think angels like getting fucked up against the wall?”

“No,” you mumble reluctantly, gripping his forearm as his hand speeds up inside of you.

“That’s why you’re not an angel. You’re a dirty...little...slut.” he practically spits the words at you and, for some reason, they usher in your orgasm as you cry out Jeno’s name loudly, almost sliding down the wall if not for Jeno’s hand pinning the lower half of your body in place. “Your room,” he murmurs urgently, and you lead him to your room, clumsily discarding your shorts on the way.

As soon as the door shuts behind you both, Jeno doesn’t waste a second, flipping you so your face is pressed against the wall and bringing the head of his—surprisingly thick—length to your entrance. He pushes in without a moment’s notice, clasping a hand tightly over your mouth as you cry out, and starts to pump into you with rough, deep strokes. 

“This what you wanted, huh?” he taunts through gritted teeth. “To get fucked like a little slut?”

“Jeno,” you moan out, the discomfort gradually giving way to pleasure, and a groan emerges from his chest, the sound deep and filled with need. 

“Answer me.” He moves his hand off of your mouth and squeezes your jaw as if urging you to spit the words out.

“Yes!” you exclaim breathlessly, focusing on the way the cold wall feels against your cheek as the only thing grounding you. You never expected shy, quiet Jeno to be this rough, but you’d be lying if you said you didn’t love it.

“You’re just a needy little slut, aren’t you?”

“Mhm—”

“I fucking know,” he growls under his breath, his balls slapping against your ass as he fucks into you roughly. Delivering a sharp smack to your ass, he stuffs two fingers into your mouth and groans when you start to suck them. “Gonna give you exactly what you want.”

“Please,” you pant, muffled from his fingers in your mouth, and he chuckles, shoving them farther back and laughing cruelly when you choke.

“You’re gonna take what I give you,” he grunts, “and you’re gonna fucking love it.”

The front door shuts behind Johnny and Jaemin, both of whom freeze when loud shushing startles them.

“What are you shushing me for—” Johnny whispers to Mark and Haechan, the two waving frantically to shut him up and pointing vigorously towards the upstairs section of the house.

Listening out for whatever has them so agitated, Johnny’s eyes widen when he hears your unmistakable moan—and it’s loud.

“It’s probably Jaehyun or Jungwoo,” Johnny brushes them off, and Haechan shakes his head, pointing at the kitchen. 

Peering around the corner, Johnny sees Jaehyun and Jungwoo in the kitchen, staring upstairs with the same bewildered expression.

“Well, if we’re all down here and Renjun has a girlfriend—I don’t think he’s even home—who could be—?”

“Jeno!” Your voice cuts through the air and everyone’s eyes widen as they look amongst each other. Jaemin, sporting a smug smile, shrugs.

“I knew he wanted her.” 

“He’s going in on her,” Jungwoo remarks in surprise as your sounds of pleasure escalate in pitch and volume.

“And out,” Haechan agrees, and everyone turns to look at him in confusion. He makes a circle with one hand and pushes a finger in and out. “And back in, and back out, and back in—”

“I think we get it,” Mark mumbles tiredly, and Haechan shrugs. 

“I’m just saying.”

“What do we say when they come out?” Mark asks, and Jaehyun shoots him a funny look.

“Nothing? Carry on as normal.”

“I mean, yeah, but—”

“Fuck, Jeno, right there—”

“Okay, I’m gonna go do…anything other than stand here and eavesdrop.” Mark mutters, pulling out his headphones from his bag and heading to the couch.

“Touchy.” Jaehyun chuckles quietly, and Johnny shoots him a brief glare. “Sorry.”

Meanwhile, upstairs, you’re about to fall apart all over Jeno’s length, Jeno seconds behind you.

“Cum for me,” he grunts, powerful thrusts punctuating his every word. “Cum all over my cock.”

“I’m gonna—oh, fuck, Jeno—” you gasp as your climax hits and he groans at the feeling of your walls clenching so hard he’s practically forced out of you. “Oh, my God,” you whimper breathlessly as pleasure courses through you, your eyes rolling back and eyelids fluttering shut.

“Fuck, gonna cum in you,” Jeno grunts, thrusting harder and practically flattening you against the wall. “Gonna cum so fucking deep in your tight little pussy—” And with that, he’s climaxing, hips slapping against your ass one last time as he bottoms out in you, releasing deep into you. “Fuck, that’s so good.”

“So full,” you moan weakly, nodding—at what, you’re not sure. “Feels so good.”

Jeno pulls out of you slowly, dropping to a squat to watch as a blend of your releases leak out of you and groaning in satisfaction.

“You okay?” he asks softly, seemingly back to the quiet, reserved Jeno you’re used to. 

“Yeah,” you nod, your voice a bit raspy, but you are fine, you’re sure. 

“Great.”

“You?” you ask, and he shoots you a slightly awkward thumbs up as he finishes tying off his sweats.

“I’m perfect.” he sighs in relief. “Is your curiosity satisfied now?” He raises an eyebrow, and your cheeks warm.

“Yeah,” you mumble, rubbing the back of your neck as you look around the room for your clothes. Finding them, you start to redress, painfully aware of how Jeno’s watching you with an amused smirk.

“Never thought I’d see the day you became the quiet one.” Jeno chuckles, and you narrow your eyes, swatting him with your shirt. 

“Shut up.”

Exiting your room and heading back downstairs, the room feels silent despite several of your housemates being present, and you stop short. 

“When did you guys get home?” you ask carefully, and Johnny looks up at you with a knowing smile. “Oh, boy.”

Slow clapping starts to come from the kitchen, and you turn to look as Haechan makes his way over to you and Jeno, clapping and nodding in approval.

“Glad you two had fun,” Haechan says with a grin. “It was about time, what with the way Jeno always talked about you—”

“Haechan, shut up.” Jeno warns, and Haechan nods in understanding, miming zipping his lips shut. 

“Haechan,” you murmur, “will you tell me later?” You smile innocently.

He nods with a wink before Jeno clears his throat loudly, prompting him to shake his head vehemently. 

“You’re no fun, Jeno.” you huff, and he narrows his eyes at you challengingly, making you backtrack. “You’re all the fun, actually. Literally all of it. None left for anyone else.”

He smiles, pleased, and turns to head into the kitchen.

“I’ll tell you later,” Haechan mumbles surreptitiously, “but I’m scared.”

“I don’t blame you.”

“What was that?” Jeno calls loudly, and you both practically scamper away from each other. 

“Nothing!” you say in unison.

“Whoever is eating my Cinnamon Toast Crunch I brought over, can you stop?” Haechan complains at the impromptu house meeting, and you smile sheepishly.

“It was me, sorry—thought it was just a regular cereal in the house.”

“Actually—you can eat it if you want.” he says immediately, and Renjun scoffs in amusement. “Yeah, but just you.”

“Aw, you’re so sweet,” you coo, reaching over and squeezing his hand, retracting it with a roll of your eyes when Jaehyun and Mark clear their throats in unison. “Get over yourselves.” you say. Mark frowns, and you let out a small sigh. “Sorry.” 

“While we’re all here, actually, I have no idea where the detergent is and I’ve been too scared to ask.” Jeno mumbles.

“It’s the blue one,” Johnny says, and you raise your eyebrows incredulously.

“That’s mine! Jeno, use the green one—the Gain.” 

“Oh, really? I’ve been using it,” Johnny says sheepishly, and you narrow your eyes. 

“That’s why your clothes smell like me, oh, my God.” you mutter, surprised. “I thought I was just hanging out with you too much.”

“Okay, can we end this house meeting?” Jaemin calls out from the couch. “I have work to do.”

“Yeah, sure,” you agree, and everyone gradually exits the living room and kitchen, leaving you at the kitchen counter and Renjun on the couch, flipping through channels on the television. You don’t really feel like going back to your room—and you’re not entirely keen on admitting you’re avoiding Mark—so you walk into the living room where Renjun sits. “Hi, Renjun!”

“Hey!” he replies, looking up from his phone. “Sorry, just texting my girlfriend back.” His phone dings and he checks the notification, a smile lighting up his face as he types something in and locks it again. “She’s so funny.”

“No problem,” you say with a smile, admiring how different he is with her; sweet, attentive, caring. You want that for yourself—not him, but you want a relationship like his. “Hey, can I, um, hang out with you?” you ask carefully, hoping you’re not intruding.

To your relief, Renjun smiles warmly at you, scooting over on the couch. “Sure! Wanna watch this telenovela with me?” Renjun offers, and you perk up, nodding as you sit on the couch beside him. “I’ll catch you up as we watch.” 

As Renjun gradually fills in details about the show, you find your interest increasing until you’re sitting forward fully and paying rapt attention to the screen.

“I knew you’d like it.” Renjun laughs, and you wave a hand, shushing him.

“Stop, I need to find out if Fernando’s twin survived the house fire!” you whisper loudly. “What’s his name again?”

“Eduardo,” Renjun chuckles, and you nod.

“C’mon, Eduardo!”

“Hey, Renjun?” you ask softly, and he turns the volume down, looking over at you curiously. “You know my whole situation with Jaehyun and Mark, right?”

“How could I not?” he chuckles, and you offer a weak laugh. “I’m joking.” Renjun nudges you.

“Right,” you say, nodding with a small smile. “Do you think…well… Does doing all this…like, hooking up with both of them…make me a bad person?”

“I don’t think so.” Renjun answers, and he sounds sincere. “I think you haven’t made a choice yet, so it makes sense to be confused still.”

“Yeah,” you hum lightly, nodding slowly. “I mean, they both have their positives, y’know?”

“And their drawbacks,” Renjun adds, and you nod in agreement. “It’s like Marielena in this telenovela,” he says, gesturing towards the television. “She’s stuck between Fernando and Ricardo, but her feelings aren’t clear to anyone, let alone herself. So we don’t hate her for trying to do what she thinks is right.”

“That’s true. I just want…I don’t know, I want something cozy and easy that makes sense. Like what you have with your girlfriend, y’know?”

“Well, you’re not me and you’re not my girlfriend, and neither are Jaehyun and Mark, so things might not be the same, right? If you want cozy, that might be one person; if you want easy, that might be someone else. But if you want something that makes sense, that’s a personal choice that you have to make. Does that make sense?”

You can feel a smile coming on. “Yeah. Yeah, you’re right! Thanks, Renjun.” you thank him sincerely, and he returns your smile.

“No problem. Now, uh,” he points back at the television. “Can we go back to the show?”

“Oh, yeah, of course!” You nod, and he starts to rewind back to where you left off. “I can’t wait to find out how Fernando reacts to realizing his twin, Eduardo, survived the house fire.”

“His evil twin, Eduardo.” Renjun corrects with an eager smile, settling back in his spot and bringing popcorn to his mouth. 

 Day 35

The doorbell rings and you look around in confusion with practically everyone else.

“Everyone is here, right?” you ask, and Johnny nods.

“Did anyone order a package?” Jungwoo asks, and the silence holds the answer. 

“Well, then who—” you mumble, but Jaehyun’s footsteps down the stairs cut you off as he appears in the living room, fixing his hair as he heads to the door.

“It’s for me,” he says, shooting you a lingering glance before disappearing into the foyer and opening the door. There are confused glances and quietly muttering being shared all over the place that all culminate to complete and utter silence when the visitor enters the living room.

Silence is hardly even the word. The shock of everyone in the room is palpable as everyone just stares at Jaehyun in disbelief. 

“Hi, everyone,” the visitor says quietly, waving. “I’m Minhee.”

You’re the first to react, sending her a tight-lipped smile. “Hey,” you greet. It’s not her fault Jaehyun invited her over.

Gradually, everyone says some sort of greeting and Jaehyun has the audacity to be staring directly at you the entire time.

You could kill him.

“Here, you can set your stuff down in my room.” Jaehyun tells her, touching her gently on her lower back. “You remember where it is, right?”

She nods and shoots you another small smile before heading upstairs.

The silence is painful to endure, and Johnny breaks it with a low huff.

“Dude.”

“I don’t see the problem.” Jaehyun says defensively, and you scoff loudly into your mug, rolling your eyes when Jaehyun turns and looks at you. “Do you have something to say?”

“No,” you say flatly. 

“Kinda seems like you have something to say.”

“Dude.” Johnny warns him, and Jaehyun spares him a cursory glance before returning his attention to you. 

“Do you…have something…to say?” Jaehyun asks carefully, and you can practically feel something inside of you snap.

“Who you invite over makes no difference to me.” you lie, and Jaehyun raises his eyebrows.

“Kinda seems like it does make a difference,” he says, stepping closer to you. 

“Jaehyun, shut up.”

“Are you jealous?” The question practically stops you in your tracks, making you freeze and look at him in disbelief.

“You don’t wanna do this,” Johnny cautions Jaehyun again, looking between the two of you. 

“Minhee’s waiting for you, Jaehyun.” Your voice is level and even and you’re actually proud of how well you’re keeping your composure.

“Minhee can wait a little longer.”

You scoff. “You’re a shitty host—”

“Jaehyun, just go upstairs.” Johnny cuts you off before it can get any worse, and Jaehyun gives you a long, probing look before doing just that.

“You okay?” Mark asks carefully, and you nod, unable to bring yourself to meet his worried gaze.

“I’m going to my room.” you mumble, and Johnny nods out of the corner of your eye.

You head upstairs to your room and plop down on the bed, groaning under your breath before you stop abruptly, listening out.

“I know he can’t be—” you mutter, gasping when you hear an unmistakable moan from his room. “Oh, fuck him.” There’s a gentle knock on the door and you sigh. “Who is it?”

“Haechan and Jaemin,” they answer, and you relax slightly.

“Come in.” 

They do and you gesture at your bed for them to make themselves comfortable, both of them taking the invitation and sitting, Jaemin in front of you and Haechan next to you.

“Are they—are they fucking?” Jaemin asks in surprise as he cocks his head to hear better, and you nod slowly. “Wow.”

“Yeah.”

“He’s out of his mind,” Haechan mumbles, and you laugh humorlessly.

“I can’t fucking believe him,” you hiss, and Jaemin sighs in understanding, rubbing your knee comfortingly.

“You know, you could always get him back.” Haechan suggests, and you look at him curiously.

“What do you mean?”

He and Jaemin share a look, now seemingly on the same page as they look at you.

“He’s fucking that girl—Minhee—to make you jealous, right?” Haechan says.

“Yes…?”

“Well, you could fuck someone to make him jealous.” Jaemin finishes, and your eyes widen slightly as you process the situation.

“Us. Specifically,” Haechan adds, and you chuckle.

“I got that part, yeah.”

With the way Jaemin and Haechan are advancing on you, you feel a bit like a cornered animal, but your thoughts melt away when Haechan cups your cheek and leans in to press his lips to yours.

Your lips move together smoothly, if not a bit eagerly, and when you suck at his bottom lip, he groans and surges forward, knocking your back against the headboard none too gently. 

“Don’t be selfish,” Jaemin mutters, gripping the back of your neck and pulling you away from Haechan with a soft wet smacking noise. You barely have time to catch your breath before Jaemin’s lips are on yours and he’s pulling you towards him with a strong hand gripping under your thigh.

You yelp as he flattens your back to the mattress unexpectedly and sucks on your tongue, flicking gently at it with his own. Not to be ignored, Haechan latches his lips onto your neck and leaves hot, wet kisses along the skin, one hand firmly kneading the flesh of your thigh. As his hand creeps further up your leg, your breath hitches and Jaemin tugs at the hem of your shirt.

Both of them have their hands running all over you, groping and tugging and squeezing, and the sensations are overwhelming in the best of ways, your legs parting to allow Haechan access to touch you while you prop yourself up to let Jaemin tug your shirt over your head.

With Jaemin kissing down from your lips and Haechan kissing down from your collarbones, your bra gets opened and slipped off in the melee, both of their mouths finding their way around a nipple and sucking. 

The breath you let out is shaky and your hands lace through their hair, tugging for Haechan and lightly scratching Jaemin’s scalp. Haechan’s hand between your legs slips under your shorts and beneath your underwear, stroking along your folds before Jaemin’s fingers join them, making a beeline for your clit.

“Fuck,” you whisper, your eyes fluttering shut as Jaemin kisses a wet trail down your body to your hips and thighs. They make quick work of removing your shorts and underwear and you would normally have the sense to be embarrassed that you’re entirely nude and they’re fully clothed, but Haechan’s lips put an end to your concerns as they reconnect with yours.

“Jaehyun can’t hear you, baby,” Haechan teases, and you whimper loudly, your thighs quivering as Jaemin settles between them.

“He’ll hear her after this.” Jaemin sounds determined as his tongue drags up your inner thighs, collecting the arousal smeared on your heated skin. Looping one arm around your thigh and the other over your stomach, he holds you in place firmly as he laps at your folds, running his tongue over them slowly and indulgently. 

“Jaemin,” you whine, and he chuckles, the sound low in his throat. 

“That’s it, pretty.” His mouth seals over your core, licking and sucking at your skin everywhere he can reach, and his grunts of pleasure mingle with yours in the air. 

“Kiss me,” Haechan mutters, pulling you close to him by the neck and kissing you deeply. His tongue enters your mouth just as Jaemin’s enters you, and you gasp loudly, keening weakly against his lips. When you squirm under Jaemin’s touch, Haechan and Jaemin both take it upon themselves to hold you down.

“Don’t move,” Jaemin warns you with a teasing lilt, nuzzling your clit with his lips. “Just take it.”

“Feels so good,” you exhale shakily, and Haechan coos fondly, pressing small kisses to your lips. 

“We know, baby.” he murmurs soothingly. “We know; just let it feel good.”

“She’s not loud enough, I don’t think,” Jaemin hums thoughtfully. “Think she needs something in her.”

“Yes,” you gasp immediately, hips lifting up as much as they can under Jaemin’s grip. “Something in me, yes—”

“Aw, poor baby.” he lilts. “Want my tongue in you? Or my fingers?”

“Cock,” you answer, huffing slightly. 

“That wasn’t an option.” Jaemin scolds you, leaning down to suck at your clit. “So greedy,” he taunts with his lips still pressed to you, the vibrations from his words sending pleasurable jolts through your body.

“Tongue—fingers—I don’t care,” you whine, “I just want you to fuck me.”

“How about both, then?” he offers, and you nod vigorously, sighing in relief when he pushes two fingers into you and starts to pump them in and out slowly, returning his attention to your clit that he flicks back and forth and sucks on roughly.

“Of course she’s greedy,” Haechan chuckles, watching this exchange between you and Jaemin with amusement. “Look at how you spoil her.”

Detaching from your core with a wet smacking sound, Jaemin shoots a brief glare in Haechan’s direction. “Look at her. Do you blame me?”

Haechan scans your body, eyes lingering between your legs where Jaemin’s fingers work in and out of you, and drag back up to your eyes before he grins.

“No, I don’t.” he agrees, cupping your chin and pulling you in for another kiss. “Would spoil the hell out of you if you were mine.”

“Haechan,” you whimper, aroused by the raw desperation in his voice. “Kiss me? Please?”

“Gladly,” he half-murmurs, half-growls, and slots his lips with yours eagerly.

Jaemin’s fingers move in and out of you rapidly, curling and scissoring expertly as your body trembles and squirms under his forearm pressing down on your abdomen.

“God, fuck,” you cry out, breaking the kiss with Haechan to look down at Jaemin, who’s moving determinedly with a fire in his eyes as his gaze switches between your face and your core where his fingers keep disappearing into you. “Gonna—gonna cum—”

“Kinda wanna hear you beg for it,” Haechan laughs breathlessly and, to your dismay, Jaemin nods in agreement.

“Beg,” he urges. “Loudly.”

“Jaemin, please let me cum,” you give in instantly, and his lips wrap around your clit once more as he hums in acknowledgement.

“Again.” Haechan speaks the words on Jaemin’s tongue, as it’s busy swirling around your clit rapidly.

“Jaemin, wanna cum,” you moan loudly, and Haechan chuckles, tweaking your nipple experimentally.

“Louder,” he sing-songs.

“Fuck—wanna cum so bad—please let me cum, Jaemin!” 

“That’s it,” Haechan growls under his breath, and takes your nipple into his mouth just as your peak hits, a loud cry leaving you as your back arches off of the bed. Loud gasps and swears fall from your lips repeatedly, your hips bucking towards Jaemin, who rides the undulating waves of your body with ease, not letting up on his actions until you’re whimpering desperately and shoving at his head and wrist.

“Pretty girl, are you gonna let me fuck your mouth?” Haechan asks sweetly, stroking your cheek, and you hum in assent and nod, moving so you’re lying on your front between his legs. Haechan pulls his length from his pants and strokes himself slowly before you smack his hand away and replace it with your own, lifting your head to spit down onto the head of his shaft, lubricating it so you can take him in your mouth with ease.

Wrapping your lips around the head of his length, you swirl your tongue around him and massage the slit in his tip with it, making him shudder. You start to bob your head up and down on him, gradually taking in more of his length with every downwards movement, and he groans loudly, his head thumping against the headboard.

“Fuck,” he hisses, resting his hand on top of your head. When you hollow your cheeks and suck more of him into your mouth, he moans and grips your hair. “That’s it, baby, just like that—sucking my cock so well, pretty.”

Your tongue massaging the underside of his shaft, you bob your head up and down quickly, wet sucking noises filling the room along with Haechan’s lewd moans, and Jaemin moves your hair out of your face to see you better, cooing in adoration.

“Look so pretty taking Haechan’s cock down your throat,” Jaemin praises, stroking the back of your neck gently as you suck on Haechan’s tip, pulling off and wiping the string of saliva connecting your bottom lip to his length before pressing kisses to the slit.

“Fuck, I’m not gonna last if you keep going—” Haechan grunts, carefully moving you back from him. “Need to fuck you.”

“Okay,” you say with a dreamy smile, lust and anticipation filling you at the realization that you’re about to be stuffed full of not one, but two cocks.

Haechan and Jaemin position themselves at your entrances, Haechan pulling you into a kiss from below to distract you from the overwhelming sensation of them pushing into you.

“Fuck,” you whimper breathlessly, feeling lightheaded. “So fucking full.”

“You’re doing so well, baby,” Jaemin soothes you, rubbing your back in soothing motions and pushing in deeper as you cry out weakly. “Gonna fill you so good.”

“More,” you mumble against Haechan’s lips, and he nods, settling you down further onto his length until he’s as deep inside as possible, both of you reacting loudly as Jaemin pushes in to the hilt swiftly, making you clench impossibly tighter around Haechan.

“Angel, it’ll feel better when you relax.” Jaemin murmurs, and you nod, trying to relax your muscles.

“You can move,” you urge, wiggling your hips slightly, and they lock eyes, communicating wordlessly before they pull out and start to fuck into you, gradually building a rhythm in tandem that ensures you’re never not filled with at least one of them. “Oh, fuck—”

“That’s good, yeah? Pretty girl likes being stuffed full of cock?” Haechan grunts, thrusting up into you. With your hand on his chest, nails digging into the flesh slightly, he hisses in pleasure and lifts his head to suck one of your nipples into his mouth, kneading the other breast.

Jaemin’s hand snakes around your body to rub your clit and you jolt in surprise, Haechan groaning loudly.

“Fuck—Jaemin, do that again,” he moans, and Jaemin chuckles, obliging and making your walls tighten once more.

“Angel, you think Jaehyun’s gonna be mad hearing how we’re fucking you so good?” Jaemin muses, his length sliding along your inner walls as he speaks. “Hm? So nice and deep; bet he’s pissed as hell right now.”

“We’re gonna fuck all the thoughts out of your pretty little head, don’t you worry.” Haechan grunts from around your nipple, holding onto the bud with his teeth.

“Please,” you moan, “don’t wanna think—”

“I think that’s code for harder,” Jaemin snickers, and both of them pick up the pace, lengths driving into you in alternating motions as skin slapping against skin sounds fill the room along with your moans and pants of pleasure.

“I wanna cum—please let me cum—” you gasp, and Haechan nods emphatically.

“Cum, pretty; make a fucking mess on my cock—” he urges, and you climax with a loud cry, your body all but going slack as you struggle to hold yourself up and not collapse onto Haechan. He follows shortly after you, burying himself into you and releasing load after load of cum inside of you.

Jaemin thrusts into you a few more times before pulling out, much to your surprise, and cumming on your skin, warm spurts of his seed landing on your lower back and asscheeks. He groans at the sight and smears the last few drops onto your inner thigh, sitting back on his heels and catching his breath.

“Wait there,” Jaemin murmurs, exiting your room. You and Haechan make awkward eye contact and struggle to hold back your laughter before your door shuts and a warm, wet fabric travels between your legs and up your back, gently cleaning you up.

“Thanks,” you sigh, pulling off of Haechan. He takes the rag as Jaemin offers it to him, wiping himself down as you get off of the bed, redressing yourself slowly.

“Y’know, I passed Jaehyun in the hallway.” Jaemin pipes up, and you and Haechan turn to look at him expectantly. “He looked pissed.”

“Well...good.” you huff, and Haechan leans over to kiss your cheek.

“I hope he regrets bringing her over,” he says, and you blink despondently, not needing a reminder of what happened.

“Yeah.” 

“And fucking her for you to hear—”

“Haechan, you’re not exactly helping.” you say gently, patting his knee lightly, and he nods in understanding.

“I’ll shut up.”

“You good?” Johnny asks worriedly when you reappear in the living room in the evening, resting his hand on your back gently, and you nod dismissively.

“Yeah, she’s about to leave anyway.” you mumble, and it’s almost like someone sucked the air out of the room, the silence is that deafening. “…What?”

“She’s spending the night.” Jungwoo says carefully, and you slowly turn to look at him with a blank expression.

“What?”

“Yeah, it looked like she brought an overnight bag.” Jaemin adds, and you slide your gaze over to him, Jaemin immediately looking like he regrets speaking.

“Great! That’s great.” you reply, stretching your lips into a smile.

“Um…are you okay?” Jungwoo asks, and you wave him off.

“I’m fine.” 

“Your eye is twitching.” he points out, and you glare at him.

“I’m fine.”

“But—”

“Drop it. I’m fine.” you snarl under your breath and Jungwoo raises both hands up in surrender.

“Okay! Dropping it.”

“I’m going to bed.” you mutter, and storm off to your room, grabbing Mark’s wrist on the way and pulling him after you. 

“Are you sure you’re okay?” Mark asks, concerned, and your huffing and puffing slowly comes to a stop as you realize that this can’t be a fun experience for Mark to watch.

“Yeah, I’m good, Mark.” you lie, slipping your hand down to lace your fingers with his and squeeze gently.

“Okay…” he mumbles, clearly uncertain, but you pull him into a hug, nestling your face into his neck.

“I’m good.” you whisper, unsure if you’re convincing Mark or yourself. 

You’re not good, you realize at 4:00am. You’re far from it, actually.

So you sneak out of your bed after Mark’s gentle breathing gets to be a bit overwhelming, and trudge downstairs to the living room, which is shrouded in darkness.

You sigh and plop down on the couch, jumping up suddenly with a strangled yelp when you land on someone. There’s rustling in the dark, then the lamp beside the couch turns on and you’re met with Jaehyun lying on the cushions, covered in a blanket.

“Oh.” you say awkwardly. “Sorry, I thought no one was in here.”

“It’s fine,” Jaehyun answers, waving you off. He runs a hand through his hair and you look away with a small gulp. “What are you doing up?”

“Couldn’t sleep,” you mumble, not wanting to tell him the full reason. “You? Why are you down here?”

“Minhee kinda snores,” Jaehyun says, rubbing the back of his neck. “And hogs the blankets.”

“Bummer,” you reply, looking around to avoid eye contact. “Well, have fun with that.” You turn to leave, but he reaches out and grabs your wrist.

“We can share the couch, y’know.” he offers, and you wrinkle your nose up in distaste.

“I don’t really want to share with you.” you mutter. 

Jaehyun’s jaw clenches. “What do you mean by that?”

“You probably smell like Minhee.” You turn away and Jaehyun sucks his teeth loudly before he yanks you towards him and into his lap. “Get off me.”

“You probably smell like Haechan and Jaemin, but I’ll manage.” he huffs. “And you’re actually on me.” he points out smugly, and you growl under your breath. 

“Let me go, then.”

“Oh. No.”

“What the fuck do you mean, ‘no,’ Jaehyun?”

“I mean no.” He wrestles you around so you’re straddling his lap and he locks his arms around the small of your back tightly. “Stop avoiding me and actually talk about your feelings.”

“I don’t know what you’re talking about,” you lie stubbornly.

“Stop running from me.” He stares you down. You meet his gaze challengingly and watch as his attention drops to your lips before refocusing on your eyes. “What’s wrong?”

“Nothing.” 

“What’s wrong?”

“Nothing—”

“If you say nothing one more time, I’m gonna lose it.” Jaehyun warns, and you scoff.

“So lose it, Jaehyun,” you press, moving closer so you’re practically nose-to-nose. “See if I care.”

“Oh, so you don’t care about me?”

“I didn’t say that—”

“So you do care about me?”

“I—you—shut up—”

“Why are you mad?”

“You fucked Minhee!” you blurt out, your eyes widening after the words leave your mouth. The shock on Jaehyun’s face shifts slowly into a smug sort of realization. “Stop looking at me like that.”

“You’re mad I fucked Minhee?” His voice is softer than earlier, and you look away immediately, focusing on the pattern of the decorative pillow on the other side of the couch. “Why does that bother you?”

“What are you, my therapist?” you grumble, and his unamused expression shuts you up. “I don’t know.” you lie.

“I think you do know.”

“I think you should shut up.” you huff, and he snorts derisively.

“You’re being a brat.”

“That’s what I’m best at,” you say with a dismissive shrug, and he rolls his eyes in your peripheral vision before cupping your chin and turning your head so you’re looking at him. “Stop looking at me like that.”

“Like what?” He doesn’t shift his expression, something soft lurking in his eyes behind the teasing glint as he smiles at you. 

“You know.”

“I don’t think I do.”

“‘I don’t think I do,’” you mock, and he rolls his eyes, squeezing your waist in his one-armed grip until you squeak.

“Why does it bother you that I fucked Minhee?” Jaehyun presses, and you grumble indistinctly. “Answer me.”

“The same reason why it bothers you that I fuck Mark!” You finally spit it out, and his eyes widen slightly before he’s leaning forward, his hold on your chin tightening as you try to look away again. “Please stop looking at me like that,” you say quietly, feeling small under his gaze.

“Like what?”

“You know—”

“Do you know why,” Jaehyun cuts you off, “I invited Minhee over?”

“To fuck with my head.”

“No,” he answers simply. “So you would finally notice me.”

Your heart is in your throat at this point, a noticeable lump resting there as you try to swallow around it. For some reason, you feel tears pricking at the corners of your eyes, your cheeks feeling hot.

“I do notice you,” you mumble, smaller than ever. You avert your gaze. 

Jaehyun lets you. “No, you don’t.”

A small whimper slips from you as you nod, your bottom lip trembling slightly. “I do.” you insist quietly. 

“Yeah?” he presses.

“You stopped eating my yogurts,” you point out, looking at his shoulder. “You like when I play with your hands. You stopped playing Cigarettes After Sex through the wall.” 

Jaehyun’s gone still under you, and you can feel his stare on you as you swallow thickly.

“You’re always looking at me when you think I can’t see you.” 

“Yeah?” There’s a slight smile to his voice, and, for some reason, it makes your chest ache even more.

“Mhm.” You place a hand on his chest, studying your fingernails and the contrast of your skin against his white t-shirt. “Wanna know how I know that?” 

“Yeah,” he says gently, leaning forward slightly to test the waters. When your hand doesn’t restrict him, instead giving under the pressure, he ducks his head to rest on your shoulder, tilting it towards you to exhale softly against your neck.

“Because I’m looking at you when you actually can’t see me.” 

He chuckles quietly and lifts his head slightly, the tip of his nose pressing against your cheek. 

“Is that right?”

“Yeah,” you answer with a small smile. “Discretion is key, y’know.”

“You’re changing the topic,” he points out.

“Damn,” you mutter. “I was hoping you wouldn’t notice.”

“You said that it bothers you that I fucked Minhee for the same reason that it bothers me that you fuck Mark.” he reminds you, and you blanch, giving a small nod. “What reason is that?”

“I don’t wanna say it,” you whine, tipping your head forward to rest on his shoulder. 

“I’ll tell you why it bothers me that you fuck Mark, then.” Jaehyun murmurs, rubbing your back gently, and you hum in acknowledgement. “It bothers me because I like you.” 

You knew this. You definitely knew this because of Johnny’s big mouth, but hearing Jaehyun say it is entirely different. Your cheeks warm—your whole body does, really—and the backs of your eyes feel hot as tears start to gather. 

When you sniffle quietly, Jaehyun freezes momentarily. 

“Did that make you cry?” He sounds incredulous, and you suck it up, sitting up and looking him in the eyes.

“No.”

“You’re lying.” 

You two stare each other down.

You sigh in defeat. “Okay, I’m lying.” 

“Why did you cry, hm?” Jaehyun cups your cheek and wipes your last tear away with his thumb. 

“Because I feel bad,” you say with a frown. It’s not the whole truth, but it’s a start. “Jaehyun, I just—”

A door opens upstairs, and you both freeze, looking at each other. Before you know it, you’re putting a finger to your lips and turning off the lamp, both of you holding your breath as footsteps head down the hall and another door softly closes. You two wait in tense silence as you listen out for more sounds. 

A toilet flushes, water runs briefly, a door opens, footsteps, then another door shuts quietly, and you both release your breaths in relief before you turn the lamp back on. Jaehyun’s smiling up at you with a glint of mischief in his eyes. 

“Why are you looking at me like that?” You narrow your eyes, and his smile just widens.

“I thought you were gonna run away again.” He squeezes you slightly, almost as if to see if you’re really still with him.

“I think I’m in my ‘staying’ era.” you say, nodding with a little grin, and his face scrunches up in amused confusion. 

“You’re in your staying era? Wh—you are so weird,” he laughs, and you scowl playfully, poking one of his dimples as he smiles. 

“But you like me,” you point out, your smile widening, and he nods with a chuckle, his eyes drifting down to your lips.

“I do,” he confirms. “I really do.”

You two sit there for a moment, with Jaehyun watching your lips as you watch his, and you finally break the silence.

“Do you want to kiss me as badly as I want to kiss you right now?” Your voice is barely above a whisper, but Jaehyun clearly hears you, if his eyes lighting up can serve as any indication. 

“God, I was hoping you’d ask,” he groans, leaning forward and slotting his lips with yours. Your body relaxes against his instantly, letting out a small sigh of relief as you move your lips with his, and he winds his arms around you tighter, grunting as he shifts you forward onto his lap. 

There’s something so warm about it all, his tight grip around you making you feel secure and the leisurely way your lips connect and move in sync with the other’s sends a sense of calm throughout your system, a sort of lazy, dopey giddiness building in your chest.

The only sounds to be heard in the room are the muted sounds of your kissing and small content sighs and hums as he moves his hands to your sides, rubbing them up and down soothingly. When you part for air, you rest your forehead against his as you both breathe in deeply, his eye contact making you feel shy.

“Hi,” he murmurs, and you snicker.

“Hi.”

You two stay there for a moment, Jaehyun positioning you so you’re sideways on his lap and tucking your head against his chest. As nice and comforting as it feels to have him just holding you like this, you can’t help but feel like something’s off.

“You know, Jaehyun,” you finally say quietly, looking up at him. “I don’t think this is fair to Minhee.”

“It’s not like she has feelings for me,” he counters. “I’m just good dick to her.”

“Speaking of good dick,” you say, taking the opening readily, “bringing Minhee to make me jealous was a real dick move.”

“I’m sorry,” he says sincerely, and some of the tension gripping your heart from earlier falls away. “In my defense, though—”

“Here we go,” you mumble, amused, and he squeezes you.

“Hey!”

“Sorry, go ahead.” you apologize, your lips trembling as you hold back a laugh.

“You fucked Haechan and Jaemin to get back at me.”

“Sure did. But I wouldn’t have done that if you hadn’t brought Minhee.”

“Do you honestly think you would have come down and talked to me tonight if I hadn’t?”

You think about it for a moment, realizing he has a point. “Probably not.”

“So…I kinda had to do it.”

“Damn, am I that avoidant?” you mumble.

“Yes.”

“You hush, I wasn’t talking to you.”

“I’m the only other person here.”

“I was talking to the...lamp.”

“Right,” Jaehyun says slowly. “And what did the wise lamp post have to say?”

“It’s taking my side,” you answer, turning your nose up in a playfully disdainful action.

“How convenient.” he drawls.

“Shush or I’ll go back to avoiding you.”

“You can’t now,” he teases. “Not now that I know what I know.”

“And what do you know, exactly?”

“You know exactly what I know.”

“You’re so difficult.” you huff, smiling despite your attempt to appear annoyed. “I’m going back to bed.” You move to stand up, but his arms tighten around you immediately, holding you fast.

“Don’t leave,” he murmurs, and the sincerity, the rarely seen vulnerability in his voice has you sinking back into his embrace, your muscles relaxing.

“We can’t stay here forever, Jae.” you remind him, and he nods.

“Just a little longer, though?”

You smile even though he can’t see you and rest your head on his chest, letting the sound of his steady breathing soothe you. “Okay.”

 Day 36

“So, Jaehyun used Minhee to get to you…and you then used Jaemin and Haechan to get to him…and neither of you see anything wrong with this?”

“Well, in my defense, Jaemin and Haechan literally came up with the idea. So they were willing and eager. Jaehyun did something wrong.” You nod resolutely, satisfied with your defense.

Jungwoo shoots you a blank look. “Poor Minhee.”

“I told Jaehyun what he did wasn’t nice! What else am I supposed to do?”

“I don’t know what you’re supposed to do, but I know what you’re not supposed to do.” Jungwoo says, and you roll your eyes.

“And what’s that, Oh, Wise Woo?”

“I don’t think you’re supposed to validate him by kissing and cuddling him on the couch while the obvious, not toxic choice sleeps soundly in your bedroom upstairs!” Jungwoo replies wryly, and you glare at him.

“You’re being, like, unusually mean right now.” you huff, frowning deeply at him. “And not in a sexy way.”

“I’m sorry, I just—” Jungwoo sighs, rubbing a hand over his face before refocusing his gaze on yours. “I want you to be sure you’re making the right choice.”

“I am! I’m as sure as I can be!” you defend yourself, and he raises his hands in surrender. “I like him, Jungwoo.”

His brows shoot up in surprise, practically disappearing into his hairline. “Don’t think you’ve been that direct about anything Jaehyun-related in a while.”

“I had an awakening last night,” you mumble, cheeks warming. At Jungwoo’s expectant hand gesture for you to elaborate, you continue. “He told me he liked me and I teared up, Woo.”

“Damn,” he mutters. “Last time I saw you cry was when you were stuffed full of me and Johnny—”

“I don’t need a reminder!” you stress, waving your hands as your face heats up even more. “I was there!” 

“Sorry,” he chuckles, and you can’t help but join him. “I mean, as your friend, I’m gonna support your choices if they’re not life-endingly stupid.”

“I hope this is the part where you say this choice isn’t life-endingly stupid.”

“It’s not stupid,” Jungwoo assures you. “When are you gonna tell him?”

“When I see him, I guess,” you answer, and he nods. 

“Looks like that’s coming sooner than you expected,” he mumbles, jerking his chin to gesture over your shoulder. You turn to see Jaehyun coming downstairs, running a hand through his hair carelessly, and something inside of you swoons as you come to fully realize your feelings.

“Hey, Jungwoo,” Jaehyun says before looking at you with a small smile. “Hey.”

You match his smile with a wider one of your own. “Hey, Jae.”

“Hey, Jaehyun,” Jungwoo greets, nodding awkwardly at both of you. “I’m gonna finish this in my room,” Jungwoo pipes up, taking his bowl of cereal upstairs. You two look at each other in silence before Jaehyun turns to the fridge. You watch his back as he looks through it for something and when he emerges with the carton of orange juice, something—your patience, possibly—snaps.

“I like you!” you blurt out, and he freezes, looking at you with widened eyes and a surprised expression. “Sorry, that was awkward.”

“It was very cute, actually.” he chuckles, making his way around the kitchen island to stand behind you. His proximity makes it impossible to turn around, so you just sit there with your heart in your throat as he nudges his face past your hair to brush his lips against your ear. “Wanna know something?”

“Yeah,” you whisper, scared to speak any louder.

“I like you, too.”

A relieved laugh slips from you and you lean back against his chest, his arms smoothly winding around you. “I knew that.” 

“Good. Just thought I’d remind you.” he hums, kissing your cheek. “So, now—what do we do about this?”

You move to turn and face him, but he keeps you firmly in place, so you swallow and try to speak. “I don’t know...we date, I guess?”

He snorts in amusement. “You guess? Do you want to?”

“I do. Do you want to?”

“Hell, yeah, I do.” he laughs, and you turn your head to face him, eyes flitting from his own to his lips. “Are you thinking about kissing me?”

“No,” you lie. 

“Really?” He lifts an eyebrow.

“No. I’m definitely thinking about kissing you.” You lean forward and connect your lips, and he hums in surprise, finally turning you around and pressing into you. Stepping between your legs, he cups your cheeks, one hand cold and wet from the orange juice carton, the other warm and soft. He tastes like toothpaste and his kiss ignites a steady burning fire in you that you don’t think could be put out any time soon.

When you two break apart, he presses another soft kiss to your lips before stepping back and getting a cup to pour himself a glass of orange juice.

“Jae, didn’t you just brush your teeth?” you ask, and he nods.

“Yeah…why?” 

“It’s gonna taste like hell if you drink that orange juice.”

He looks from the cup to the carton to you and smiles in relief. “What would I do without you?”

“Be single and have a nasty taste in your mouth, I guess.” 

“You’re so sweet,” he laughs sarcastically, rolling his eyes.

“Sorry,” you chuckle. “And, um. Sorry for being so difficult about, well, everything.”

“Yeah?” he hums thoughtfully, putting the orange juice back in the fridge before making his way back over to you. 

“Feelings are scary.” you mumble, and he gives a small nod.

“They can be, yeah.” he agrees, pressing his lips to your forehead. “And I forgive you.” 

“Yeah?” you say hopefully, and he nods.

“You can make it up to me by—”

“Uh-oh.” 

“—being my girlfriend.”

“Oh. I can do that.” you say with a growing smile. 

“It’s a deal, then.” he agrees. “You can also help me out with my problem.”

“What’s your problem?”

“How am I going to tell Minhee we’re done hooking up?” he asks.

“I mean, if she doesn’t have feelings for you, I’d just rip the bandaid off and tell her you had a complicated situation and you figured it out and now you’re exclusively seeing someone else.” you say carefully, and he looks over at you, mildly impressed.

“That’s pretty good stuff,” he mumbles.

You nudge his shoulder with a laugh. “Thanks. Hopefully it works for you.”

“Yeah,” he says, letting out a slow exhale. 

As if on cue, footsteps sound out from the top landing, the sounds softer than anyone else’s in the house, and you squeeze Jaehyun’s hand comfortingly.

“You, uh, handle that. I’ll go talk to Mark,” you murmur, and he nods, looking down at your lips with an unspoken question on the tip of his tongue. You smile, rolling your eyes slightly, and lean in to kiss him briefly, breaking away just in time for Minhee to enter the kitchen.

“Good morning,” she says, slightly timidly, and you can’t help but feel bad; it’s not her fault she got all caught up in your weird-ass love triangle situation, and she probably thinks you hate her.

“Morning,” you reply with a smile, walking past her after giving a small wave. “If you want, you can, um, have one of the strawberry yogurts in the fridge.”

“Really?” she asks hopefully. “I love strawberry yogurt.”

Your smile softens into one with far more sincerity than before. “Yeah, go crazy, girl. I’ll be back.”

She returns your smile brighter than earlier and you head upstairs, looking at Jaehyun surreptitiously. He meets your gaze and smiles reassuringly, making warmth spread through your chest as you head upstairs, steeling yourself for what you have to do.

Stepping into your room, you see Mark on his laptop, diligently tapping away. He looks up at your entrance and smiles, the expression fading slightly when you hesitate to return it.

You stretch your lips into a smile and return the gesture. “Hey, Mark.”

“Uh-oh,” Mark chuckles, closing his laptop and setting it aside. “What’s wrong?”

“Who said anything’s wrong?” you splutter defensively. 

Mark lifts both eyebrows and regards you carefully. “You’re my best friend. I’d be stupid not to know your ‘something is wrong’ face.”

You sigh deeply. “Okay, so—well, you know how we’re best friends?”

“Yes? I just said that,” he chuckles, and you laugh weakly.

“Sorry, I really don’t know how to say this.” you mumble. 

“Try this,” Mark says, sitting forward and looking you in the eyes. “‘We’re best friends, and I’d rather it stay that way.’”

You blanch, eyes wide as you look at him. “You knew?”

“Of course I knew. You think I can’t tell the way you two look at each other?” Mark chuckles, but it’s slightly hollow, making you wince. “Plus, you disappeared last night, and when I went to the bathroom, I saw Jaehyun’s door was open and he wasn’t in there, so I just—”

“Put two and two together.” you mutter, and he nods, smiling slightly. “Are you mad? Oh, my God, do you hate me?”

“I could never hate you, dude.” Mark assures you with a small laugh. “Do I wish it was me? Yeah—really bad, actually. But if something went wrong down the line and it didn’t work out…I don’t think I could handle losing you entirely, y’know?”

“Yeah,” you sigh, relieved somewhat. “I’m sorry.”

“Don’t be,” Mark says, waving dismissively. “The heart wants what the heart wants, right?”

“Yeah,” you hum thoughtfully. You two sit in silence for a moment before Mark breaks it.

“Can we, uh, move on now? I think we got all our thoughts out.” he chuckles lightly, and you nod eagerly.

“Gladly. What are you working on?” you ask, gesturing to his closed laptop.

“It’s an essay for my music theory class.” he explains, rubbing a hand over his face. “I’m writing about how soundtracks can make or break the emotional integrity of a scene.”

“Damn, the ‘emotional integrity’ part sounds smart.” 

“It’s part of the prompt; I didn’t come up with that on my own.” he says, and you both laugh.

“I see, I see. Well, I’m just gonna leave you to it; I’ll go bother someone else.” You pat his knee twice and stand up, stretching your limbs out and feeling like a weight’s been lifted off of your shoulders. “Good luck on your paper, Mark,” you say with a smile. 

He returns it. “Thanks, dude.”

You sit beside Jaehyun as music—sensual R&B music, to be specific—filters through his speakers, and you look over at him suspiciously.

“Jaehyun.”

“Yes, baby?” he asks nonchalantly, and you blink twice, not expecting the pet name.

“Are you playing this to seduce me?”

“Not everything is to seduce you, y’know,” Jaehyun says, fixing you in place with a scolding glance, and your eyes widen, your resolve faltering. “But yes, yes, I am.”

You snicker, poking his side as he joins you in your laughter. “You’re so smooth; I would never have guessed.”

“That’s part of my charm,” he replies jokingly, and you roll your eyes before resting your head on his shoulder. There’s a brief comfortable silence before he speaks again. “Hey, you remember the first night of quarantine?” Jaehyun asks out of the blue, and you nod. 

“You were playing your angsty music way too loudly.” you laugh, and he rolls his eyes, pinching your side until you yelp.

“Then you came in my room to tell me to lower the volume,” Jaehyun muses, “and I convinced you to get in my bed—”

“Well, when you put it like that—” you object, but he continues on.

“And, I mean, I already liked you before that but something about the way you were looking at me,” he murmurs as you turn towards him, and his gaze drops to your lips, his sentence trailing off. 

“How was I looking at you?” you mumble, heat starting to build in between your legs at the lust in his eyes. 

“Like that,” he replies quietly before leaning in and kissing you. His lips press against yours with a latent desperation that makes you hum in surprise as he grabs at your face and body with possessive, greedy hands.

“Mm!” you let out a muffled yelp when he pushes forward and guides you onto your back and his lips drift down to your neck, where he pants against your skin and leaves wet kisses. 

He brings his hand to your inner thigh, spreading your legs wider to lie between them, and strokes slow, heavy circles into the flesh that gradually move higher and higher.

Growing impatient, you shift further down on the bed to nudge his hand up your thigh, his fingers now brushing along the seat of your shorts.

“Oh?” he murmurs in intrigue. He starts to deliver light smacks to your clothed clit with the palm of his hand, grinning when you whine and attempt to close your legs around his hand—which, unfortunately, is in vain because his body is blocking you. “What’s wrong, baby?”

“Need you,” you huff, reaching down to grab at his wrist, but he swats your hand away and makes his smacks just a bit harder, your body jolting with every impact as the pleasure continues to grow. 

“Need me?” he teases, and you glower at him.

“Yes, I need you,” you gripe, and his grin widens.

“Need me where?” he asks, and it takes everything in you not to snap at him.

“Don’t be dense,” you complain.

He raises an eyebrow, cupping your core firmly and making you cry out. “Is it here?”

“Yes,” you gasp in relief. “Right there.”

“You’re so warm,” he marvels, slipping his hand into your shorts and stroking along your underwear. “Your underwear is soaked, baby.”

“Stop being a tease,” you grouch. “Fuck me.”

“Did I do this?” he taunts. “Just a little kissing and touching did this to you?”

You stick to your guns. “Fuck me.”

“Answer me, and I’ll fuck you.”

You stare him down intently, finally rolling your eyes and giving in.

“Yes. Now fuck me before I get someone else to do it.”

His gaze hardens slightly and he looks at you with a challenge twinkling in his eyes. “Shut up.”

“Fuck me.” You’re back on your bullshit.

To silence you, Jaehyun rests his hand on your throat, pinning you in place as his other hand pulls your shorts and underwear down before he brings his length to your entrance, rubbing the head against your folds.

“So fucking wet,” he groans, pushing in shallowly and stopping when just the tip is inside. Only partially expecting it, you gasp at the stretch and he moans through gritted teeth at the feeling of your walls wrapped around him. 

“More, Jae,” you moan, trying to push your body down onto him.

“Yeah?” he teases, pulling out slightly. “You want more, baby?”

“Yeah,” you breathe, nodding eagerly. Your hand wraps around his wrist resting on your collarbones to brace yourself and he watches you with dark eyes as you bring his thumb to your lips and take it into your mouth, licking at the pad of the digit.

“Fuck, baby.” he grunts, pushing into you slowly just like you wanted. “Can’t say no to you.”

“Jaehyun,” you whimper, clenching around him as he bottoms out. He doesn’t give you much time to get acclimated to the feeling, instead pulling out and snapping his hips back into yours and pulling a moan from your lips.

“You wanted more, right? That’s what I’m giving you.” he pants with a slight teasing lilt to his voice, gradually building up a rhythm to his thrusting that has you punctuating every pump with a cry of pleasure. 

“God, fuck—so good, Jae,” you hiss, and he bites down on his bottom lip in concentration, hand pressing down on your throat just hard enough to make a dizzying feeling start to build in your head.

“Always so good for me,” he praises, looking down at where your bodies meet and letting a trail of spit drip down onto your core, the saliva landing messily on your clit. Propping your leg up on his shoulder, Jaehyun massages quick circles into your clit, occasionally tweaking the sensitive bud between his fingers. 

You moan weakly, your clit pulsing with need as your mind gradually blanks out. Between his hand on your throat, his fingers at your clit, and his length pounding into you, you’re practically drowning in pleasurable sensations, but you want more.

You slip your hands up your shirt and cup your breasts, squeezing and kneading the flesh. When a whimper escapes you, Jaehyun looks up from between your legs to catch sight of you caressing your own breasts and he groans in ecstasy.

“Lift your shirt,” he rasps, staring directly at your concealed hands moving under your clothing. “Let me see you.”

You comply readily, pushing your shirt and bra up to reveal your breasts, both of them moving with every powerful thrust of Jaehyun’s hips. He watches with dark, hungry eyes as you cup both breasts, massaging and fondling them and occasionally teasing at your nipples. Pinching them and tugging them, rolling them between your fingers, you don’t give the pebbled buds a break, your every ministration only adding to your pleasure.

“Jae—hyun, I’m close—” you manage to get out, and he nods in acknowledgement, wetting his lips absentmindedly.

“Want you to cum with me,” he murmurs, and you whimper softly before nodding, doing your best to keep your impending climax at bay. “Gonna cum so deep in your little pussy, baby—”

“Cum in me, Jaehyun,” you beg breathlessly. “Please? Want you to fill me up—”

“Fuck—yeah, gonna fill you up so good, baby—” he grunts, and the pleasure is reaching its tipping point, your orgasm practically on the tip of your tongue.

“Can’t hold it, Jae,” you warn, and he nods, looking up at your face.

“Cum, baby; cum all over my cock.” he groans out, and you let go, your body practically buzzing with ecstasy as your climax makes its way through your system. You can only manage to get out the words “fuck” and “yes,” cycling between the two like some sort of mantra, and Jaehyun bottoms out into you, his eyes shutting tightly as he releases into you. 

“Hey,” you chuckle, and he reopens his eyes to look at you curiously. “Your music worked.”

He grins, his eyes crinkling at the corners. “It did.”

“Unless this was my plan all along,” you say, and he raises an eyebrow.

“Was it?”

“I’ll never tell.” You shoot him a grin of your own, and he nods slowly.

“I see.” he says carefully. “Well. You leave me no choice.”

“Why are you talking like a movie villain—fuck!” Your words cut off abruptly when he starts to tickle you, fingers dancing along your sides, and you cry out loudly and plaintively. “What is it with people and tickling these days?!”

“You’re an easy target,” he chuckles as you shriek and laugh uncontrollably.

“At least let me get dressed first! I feel so exposed,” you plead, and he scrunches his face up thoughtfully before nodding and stopping. “Thank you. Oh, and Jaehyun?”

“Yeah?”

“You can pull out now.”

 Day 37

“So what do you major in, Minhee?” you ask the girl sitting beside you in an attempt to be friendly. 

“I’m a communications major.” she answers with a smile, and you nod slowly,  pushing off of your chair to stand and rest your elbows on the kitchen island. “Jaehyun mentioned you major in...sociology and education, right?”

“Jaehyun talked about me when you two were...y’know?” you mumble, surprised, and she nods, taking a sip of her tea before answering you.

“Yeah; I kinda thought he had feelings for you, but he was so dodgy about it. I swear I wouldn’t have interfered if I knew you guys were, like, a thing.” she assures you, and you raise your eyebrows, impressed.

“You’re pretty cool,” you remark. “How’d Jaehyun pull you?”

“I could ask you the same question,” she chuckles.

“Hey!” Jaehyun pipes up from across the kitchen island, looking up from his phone. “I can hear you both, you know.”

“Sorry, Jae.” you laugh and Minhee joins you. “Hey, is your tea sweet enough? I don’t know if you found the sugar okay or not.”

“It’s actually…not sweet at all,” she grimaces slightly. “I couldn’t find any sugar.”

“Yeah, I figured,” you say with a sympathetic frown. “Hold on, I’ll get it for you.” You head over to the cabinet and pull out the sugar, offering it to a grateful Minhee. Walking to the fridge, you pull out a strawberry yogurt and shut the door, turning around to Jaehyun wrapping his arms around your waist. “Hi,” you say warmly.

“Hi,” he hums, and you hesitate before offering him your yogurt. His eyes widen in surprise and he looks down at you for confirmation. You nod and he takes it with one hand. “Thank you, baby.” he mumbles, still in shock.

“Welcome,” you reply, shrugging before pulling out another yogurt of your own. With him trailing after you—not unlike a puppy—you stand beside Minhee once more and nudge her with your shoulder. “Better?”

“So much better.” 

Moving from the couch to the kitchen, Haechan walks behind you, pinching your ass as he does, and you jolt, turning back to glare playfully at Haechan, who’s grinning.

“Don’t touch my girl’s ass,” Jaehyun warns Haechan, brows furrowed. “That’s my job.”

“Maybe you can outsource the labor from time to time,” Haechan replies smoothly, shooting you a flirtatious look.

“I’m good, thanks.”

“Suit yourself,” Haechan mutters, raising his brows and making a face.

Mark’s phone rings and he excuses himself briefly, getting off the couch and rounding the corner to take the call. You watch and wait curiously for him to reappear, Mark doing so with a grin on his face.

“Guys, they fixed our pipes and cleaned up the mess!” he announces, and there are several cheers. “I guess that means we can move back in soon.” he adds, and Renjun sighs in relief.

“Not that your hospitality wasn’t wonderful,” he says, looking between you and your roommates, “but I would love to go back to feeling like I’m not living in a telenovela.”

“You watch telenovelas?” Mark murmurs in surprise, and Renjun looks at him, offended.

“It’s like you don’t even know me.”

“Looks like that announcement didn’t come a moment too soon,” Johnny pipes up, gesturing towards his phone. Reading off of the screen, he announces, “We are pleased to announce that quarantining procedures for students and faculty are coming to an end. We will start to phase back into on-campus classes and activities fully in the coming weeks. We thank everyone for their patience and cooperation as we navigate through these unprecedented times.”

“Oh, wow, happy ending for everyone.” Minhee says with a relieved smile, and you nod in agreement.

“We should celebrate,” Haechan suggests, and you and Mark shoot him a suspicious look. “Give everyone a happy ending—you get what I mean?”

“I get it,” you assure him, and he smiles widely. “It’s not happening.” His face falls.

“Can’t win ‘em all, I guess.” Haechan mumbles.

 Day 38

“I’m gonna miss you,” Haechan sighs as he hugs you.

“We still go to the same college; I’m not going anywhere.” you laugh, rubbing his back soothingly. 

“It’s not the same,” he complains, and you coo comfortingly.

“Stop hugging my girlfriend so much,” Jaehyun says from behind you, and you roll your eyes at his jealousy. “Did—did you just stick your tongue out at me, you brat?”

“No.” Haechan muffles his response by burying his face in your neck and you turn your head slightly to murmur in his ear.

“Did you stick your tongue out at him?”

“Yeah.”

You snort in amusement, and slowly remove your arms from around Haechan, who whines and squeezes you tighter. 

“Okay, chill out,” Jaehyun warns. 

“She smells so good,” Haechan moans, and you snicker as he takes a loud inhale of your scent. “So sweet and girly.”

“Thank you, Haechan,” you hum, stroking the back of his head. “I might let go if I were you; I don’t think you could take Jaehyun in a fight.”

“Good point,” he mumbles, releasing you reluctantly. With a final forlorn wave, he turns and heads out your front door. You turn your attention to Jeno, who’s just come downstairs with his stuff.

“Bye, Jeno,” you say, waving at him. To your surprise, he steps forward and wraps one arm around the small of your back, squeezing gently. He releases you relatively quickly, earning a satisfied hum from Jaehyun, and lifts up his cat carrier holding Edgar.

“Say bye, Edgar!” Jeno urges gently, cut off by the loud mewl from Edgar’s carrier.

“Bye, Edgar, baby.” you coo fondly, sticking your index finger through one of the spaces to stroke the cat’s nose. He rubs his face against your finger and you retract it, pleased. Jeno turns and heads after Haechan, pausing at the doorway when he sees Renjun coming down.

“Bye, Renjun!” you chirp, waving at the male, who waves back with a smile and follows after Jeno and Haechan.

“See you later, guys,” he bids you goodbye, heading out the front door with Jeno. The front door shuts and Jaehyun heaves a sigh of relief, pulling you closer with his fingers wrapped around your wrist.

“Can we go upstairs now?” Jaehyun asks, and you pat his chest comfortingly.

“No. Mark and Minhee didn’t leave yet.” you remind him, and Jaehyun grumbles indistinctly under his breath. Thankfully, Minhee and Mark aren’t far behind, both of them coming down the stairs shortly after Jaehyun’s finished complaining.

“Bye, guys,” Minhee says, waving at Jaehyun and hesitating in front of you. You tentatively open your arms out for a hug, which she graciously accepts, stepping into your open embrace. “Sorry for complicating things between you and Jaehyun.” she mumbles into your shoulder, and you chuckle quietly.

“It’s okay. Sorry for being so, well, like that at first.” you apologize, and she waves you off when you both pull away from the hug. 

“Can’t blame you.” She laughs, waving once more in goodbye before leaving out the front door. 

“Mark,” you sigh when he pulls you into a tight hug. “Gonna miss you.”

“We’ll FaceTime when I get home, yeah?” Mark asks, and you nod, smiling.

“Sounds good.”

“I’m gonna miss you, too.” Mark murmurs, releasing you. Turning to Jaehyun, he nods at him, your boyfriend mirroring the gesture before Mark heads out the front door to where his other roommates are standing, waiting for him.

“It’s kinda sad, isn’t it?” you muse softly as you watch them leave, the door shutting behind them. “It’s like the end of an era.”

“It’s been, like, six weeks.” Jaehyun snorts, and you pinch his side, making him chuckle.

“It’s just—like—this probably sounds silly, but I feel like it’s gonna be hard to get used to—like, being back on campus and all, not seeing you guys literally all the time.”

“It’s not silly, baby,” he assures you, pulling you into a warm hug and kissing the crown of your head. “In a way, the quarantine is actually what even got us together.”

“Yeah, who knows when you would’ve gotten the courage to confess?” you joke, and he squeezes around your waist until you squeak in surrender.

“I would’ve done it eventually!” he protests, and you pull back from the hug to stare at him with an eyebrow raised in disbelief. “I would’ve!”

“Okay, Jae.” you hum, tucking your head back against his chest before sighing loudly.

“What are you sighing about?” he chuckles.

“I’m kinda bored.” 

“I know what might make you feel better,” Jaehyun says with an audible smile. “We can watch a movie or a show and eat snacks or something.”

You pause to think as he gently sways you both from side to side. “Yeah! That sounds good,” you agree, looking at him with a smile.

Jaehyun leans in and presses his lips to yours in a sweet kiss, humming pleasantly before he pulls back.

“I gotta take care of something really fast, but meet me in my room?” you suggest, and he nods, releasing you and heading towards the kitchen. 

“What are you gonna do?” he asks curiously.

“My skincare routine,” you announce proudly, and he snickers fondly, turning back from the open cabinets to look at you.

“You’re so cute.”

“Thanks.” You smile.

Jaehyun frowns. “Where’s my compliment?”

“You’re not too bad, I guess.” you say lightly, and he narrows his eyes at you.

“You little—”

“Gotta go!” 

“Okay, I’m all done with my elaborate skin care routine,” you announce proudly, feeling fresh and rejuvenated. Jaehyun’s lying on your bed, looking nothing short of inviting, and raises an eyebrow suggestively.

“Oh, yeah?” he asks, and you nod with a smile. “Great. Now come here so I can kiss it off.”

“And ruin all of my hard work?” you gasp, pretending to be scandalized. He grins widely and wiggles both eyebrows, sitting up and leaning forward towards you.

“Exactly. Come here.” he wets his lips and you narrow your eyes playfully, shaking your head and sitting on the edge of the bed as far away from him as you can get.

“You stay back.” you warn him, and he chuckles mischievously. Your next warning is cut off when he grabs your sides and drags you over to lie beside him, your shriek of surprise ringing throughout the room. “Don’t!” you whine when he moves on top of you, cupping your face in his hands and pressing lingering, sloppy kisses to your cheeks, nose, forehead, and lips. 

Try as you might, you can’t stop the tickled peals of laughter that escape you, Jaehyun’s chuckling only growing until he pulls back, his smile bright and mirroring your own.

“I’ve done my job, I think.” Jaehyun murmurs, satisfied as he lies back down beside you. 

“Yeah, whatever,” you grumble, your smile feeling stuck to your face. “Pass the remote?” you say, pointing at the nightstand next to the side of the bed Jaehyun’s on, and he turns to look just a bit too slowly for your liking. “Never mind,” you chuckle, pressing a hand on his chest and leaning over him to grab it. 

Jaehyun’s nose presses into your cheek and he hums pleasantly before—

You freeze, turning to look at him in surprise. “Did you just sniff my face?” 

“It smells good,” he defends as you settle back into your spot. “It smells sweet and—”

“Girly? Like Haechan said?” you snicker, and he nods, bringing his face to yours again and pressing a kiss to your cheek. “Sniff me again and I’m leaving.”

“We’re in your room.” Jaehyun points out before locking his legs around yours and wrapping his arms around your waist. “Plus, you’re not stronger than me.” He squeezes you as if to prove his point, and you squeak from the pressure, pinching his thigh until he loosens his grip. “So you’re stuck here.”

“I’ll bite you until you let me go.” you counter.

Jaehyun snorts. “What if I’m into that?”

“Look, you sniff-happy weirdo,” you say, poking him lightly in the chest, “the only thing stopping me from leaving is that I don’t want to leave.”

“Oh, yeah? Why’s that?” he teases, and you huff.

“I wanna spend time with you.” you mutter begrudgingly, and he stills, looking at you in barely concealed surprise. “Yeah, I said it. Stop looking at me like that.”

“Like what?” His voice is soft, insistent like he’s leading into something. 

“All…” Lovesick, you want to say. “Sappy.”

“Maybe I’m a sappy guy.” He takes the comment in stride and you can’t help but smile. “You’re dating a sappy guy, so what does that make you?”

“The girlfriend of a sappy guy,” you say stubbornly. “I am no sap.”

“Sure, Miss ‘Cried When I Confessed To Her.’”

“I teared up! I did not cry!” 

“Sure—”

“The movie!” You cut him off with a small groan and a laugh. “Can we watch it now, please?” 

“Fine,” he says, seeming to give in, and you smile, pleased, and select the movie, pressing the play button. “Remind me why I let you talk me into watching a cheerleading movie?”

“It’s not cheerleading,” you correct him. “It’s gymnastics. Stick It is a classic! And you let me talk you into it because you like me.” you finish proudly, and he laughs, pulling you into his embrace and patting his chest in invitation for you to rest your head.

“Okay, baby. You have a point.”

You lift your head back up to see him better. “What, about it being a classic?”

“No, about me liking you.”

“Well, you’re in luck.” You smile innocently.

“Why’s that?”

“Because I like you too.” you answer simply, resting your head on his chest again. He kisses the crown of your head.

“I do feel pretty lucky right now.”

A knock on the door startles you and you look at the door with furrowed brows.

“Come in!” you call, and Jaemin opens the door, standing there sheepishly. “Oh, hey, Jaemin.” 

“Hey,” he draws out the syllable, making you raise an eyebrow suspiciously. 

“What do you need?”

“Who says I need anything?” he squawks defensively, and you snort.

“Hey,” Jaehyun copies Jaemin’s earlier greeting. “You don’t do that unless you want something.”

“Well—I—” Jaemin splutters, finding no words in his defense as his eyes drift to the television. “Hey, are you guys watching Stick It?”

“Yep,” you answer, and his face lights up as he inches closer to the bed.

“Can—can I watch with you?” he asks hopefully.

You and Jaehyun look at each other, then at Jaemin, then back at each other. 

“Sure,” you say.

“Yes!” he cheers, turning on his heel and heading out the room.

“Wh—where are you going?” you ask, confused.

“To get snacks and see if the other guys want to watch, too.” he says excitedly, and you open your mouth to speak but nothing comes out at first. 

“This wasn’t a group invitation—”

“Do you guys wanna watch Stick It?” Jaemin calls into the hallway and all you hear are doors opening and footsteps before all three of your other roommates stand in your doorway.

“I—we didn’t mean—” you start, but with the pleasant smiles on their faces, you can’t bring yourself to do it, just sighing instead. “Okay. “

“I’ll get more snacks!” Jungwoo exclaims, heading downstairs. Johnny says something about blankets and disappears down the hall. 

Jaemin climbs on the bed and snuggles up next to you, grinning. 

“Just like old times,” he sighs happily, and you pat his hand comfortingly.

“Just like old times.”

 Epilogue

“So then the head of the newspaper decided I should write the article on quarantine and how it affected our community.” Minhee says excitedly, and you smile widely as you two walk towards the campus center.

“That’s great, Minhee!” you say sincerely, nudging her with your shoulder. After quarantine, you and Minhee got to texting, much to Jaehyun’s confusion, and ended up hitting it off, becoming fairly good friends. “You’re gonna do great, I’m sure.”

“Thanks,” she replies with a bashful smile. 

“No problem. You know what I’m really craving right now?” you muse, tapping your chin for emphasis.

“No,” Minhee answers, dragging out the syllable curiously. “What is it?”

“Tacos.” You nod resolutely. “I think I read that they’re available in the food hall today, and I hope I’m not wrong.”

“Ooh, I could go for tacos,” Minhee sighs with a dreamy smile.

You open your mouth to reply, but scream instead when someone covers your eyes from behind. 

“Unhand me!” you yell dramatically, and a familiar snicker sounds out from behind you. “Oh.” you mumble, turning to face Jaehyun, who drops his hands, with eyes narrowed into a playful glare. “Just you.”

“Just me?” Jaehyun says indignantly, falling into step with you and Minhee and throwing an arm over your shoulders. “Just your boyfriend?”

“Was I supposed to dramatically swoon into your arms?” you ask with a small grin, and he nods, huffing playfully. “I‘ll keep that in mind for next time.” 

“You’d better.” he grumbles, pinching your ass and grinning when you yelp. “Hey, Minhee.”

“Hey, Jaehyun.” she says with a smile. “Did you just get out of class?”

“Yep. Ran into Mark, but he said he had something to do before he headed to the food hall.”

“Yeah, he’s talking to a professor, I think. We can just save him a spot.” you suggest. 

“Who’s gonna save me a spot?” you hear a familiar voice from behind you and you whirl around immediately, trying not to tackle the owner of said voice to the ground. “Missed you,” Seungyeon says happily, hugging you tightly.

“I missed you so much,” you echo with a touched smile. “I feel like everything is working out so well for me.”

“You’re a lucky girl.” Seungyeon says, nudging you with her shoulder and gesturing with her chin towards Jaehyun, who is distracted and in his own conversation with Minhee. “So, that finally happened, huh?”

“Yeah,” you confirm, nodding with a small, bashful smile. “Quarantine changed a lot, actually.”

“Tell me about it,” she chuckles humorlessly. “We’re kicking one of our roommates out now.” She nods in confirmation when your jaw drops in surprise.

“No way. Tell me everything.”

“I will debrief you during lunch,” Seungyeon promises. “I am seriously craving tacos.”

“Me too!” 

As the four of you continue walking to the student center, Jaehyun links his pinky with yours and you squeeze back gently, your heart feeling warm and full. 

ta da! i hope you enjoyed! this is the final part of the series except for the final “ask the characters” segment :) friendly reminder that i do take tips !! the link is in my pinned post, and you’re not obligated, but i would really appreciate it! 

this is dedicated to @renjunfocus​, who is basically the main reason why i finished this to begin with !!

#haechan smut #jaemin smut #mark smut #jaehyun smut #jeno smut #jungwoo smut #johnny smut #nct smut #nct 127 smut #nct dream smut #donghyuck smut #mark lee smut

[yournameloveskpop]

Cat Girls Chronicles 1

Paring: JungWon x Reader

Summery: JungWon saves a cat from a group of crazy kids. When he takes the cat back to the eNHYPEN dorms she turns into a beautiful young woman. Not wanting to see her back on the streets they let her stay and becomes part of the eNHYPEN family

Style: romance, Friendship, NSFW, Smut

Warning: pet names, reader in heat, oral, praising

Word Count: 6,138

Y/N's day had taken a tumultuous turn, one that led her into the heart of an extraordinary encounter. Her unique attributes - cat ears, a fluffy tail, and delicate whiskers - drew unwanted attention on her way home. Mocked and tormented for her differences, she sought refuge in an alley, her distress morphing her into her comforting cat form.

In this serene feline guise, Y/N felt a fleeting sense of peace, until a group of overzealous children, intrigued by her appearance, started to play with her. Their rough handling was distressing, but salvation was near.

Meanwhile, ENHYPEN, the popular K-pop group, was en route to their shared apartment when they stumbled upon this peculiar scene. Sunoo, with his sharp eyes, was the first to notice the rough play. "Guys, look at that," he said, pointing towards the alley. "Those kids are being way too rough with that cat."

Riki, peering over Sunoo's shoulder, added with concern, "Someone really should go help it."

The leader, Jungwon, known for his assertive nature, didn't hesitate. He strode towards the children, his presence commanding yet calm. "Hey, be gentle with her," he instructed the kids, his voice firm but kind.

The kids, startled by Jungwon's sudden appearance, backed away as he carefully scooped Y/N into his arms. She felt an inexplicable sense of safety envelop her, nestled against his chest.

As the group gathered around, Jay, always pragmatic, suggested, "We should take this cat home. It needs care."

Once at their apartment, they gently placed Y/N on Jungwon's bed, pondering their next step. That's when the unexpected happened. Surrounded by the protective warmth of the boys, Y/N transformed back into her human form, a radiant light enveloping her.

The transformation left her exposed, startling everyone present. The boys turned away, faces flushed with embarrassment. Quick to act, Riki grabbed a blanket and draped it over her, ensuring her modesty.

Y/N, now covered, looked up into their astonished faces. "Thank you," she whispered, her voice barely audible.

Jungwon, recovering from the shock, asked cautiously, "Are you okay? We didn't mean to intrude... we just wanted to help."

Y/N nodded, her eyes meeting his. "I know, and I'm grateful. It's just... hard, being different," she admitted, her voice tinged with sadness.

Heungwon, the compassionate one, knelt beside her. "You don't have to explain. You're safe here," he reassured her.

Jake, ever the thinker, chimed in, "We can't just leave her like this. She needs clothes, and probably some food."

Sunghoon, the group's unofficial planner, started to brainstorm. "Okay, first, let's get her some clothes. Jungwon, maybe something of yours would fit?"

Jungwon nodded and walked over to his closet, selecting a comfortable hoodie and some track pants. "Here, you can use these for now," he offered, handing them to her.

As Y/N dressed behind a screen, the boys convened in a huddle. "We can't just send her back out there," Sunoo whispered. "Those kids, the way people treat her... it's not right."

Jay, his brows furrowed in concern, added, "Maybe she can stay with us for a while? At least until we figure out something better."

The suggestion was met with unanimous nods. When Y/N emerged, now clothed in Jungwon's oversized clothes, she found a circle of earnest faces waiting for her.

"We've been thinking," Jungwon started, hesitantly. "If you want, you can stay here with us. We don't know what you're going through, but we want to help."

The offer caught Y/N off guard. A safe haven with ENHYPEN? It seemed unreal. "But, why would you help me?" she asked, a mix of hope and disbelief in her voice.

Jungwon stepped forward, his gaze steady. "Because that's what people do. They help each other. And besides," he added with a small smile, "we kind of like having a cat around."

The room filled with light laughter, easing the tension. Y/N felt a warmth spreading through her heart, a feeling she hadn't experienced in a long time - the feeling of belonging.

"Thank you," she said, her voice stronger now. "I'd like that. To stay, I mean."

As the group began to discuss practical matters - where she would sleep, what she would eat - Y/N realized that this unexpected turn of events might just be the beginning of something wonderful. That evening, Y/N curled up on the sofa, her cat form finding comfort in the soft cushions. The next morning, the ENHYPEN boys, ever resourceful, created a makeshift private space for her using curtains and screens. Jay and Jake, enthusiastic about their new project, procured a large, pet-bed-like mattress and an assortment of plushies. By evening, Y/N had her own cozy corner, eliciting playful envy from the boys.

"Look at this, Y/N! It's like your own little kingdom," Jay exclaimed, his eyes twinkling with mischief.

Y/N, transformed back into her human form, couldn't hide her delight. Her cat ears twitched, and her tail swayed in pure joy. Overwhelmed with gratitude, she hugged each of the seven members, her heart swelling with affection.

"Thank you so much, guys! This is more than I could have ever asked for," she beamed, her eyes gleaming with unshed tears.

The following day, Sunoo, Jungwon, and Heeseung decided to take Y/N shopping for clothes. Transforming into her cat form for safety and comfort, she nestled securely in Jungwon's arms as they entered a clothing store. They certainly attracted curious glances while browsing the women's section, with Y/N pawing at styles she liked.

Sunoo, quick-witted as ever, managed to convince the store clerks that he was experimenting with a new fashion trend. The staff's curiosity piqued but was soon assuaged by the sight of the adorable cat in Jungwon's embrace.

Y/N, sensing the attention, meowed softly, cuddling closer to Jungwon. The cashier, charmed by her cuteness, smiled and turned her attention back to her work.

Back at the apartment, with bags of new clothes in tow, the boys gathered around Y/N as she tried on her new outfits. Each member offered their opinions, turning the session into a lively fashion show.

"Wow, Y/N, you look amazing in that dress!" Heeseung complimented, his eyes lighting up.

Jungwon, always the thoughtful leader, added, "We should get more of these. They suit you really well."

Y/N twirled in front of the mirror, her new clothes making her feel more like herself than she had in a long time. "I can't believe this is happening. You guys are the best," she said, her voice filled with genuine happiness.

As the days passed, Y/N and the ENHYPEN members grew closer. They learned about her unique abilities and her life before meeting them. Y/N, in turn, got to know each member personally – their likes, dislikes, hopes, and fears.

One evening, as they all gathered in the living room, Jungwon brought up an idea. "Y/N, how about you teach us more about your world? We're curious about your abilities and how you live as a... well, as a cat-human."

Y/N smiled, touched by their interest. "I'd love to! There's actually a lot to tell. For starters, did you know I can see in the dark almost as well as in daylight?" she began, her eyes sparkling with excitement.

The boys listened, fascinated as Y/N shared stories of her adventures and the challenges she faced in a world not quite ready for someone like her. It was a night of laughter, learning, and deepening bonds.

As they settled down to sleep, Y/N in her cozy corner and the boys in their respective beds, a sense of peace filled the apartment. They had formed an unlikely family, bound not by blood but by a shared experience and mutual care. For Y/N, these moments with ENHYPEN were more than just a temporary refuge; they were a glimpse into a life where she was accepted and loved for who she was. Months had passed since Y/N joined the ENHYPEN household, and the novelty of her presence hadn't faded in the slightest. To the boys, she was a constant source of joy, a beacon of light that brightened their exhausting lives as idols. Whether she was in her human or cat form, Y/N had a special way of making each of them feel at ease after a long day.

Jungwon, in particular, felt a deep sense of gratitude towards her. He often reflected on the day he rescued her, feeling thankful for the twist of fate that brought her into their lives. Y/N's bubbly nature, coupled with her attentive listening and calming demeanor, had become an indispensable part of his daily routine.

One exhausting evening, the boys returned home, more drained than usual. As they turned the corner to their apartment, the aroma of freshly cooked food greeted them. Inside, Y/N, clad in a cute apron speckled with food stains from her culinary endeavors, stood ready with a warm meal.

The sight made their hearts skip a beat, a blush coloring their cheeks, Jungwon's most of all. "Wow, Y/N, you didn't have to do this," Sunghoon said, his exhaustion melting away at the sight.

Y/N smiled, her eyes shining with care. "I wanted to. You guys work so hard every day. It's the least I can do."

They sat down to a delightful meal, the fatigue of their day dissipating with each bite. Conversation flowed effortlessly, filled with laughter and light-hearted banter. But as soon as they finished, the weight of their day caught up with them, and they retired to bed, too tired for anything else.

Y/N, now in her cat form, roamed the apartment, her feline senses picking up on the different energies of each member. She noticed Jungwon seemed more stressed than usual. Silently, she slipped into the boys' shared bedroom, her agile form easily opening the door.

The room was mostly dark, save for the glow of Jungwon's phone. With a soft meow, she jumped onto his bed, snuggling close to him. Her sudden presence startled him, but he quickly relaxed, turning to lie on his side and face her.

"You're still awake, huh?" Jungwon whispered, gently stroking her fur.

Y/N meowed again, a gentle nudge for him to get some rest. Setting his phone aside, Jungwon pulled her closer, and for the first time in what felt like ages, he drifted into a peaceful sleep with Y/N's warm form in his arms.

Morning light crept into the room, and Y/N, now back in her human form, remained in Jungwon's embrace. The other members, waking up one by one, gathered around the pair, a chorus of "awws" filling the room at the adorable sight.

"Look at them, they're like two peas in a pod," Jay remarked, a soft smile on his lips.

Heeseung, leaning against the doorframe, added, "I've never seen Jungwon sleep so peacefully. Y/N really has a special touch."

As they watched, they noticed something unusual yet endearing - soft purrs emanating from Y/N, a sound they had never heard before. It was a gentle, rhythmic purr that seemed to resonate with contentment and safety.

"Is she purring?" Riki asked, his eyes wide with wonder.

"Yeah, she is," Sunoo replied, his voice filled with amusement. "I guess she's really happy right now."

The scene was a perfect picture of tranquility and affection. Jungwon, still asleep, had a serene expression on his face, as if the worries of his idol life had been momentarily lifted. Y/N, nestled in his arms, was the epitome of comfort and trust. Y/N gradually awakened to find herself still snugly curled up against Jungwon. His arm was wrapped around her waist, providing a sense of security, while his other arm cradled her neck, his hand resting gently on the back of her head. It was a protective and tender embrace, one that seemed to have formed naturally during their shared slumber.

Her tail, in its innate feline grace, was wrapped around his waist, a subconscious gesture of her comfort and trust in him. But as her senses returned to the waking world, Y/N's eyes widened in surprise at the sight of the other six ENHYPEN members gathered around the bed, watching them with a mix of amusement and affection.

"Good morning, sleeping beauty," Sunoo greeted cheerfully, his eyes sparkling with teasing humor. "Looks like you and Jungwon had a cozy night."

Y/N's cheeks flushed a deep shade of crimson, her cat ears twitching in embarrassment. "I-I... we just fell asleep," she stammered, trying to explain.

Riki chimed in with a playful grin, "Seems like you two really hit it off. That's some serious snuggling!"

Trying to defuse her embarrassment, Heeseung added, "It's really okay, Y/N. We're just glad you both got some good rest."

Amidst their light-hearted teasing, Y/N shifted slightly, unintentionally brushing her whiskers against Jungwon's cheek. The ticklish sensation stirred him from his sleep, his eyes slowly fluttering open.

As Jungwon became aware of his surroundings, his initial confusion quickly turned to a shy smile. "Oh, hey everyone," he said, his voice soft with sleep. "Did we oversleep?"

Jay, leaning against the doorframe, replied, "Just a bit, but it's fine. You two looked so peaceful, we didn't want to wake you."

Jungwon's gaze then fell on Y/N, noticing her flushed cheeks and awkward posture. "Y/N, are you okay?" he asked with genuine concern, his protective nature coming to the forefront.

Y/N nodded, still feeling a bit self-conscious. "Yes, I'm fine. Just didn't expect to wake up to an audience," she said, managing a small laugh.

Sunghoon, ever the observer, noted, "It's not every day we see our leader cuddling like that. You must have made quite an impression, Y/N."

Jungwon, now fully awake, sat up and stretched his arms. "Well, she's part of our family now. It's only natural to be comfortable around each other, right?" he said, looking at Y/N with a warm smile.

Y/N returned the smile, her heart feeling lighter. "Thank you, Jungwon. And thank all of you for being so understanding," she expressed, her gratitude evident in her voice.

Jake, sensing the moment had passed, clapped his hands together. "Alright, enough teasing. Let's get some breakfast going. I'm starving!"

The group chuckled and began to disperse, with Heeseung playfully ruffling Y/N's hair as he passed. "Come on, Y/N. Let's see what culinary adventures await us in the kitchen today."

Y/N and Jungwon followed the others, the awkwardness of the morning fading into a comfortable camaraderie. As they left the room, Jungwon whispered to Y/N, "Thanks for being here, Y/N. You really do make every morning brighter."

Y/N's heart fluttered at his words. "It's my pleasure, Jungwon. I'm just happy to be a part of this."

As time passed, a subtle shift occurred in Y/N's behavior. She became increasingly clingy and on edge, a change that didn't go unnoticed by the ENHYPEN members. The close bond she shared with Jungwon had deepened her feelings for him, and with the onset of the season when cats typically seek mates, these emotions intensified.

Y/N found herself grappling with feelings she hadn't expected. Her heart raced whenever Jungwon was near, and a sense of neediness, almost foreign to her human side, started to surface. She noticed herself feeling irrationally jealous when Jungwon interacted with other females on TV, often resulting in her becoming quiet and pouty.

One evening, as they all lounged in the living room, Jay turned to her, a hint of concern in his voice. "Y/N, you've been quiet lately. Is everything okay?"

Y/N forced a smile, not wanting to delve into her tumultuous emotions. "Yeah, I'm fine. Just a bit tired, I guess," she replied, hoping to deflect further questions.

But Heeseung, who had always been perceptive, added, "You've been keeping to yourself a lot. If there's anything bothering you, you know you can talk to us, right?"

Y/N nodded, appreciating their concern, but she remained silent about her true feelings. The last thing she wanted was to create awkwardness, especially with Jungwon.

As the days progressed, Y/N attempted to distance herself from Jungwon, hoping the space would help her manage her emotions until the season passed. However, living in the same apartment made this challenging.

Jungwon, on his part, was not oblivious to the changes in Y/N's behavior. He had begun to develop his own feelings for her, and her recent distance left him both concerned and confused.

One afternoon, while they were in the kitchen, Jungwon decided to broach the subject. "Y/N, I've noticed you've been avoiding me. Did I do something wrong?" he asked, his voice tinged with worry.

Y/N, caught off guard, fumbled for words. "No, Jungwon, you didn't do anything. It's just... I've been feeling a bit off lately. I didn't want to worry anyone."

Jungwon leaned against the counter, his expression thoughtful. "If you're feeling 'off', we should talk about it. Maybe I can help."

Y/N hesitated, her internal struggle evident. "It's not that simple. It's something... personal. I don't want to make things awkward between us."

Jungwon moved closer, his concern growing. "Y/N, you've never made things awkward. We've been through a lot together. Whatever it is, I'm here for you."

Y/N's heart fluttered at his words, her resolve wavering. "It's just... this time of year is difficult for me, given my... nature. I'm trying to handle it on my own."

Jungwon's eyes softened as he began to understand. "Is it because of the mating season? I've read about it but didn't realize it would affect you this way."

Y/N nodded, a mix of relief and embarrassment coloring her cheeks. "Yes, it's that. I didn't want to burden anyone with it, especially you."

Jungwon reached out, gently taking her hand. "Y/N, you're not a burden. We care about you. And I... I care about you a lot."

The honesty in his voice made her look up, her eyes meeting his. "I care about you too, Jungwon. More than I thought I would. That's why this is so hard."

The air between them was charged with unspoken emotions, a delicate balance of friendship and something deeper. Jungwon squeezed her hand reassuringly. "Let's figure this out together. You don't have to go through this alone."

Y/N smiled, a sense of warmth enveloping her. "Thank you, Jungwon. That means everything to me."

Y/N's struggle with her natural instincts continued to be a challenging experience, despite the unwavering support from Jungwon and the rest of the ENHYPEN members. Her reactions around them, particularly around Jungwon, were becoming more pronounced. She often found herself blushing uncontrollably and shying away, her feline whines echoing her internal turmoil. The group tried various methods to ease her discomfort, but nothing seemed to work as well as they hoped.

One day, while out for a walk to get some fresh air, they hoped the change of scenery might alleviate some of her stress. However, Y/N found herself clinging to Jungwon's arm, her neediness unabated by the outdoor environment.

Jungwon, despite Y/N's evident distress, couldn't help but find her demeanor endearing. Her attempts to conceal her neediness, her shy glances, and her close proximity only heightened his awareness of her. He felt a mix of concern and an undeniable attraction towards her, a sentiment he hadn't fully acknowledged until now.

Jay, who had been observing the situation closely, decided it was time to address the elephant in the room. Pulling Jungwon aside while Y/N was engaged in conversation with Sunghoon and Heeseung, he spoke in a low voice.

"Jungwon, there's something you should know about Y/N's behavior," Jay said, his expression serious.

Jungwon turned to him, curious. "What is it?"

Jay hesitated for a moment before continuing, "It's not just the mating season affecting her. She's reacting this way because of you. she's chosen you, Jungwon."

Jungwon's eyes widened in surprise, his cheeks flushing a deep red. "Really?" he asked, his voice barely a whisper.

A mix of emotions washed over him - embarrassment, flattery, and a budding realization of his own feelings. A small, uncontrollable smile crept onto his face, not escaping Jay's notice.

"Yeah, really," Jay confirmed, his tone gentle. "And I think I have an idea that might help both of you."

Jungwon's smile faded slightly, replaced by a look of concern. "What do you mean?"

Jay explained his plan. "The rest of us could give you two some space. We can go out for a few hours, leave the apartment to you and Y/N. It might help her, and you, to figure things out without any distractions."

Jungwon pondered the suggestion, the implications of such a decision swirling in his mind. "But, Jay, is that really okay? What about the others?"

"Don't worry about us. We understand what's going on, and we all want to help Y/N. This is the best way we can think of," Jay reassured him.

Jungwon took a deep breath, his mind racing with thoughts and emotions. "Okay, let's do it. But only if Y/N is comfortable with the idea."

Jay nodded in agreement. "Of course. It's all about what she needs right now."

They rejoined the group, and Jay discreetly shared the plan with the other members, who all agreed without hesitation. They understood the complexity of the situation and were willing to do whatever it took to support their friends.

As the group made their way back to the apartment, Y/N remained close to Jungwon, her distress still evident. Jungwon, now aware of the deeper reason behind her behavior, felt a renewed sense of responsibility towards her. The day the other ENHYPEN members had planned their strategic departure finally arrived, leaving Jungwon and Y/N alone in the apartment. The boys had concocted various excuses about individual schedules, emphasizing that Jungwon had the day off to relax.

Y/N, a mix of excitement and nerves fluttering in her stomach, busied herself by preparing some food for them. She hoped the familiar activity would calm her nerves. Once the meal was ready, they settled down to watch a movie together. Y/N, however, couldn't shake off her anxiety completely and sat a little apart from Jungwon.

Jungwon noticed her distance and, with a sly smirk, shifted closer to her, casually draping an arm over the back of the couch, encompassing Y/N in his reach. She started slightly at his movement but tried to relax, her heart racing.

After a moment, Jungwon turned to her, his expression serious. "Y/N, Jay told me about... about how you're feeling. About the mate season and... me," he said, his voice soft but firm.

Y/N's cheeks flushed a deep red, a tingling sensation spreading through her at his words. Before he could continue, she hurriedly spilled out her feelings. "Jungwon, you've been so kind to me. The cuddling, the affection, your attention... I couldn't help but fall for you," she confessed, her voice laced with fear and hope.

Jungwon listened intently, but Y/N's nervous ramble didn't allow him to get a word in. In a spontaneous decision, he leaned forward and gently pressed his lips against hers, cutting off her torrent of words. Y/N let out a surprised squeak, which turned into a soft moan as she responded to the kiss, leaning into him.

Their emotions intensified, as did Y/N's heat and neediness. Without breaking the kiss, Jungwon pulled her closer, sitting her on his lap. His hands roamed her waist, sending shivers down her spine as the kiss deepened. Y/N, lost in the moment, rolled her hips against his, eliciting groans from both of them. The friction, amplified by her skirt and his sweatpants, felt incredibly intense.

When they finally broke the kiss, Jungwon gazed up at her, their eyes locking. "Y/N, I want to help you through this. I want to be here for you, because I want to be yours," he confessed, his serious tone giving way to a genuine, tender smile.

Y/N's eyes widened, her heart soaring at his words. She eagerly pulled him into another heated kiss, her actions mirroring the depth of her feelings. Jungwon, responding to her eagerness, scooped her up in his arms and carried her to his bed in the bedroom. He laid her down gently, hovering over her as he started to kiss down her neck, eliciting soft mewls of pleasure from Y/N.

As the intensity between them grew, Jungwon carefully removed their clothes, his movements gentle yet filled with an unspoken promise of what was to come. He paused momentarily, his gaze lingering over Y/N's features and body. Her tail swayed with a mix of excitement and anticipation, adding an endearing charm to her allure.

"You're so beautiful," he murmured, his voice low and filled with affection. "And seeing you this excited... it's both incredibly hot and undeniably cute."

Y/N blushed under his gaze, a thrill running through her as his hand traced her soft skin, sending chills down her spine. He leaned down, his lips finding her chest, moving slowly, worshipfully down her body. Reaching the waistband of her underwear, he could tell how ready she was. He began to pull them down slowly, teasingly, eliciting a frustrated impatience from Y/N, which made him chuckle softly.

"Jungwon, please," she pleaded, her voice laced with urgency.

Smiling at her response, he continued his journey, kissing up and down her thigh, gradually spreading her legs as he approached her most sensitive area. His attentiveness to her, his tongue and lips exploring her, drew out whines and mewls of pleasure from Y/N, each sound a testament to his effect on her.

When he hummed, the vibration sent a jolt through her, causing her back to arch in response. Her hands found their way to the back of his head, gently urging him on. "Don't stop, Jungwon... I need you," she gasped, her voice heavy with desire.

Jungwon, devoted to her pleasure, continued, his actions a combination of skill and passion. Y/N, who had been holding back her heat for so long, found herself quickly approaching the edge, swept away by the intensity of her feelings and his attentions.

Eventually, he pulled away, his chin and lips glistening. He looked at her with feigned surprise, teasing her further. "You really are needy for me, aren't you?" he said playfully. "You're so wet for me, kitten."

Her response was a mix of a moan and a laugh, a sound that spoke volumes about their deepening connection. She gazed at him, her eyes filled with a combination of desire and affection.

Jungwon, after cleaning himself up a bit, leaned over Y/N again, planting small, quick kisses on her lips. "Are you ready?" he asked softly, his eyes searching hers for any sign of hesitation.

Y/N nodded, her breath catching in her throat. "Yes, I'm ready, Jungwon. I trust you."

He smiled gently at her, easing his way into her, mindful of her reactions. Her tail, a unique expression of her emotions, wrapped around his waist, pulling him closer as she began to move with him.

"You feel amazing, Y/N," Jungwon murmured, starting off slow. "I can feel how much you need this."

Her responses were soft moans, escalating into mewls, the depth of her pleasure evident in each sound. Jungwon gradually increased his pace, his movements becoming more assured.

"Jungwon, I..." Y/N gasped, her words lost in the wave of sensations.

"I know, Y/N. I can feel how close you're getting," he replied, his voice laced with a mix of passion and care.

As they moved together, Y/N's vocalizations grew louder, her climax fast approaching. Jungwon's breaths became more labored, his excitement building alongside hers.

"You're incredible, Y/N," he praised, his grip on her hips tightening. "You're so responsive, so alive under my touch."

In a sudden, playful move, Jungwon gave her a sharp, playful smack, eliciting a surprised yelp from Y/N. "Do you like that?" he asked with a smirk.

"Yes, Jungwon, it feels... so good," Y/N responded, her eyes fluttering closed in pleasure.

Their movements became more fervent as they both neared their peaks. "Jungwon, I'm so close," Y/N gasped, her voice tinged with urgency.

"And I'm right there with you," Jungwon growled back, his own climax approaching.

Their shared release was intense, echoing through the room. Jungwon paused momentarily, savoring the aftershocks before slowly continuing, then coming to a stop. The room was filled with their heavy breathing, the air hot with their spent desire.

Leaning in, Jungwon rested his forehead against Y/N's, their eyes meeting in a silent exchange of emotion. "That was... amazing. Are you okay?"

Y/N, still caught in the aftershocks, nodded, a content smile on her lips. "Yes, I'm more than okay. That was... wow."

As they lay there, catching their breath, Y/N's voice trembled. "Jungwon, I... I still need more. The heat, it's still there."

Jungwon, his concern evident, looked at her with a mix of shock and readiness. "Are you sure? I don't want to overdo it."

"I'm sure, Jungwon. I trust you, and I need you," she said, her eyes conveying her earnest desire.

Smirking playfully, Jungwon smacked her butt again, eliciting a mewl from Y/N, her ears twitching in response. "You're so cute, my kitten," he chuckled before turning serious. "But once we start again, there's no stopping."

He sat up, his tone turning commanding yet caring. "I want you on all fours now, kitten."

As she complied, positioning herself as he said, Jungwon started off slow once again, his every move reflecting their deep connection. The afternoon gradually transitioned into evening as the ENHYPEN members returned to the apartment, expecting to find Jungwon and Y/N cuddled up on the couch. However, the apartment was unusually quiet, with no sign of the pair.

The boys ventured further inside, noticing a peculiar heaviness in the air. Approaching the bedroom, faint sounds emanated from behind the door, halting them in their tracks. Their expressions ranged from shock to amusement as they realized the nature of the noises.

"Um, guys, do you hear that?" Sunghoon whispered, his eyes wide.

Jake's jaw dropped. "Oh, wow. They're really going at it.”

Heeseung, noticing RiKi nearby with his headphones on, unaware of the situation, gestured to the others. "Let's get RiKi out of here before he figures out what's going on," he said, quickly steering the youngest member away.

"Hey, why are we leaving?" RiKi asked, puzzled.

Heeseung quickly improvised. "I need to grab something from the store. You don't mind coming along, do you?"

Meanwhile, Sunghoon, Sunoo, and Jay remained behind, their hunger prompting them to stay. They busied themselves in the kitchen, trying to ignore the sounds from the bedroom.

Inside the bedroom, Jungwon and Y/N had just finished another intense round. Both were utterly exhausted, their energy spent. Jungwon carefully laid Y/N down on the bed, noting her fatigue. She was still in a state of need, but it was clear they both needed a break.

"I think that's enough for now," Jungwon said, panting. "Let's get cleaned up and rest."

Jungwon dressed himself and helped her change too. He gently picked up the now dozing Y/N and carried her out of the bedroom room, heading towards the bathroom. Upon exiting, he encountered Sunoo, Sunghoon, and Jay in the hallway.

Their expressions were a mix of amusement and feigned innocence. Jay, unable to resist, commented, "So, how many rounds did it take to get you looking like that?"

Jungwon rolled his eyes, too tired to engage in banter. "Let's just say we're both going to sleep well tonight," he replied, making his way to the bathroom.

After a much-needed shower, Jungwon carefully set Y/N on the countertop, wrapping her in a towel. He quickly grabbed clean pajamas for her and fresh bedding to change his own bed.

Dressing her again, Jungwon laid her down gently in her own bed, ensuring she was comfortable. He then stepped out to join the others.

The boys, who had gathered in the living area, looked up as he entered. "Everything okay?" Sunghoon asked, trying to keep the conversation casual.

"Yeah, we're both just really tired," Jungwon replied, grabbing a glass of water.

Sunoo, unable to contain his curiosity, asked, "So, how is Y/N doing? Is she feeling better?"

Jungwon nodded, taking a long sip of water. "She's asleep now. The heat was tough on her, but I think we managed to help her through it."

The morning after their intense night, Y/N awoke feeling significantly better. The overwhelming heat that had gripped her was now a mere ember, yet her clinginess remained, though it had transformed. No longer shy or hesitant, she was openly affectionate towards Jungwon, clinging onto his neck, waist, hand, or arm with a newfound confidence.

As they gathered in the living area, Y/N was practically glowing, her behavior a stark contrast to her previous reticence. The rest of the ENHYPEN members notice the change.

"Looks like someone's feeling better today," Jay commented with a grin as he watched Y/N cling to Jungwon's arm.

Y/N simply smiled, her eyes twinkling with happiness. "Much better, thanks. Jungwon really helped me out."

Heeseung, noticing the marks on Jungwon's neck, raised an eyebrow playfully. "Seems like it was quite the 'help' you got there, Jungwon."

Jungwon, slightly embarrassed but mostly content, shrugged nonchalantly. "Well, you know, I did what I could."

The group shared a light laugh, but it was clear that they were all happy for the pair. The bond between Jungwon and Y/N had grown visibly stronger, something that didn't go unnoticed.

As the day progressed and the group went out together, Y/N's attachment to Jungwon was apparent to everyone. She was openly affectionate, often pulling him in for a kiss on the lips, much to the amusement of their friends.

"Wow, Y/N, you're really not holding back, are you?" Sunoo teased as they walked through a local park.

Y/N, holding Jungwon's hand, smiled proudly. "Why should I? He's mine, after all."

Jungwon laughed, squeezing her hand in response. "And I'm pretty happy about that."

Their public displays of affection were met with varying reactions from the members. RiKi, seemed a bit embarrassed but happy for them, while Sunghoon and Sunoo were amused by the whole situation.

During lunch at a nearby restaurant, Y/N sat close to Jungwon, occasionally feeding him bites of her meal. The others watched, some teasing, some just smiling at their interactions.

#enhypen #enhypen x y/n #enhypen scenarios #enhypen x reader #enhypen x you #enhypen smut #enhypen fluff #enha x y/n #enha x you #enha x female reader #enhypen x female reader #enha x reader #enha #enha smut #enha scenarios #enha jungwon #enhypen jungwon #jungwon #jungwon x reader #jungwon x you #jungwon x y/n #jungwon x female reader #jungwon smut #jungwon enhypen #jungwon enha